diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 3370.txt | 4559 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 3370.zip | bin | 0 -> 89426 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/wh5nf10.txt | 4578 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/wh5nf10.zip | bin | 0 -> 88765 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/wh5nf11.txt | 4573 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/wh5nf11.zip | bin | 0 -> 90953 bytes |
9 files changed, 13726 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/3370.txt b/3370.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28c9198 --- /dev/null +++ b/3370.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4559 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Hazard of New Fortunes, Part Fifth +by William Dean Howells + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: A Hazard of New Fortunes, Part Fifth + +Author: William Dean Howells + +Release Date: October 23, 2004 [EBook #3370] +[Last updated: June 29, 2014] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A HAZARD OF NEW FORTUNES, *** + + + + +Produced by David Widger + + + + + +A HAZARD OF NEW FORTUNES + +By William Dean Howells + + + +PART FIFTH + + + +I. + +Superficially, the affairs of 'Every Other Week' settled into their +wonted form again, and for Fulkerson they seemed thoroughly reinstated. +But March had a feeling of impermanency from what had happened, mixed +with a fantastic sense of shame toward Lindau. He did not sympathize with +Lindau's opinions; he thought his remedy for existing evils as wildly +impracticable as Colonel Woodburn's. But while he thought this, and while +he could justly blame Fulkerson for Lindau's presence at Dryfoos's +dinner, which his zeal had brought about in spite of March's protests, +still he could not rid himself of the reproach of uncandor with Lindau. +He ought to have told him frankly about the ownership of the magazine, +and what manner of man the man was whose money he was taking. But he said +that he never could have imagined that he was serious in his preposterous +attitude in regard to a class of men who embody half the prosperity of +the country; and he had moments of revolt against his own humiliation +before Lindau, in which he found it monstrous that he should return +Dryfoos's money as if it had been the spoil of a robber. His wife agreed +with him in these moments, and said it was a great relief not to have +that tiresome old German coming about. They had to account for his +absence evasively to the children, whom they could not very well tell +that their father was living on money that Lindau disdained to take, even +though Lindau was wrong and their father was right. This heightened Mrs. +March's resentment toward both Lindau and Dryfoos, who between them had +placed her husband in a false position. If anything, she resented +Dryfoos's conduct more than Lindau's. He had never spoken to March about +the affair since Lindau had renounced his work, or added to the +apologetic messages he had sent by Fulkerson. So far as March knew, +Dryfoos had been left to suppose that Lindau had simply stopped for some +reason that did not personally affect him. They never spoke of him, and +March was too proud to ask either Fulkerson or Conrad whether the old man +knew that Lindau had returned his money. He avoided talking to Conrad, +from a feeling that if he did he should involuntarily lead him on to +speak of his differences with his father. Between himself and Fulkerson, +even, he was uneasily aware of a want of their old perfect friendliness. +Fulkerson had finally behaved with honor and courage; but his provisional +reluctance had given March the measure of Fulkerson's character in one +direction, and he could not ignore the fact that it was smaller than he +could have wished. + +He could not make out whether Fulkerson shared his discomfort or not. It +certainly wore away, even with March, as time passed, and with Fulkerson, +in the bliss of his fortunate love, it was probably far more transient, +if it existed at all. He advanced into the winter as radiantly as if to +meet the spring, and he said that if there were any pleasanter month of +the year than November, it was December, especially when the weather was +good and wet and muddy most of the time, so that you had to keep indoors +a long while after you called anywhere. + +Colonel Woodburn had the anxiety, in view of his daughter's engagement, +when she asked his consent to it, that such a dreamer must have in regard +to any reality that threatens to affect the course of his reveries. He +had not perhaps taken her marriage into account, except as a remote +contingency; and certainly Fulkerson was not the kind of son-in-law that +he had imagined in dealing with that abstraction. But because he had +nothing of the sort definitely in mind, he could not oppose the selection +of Fulkerson with success; he really knew nothing against him, and he +knew, many things in his favor; Fulkerson inspired him with the liking +that every one felt for him in a measure; he amused him, he cheered him; +and the colonel had been so much used to leaving action of all kinds to +his daughter that when he came to close quarters with the question of a +son-in-law he felt helpless to decide it, and he let her decide it, as if +it were still to be decided when it was submitted to him. She was +competent to treat it in all its phases: not merely those of personal +interest, but those of duty to the broken Southern past, sentimentally +dear to him, and practically absurd to her. No such South as he +remembered had ever existed to her knowledge, and no such civilization as +he imagined would ever exist, to her belief, anywhere. She took the world +as she found it, and made the best of it. She trusted in Fulkerson; she +had proved his magnanimity in a serious emergency; and in small things +she was willing fearlessly to chance it with him. She was not a +sentimentalist, and there was nothing fantastic in her expectations; she +was a girl of good sense and right mind, and she liked the immediate +practicality as well as the final honor of Fulkerson. She did not +idealize him, but in the highest effect she realized him; she did him +justice, and she would not have believed that she did him more than +justice if she had sometimes known him to do himself less. + +Their engagement was a fact to which the Leighton household adjusted +itself almost as simply as the lovers themselves; Miss Woodburn told the +ladies at once, and it was not a thing that Fulkerson could keep from +March very long. He sent word of it to Mrs. March by her husband; and his +engagement perhaps did more than anything else to confirm the confidence +in him which had been shaken by his early behavior in the Lindau episode, +and not wholly restored by his tardy fidelity to March. But now she felt +that a man who wished to get married so obviously and entirely for love +was full of all kinds of the best instincts, and only needed the guidance +of a wife, to become very noble. She interested herself intensely in +balancing the respective merits of the engaged couple, and after her call +upon Miss Woodburn in her new character she prided herself upon +recognizing the worth of some strictly Southern qualities in her, while +maintaining the general average of New England superiority. She could not +reconcile herself to the Virginian custom illustrated in her having been +christened with the surname of Madison; and she said that its pet form of +Mad, which Fulkerson promptly invented, only made it more ridiculous. + +Fulkerson was slower in telling Beaton. He was afraid, somehow, of +Beaton's taking the matter in the cynical way; Miss Woodburn said she +would break off the engagement if Beaton was left to guess it or find it +out by accident, and then Fulkerson plucked up his courage. Beaton +received the news with gravity, and with a sort of melancholy meekness +that strongly moved Fulkerson's sympathy, and made him wish that Beaton +was engaged, too. + +It made Beaton feel very old; it somehow left him behind and forgotten; +in a manner, it made him feel trifled with. Something of the +unfriendliness of fate seemed to overcast his resentment, and he allowed +the sadness of his conviction that he had not the means to marry on to +tinge his recognition of the fact that Alma Leighton would not have +wanted him to marry her if he had. He was now often in that martyr mood +in which he wished to help his father; not only to deny himself Chianti, +but to forego a fur-lined overcoat which he intended to get for the +winter, He postponed the moment of actual sacrifice as regarded the +Chianti, and he bought the overcoat in an anguish of self-reproach. He +wore it the first evening after he got it in going to call upon the +Leightons, and it seemed to him a piece of ghastly irony when Alma +complimented his picturesqueness in it and asked him to let her sketch +him. + +"Oh, you can sketch me," he said, with so much gloom that it made her +laugh. + +"If you think it's so serious, I'd rather not." + +"No, no! Go ahead! How do you want me?" + +Oh, fling yourself down on a chair in one of your attitudes of studied +negligence; and twist one corner of your mustache with affected absence +of mind." + +"And you think I'm always studied, always affected?" + +"I didn't say so." + +"I didn't ask you what you said." + +"And I won't tell you what I think." + +"Ah, I know what you think." + +"What made you ask, then?" The girl laughed again with the satisfaction +of her sex in cornering a man. + +Beaton made a show of not deigning to reply, and put himself in the pose +she suggested, frowning. + +"Ah, that's it. But a little more animation-- + + "'As when a great thought strikes along the brain, + And flushes all the cheek.'" + +She put her forehead down on the back of her hand and laughed again. "You +ought to be photographed. You look as if you were sitting for it." + +Beaton said: "That's because I know I am being photographed, in one way. +I don't think you ought to call me affected. I never am so with you; I +know it wouldn't be of any use." + +"Oh, Mr. Beaton, you flatter." + +"No, I never flatter you." + +"I meant you flattered yourself." + +"How?" + +"Oh, I don't know. Imagine." + +"I know what you mean. You think I can't be sincere with anybody." + +"Oh no, I don't." + +"What do you think?" + +"That you can't--try." Alma gave another victorious laugh. + +Miss Woodburn and Fulkerson would once have both feigned a great interest +in Alma's sketching Beaton, and made it the subject of talk, in which +they approached as nearly as possible the real interest of their lives. +Now they frankly remained away in the dining-room, which was very cozy +after the dinner had disappeared; the colonel sat with his lamp and paper +in the gallery beyond; Mrs. Leighton was about her housekeeping affairs, +in the content she always felt when Alma was with Beaton. + +"They seem to be having a pretty good time in there," said Fulkerson, +detaching himself from his own absolute good time as well as he could. + +"At least Alma does," said Miss Woodburn. + +"Do you think she cares for him?" + +"Quahte as moch as he desoves." + +"What makes you all down on Beaton around here? He's not such a bad +fellow." + +"We awe not all doan on him. Mrs. Leighton isn't doan on him." + +"Oh, I guess if it was the old lady, there wouldn't be much question +about it." + +They both laughed, and Alma said, "They seem to be greatly amused with +something in there." + +"Me, probably," said Beaton. "I seem to amuse everybody to-night." + +"Don't you always?" + +"I always amuse you, I'm afraid, Alma." + +She looked at him as if she were going to snub him openly for using her +name; but apparently she decided to do it covertly. "You didn't at first. +I really used to believe you could be serious, once." + +"Couldn't you believe it again? Now?" + +"Not when you put on that wind-harp stop." + +"Wetmore has been talking to you about me. He would sacrifice his best +friend to a phrase. He spends his time making them." + +"He's made some very pretty ones about you." + +"Like the one you just quoted?" + +"No, not exactly. He admires you ever so much. He says" She stopped, +teasingly. + +"What?" + +"He says you could be almost anything you wished, if you didn't wish to +be everything." + +"That sounds more like the school of Wetmore. That's what you say, Alma. +Well, if there were something you wished me to be, I could be it." + +"We might adapt Kingsley: 'Be good, sweet man, and let who will be +clever.'" He could not help laughing. She went on: "I always thought that +was the most patronizing and exasperating thing ever addressed to a human +girl; and we've had to stand a good deal in our time. I should like to +have it applied to the other 'sect' a while. As if any girl that was a +girl would be good if she had the remotest chance of being clever." + +"Then you wouldn't wish me to be good?" Beaton asked. + +"Not if you were a girl." + +"You want to shock me. Well, I suppose I deserve it. But if I were +one-tenth part as good as you are, Alma, I should have a lighter heart +than I have now. I know that I'm fickle, but I'm not false, as you think +I am." + +"Who said I thought you were false?" + +"No one," said Beaton. "It isn't necessary, when you look it--live it." + +"Oh, dear! I didn't know I devoted my whole time to the subject." + +"I know I'm despicable. I could tell you something--the history of this +day, even--that would make you despise me." Beaton had in mind his +purchase of the overcoat, which Alma was getting in so effectively, with +the money he ought to have sent his father. "But," he went on, darkly, +with a sense that what he was that moment suffering for his selfishness +must somehow be a kind of atonement, which would finally leave him to the +guiltless enjoyment of the overcoat, "you wouldn't believe the depths of +baseness I could descend to." + +"I would try," said Alma, rapidly shading the collar, "if you'd give me +some hint." + +Beaton had a sudden wish to pour out his remorse to her, but he was +afraid of her laughing at him. He said to himself that this was a very +wholesome fear, and that if he could always have her at hand he should +not make a fool of himself so often. A man conceives of such an office as +the very noblest for a woman; he worships her for it if he is +magnanimous. But Beaton was silent, and Alma put back her head for the +right distance on her sketch. "Mr. Fulkerson thinks you are the sublimest +of human beings for advising him to get Colonel Woodburn to interview Mr. +Dryfoos about Lindau. What have you ever done with your Judas?" + +"I haven't done anything with it. Nadel thought he would take hold of it +at one time, but he dropped it again. After all, I don't suppose it could +be popularized. Fulkerson wanted to offer it as a premium to subscribers +for 'Every Other Week,' but I sat down on that." + +Alma could not feel the absurdity of this, and she merely said, "'Every +Other Week' seems to be going on just the same as ever." + +"Yes, the trouble has all blown over, I believe. Fulkerson," said Beaton, +with a return to what they were saying, "has managed the whole business +very well. But he exaggerates the value of my advice." + +"Very likely," Alma suggested, vaguely. "Or, no! Excuse me! He couldn't, +he couldn't!" She laughed delightedly at Beaton's foolish look of +embarrassment. + +He tried to recover his dignity in saying, "He's 'a very good fellow, and +he deserves his happiness." + +"Oh, indeed!" said Alma, perversely. "Does any one deserve happiness?" + +"I know I don't," sighed Beaton. + +"You mean you don't get it." + +"I certainly don't get it." + +"Ah, but that isn't the reason." + +"What is?" + +"That's the secret of the universe," She bit in her lower lip, and looked +at him with eyes, of gleaming fun. + +"Are you never serious?" he asked. + +"With serious people always." + +"I am serious; and you have the secret of my happiness--" He threw +himself impulsively forward in his chair. + +"Oh, pose, pose!" she cried. + +"I won't pose," he answered, "and you have got to listen to me. You know +I'm in love with you; and I know that once you cared for me. Can't that +time--won't it--come back again? Try to think so, Alma!" + +"No," she said, briefly and seriously enough. + +"But that seems impossible. What is it I've done what have you against +me?" + +"Nothing. But that time is past. I couldn't recall it if I wished. Why +did you bring it up? You've broken your word. You know I wouldn't have +let you keep coming here if you hadn't promised never to refer to it." + +"How could I help it? With that happiness near us--Fulkerson--" + +"Oh, it's that? I might have known it!" + +"No, it isn't that--it's something far deeper. But if it's nothing you +have against me, what is it, Alma, that keeps you from caring for me now +as you did then? I haven't changed." + +"But I have. I shall never care for you again, Mr. Beaton; you might as +well understand it once for all. Don't think it's anything in yourself, +or that I think you unworthy of me. I'm not so self-satisfied as that; I +know very well that I'm not a perfect character, and that I've no claim +on perfection in anybody else. I think women who want that are fools; +they won't get it, and they don't deserve it. But I've learned a good. +deal more about myself than I knew in St. Barnaby, and a life of work, of +art, and of art alone that's what I've made up my mind to." + +"A woman that's made up her mind to that has no heart to hinder her!" + +"Would a man have that had done so?" + +"But I don't believe you, Alma. You're merely laughing at me. And, +besides, with me you needn't give up art. We could work together. You +know how much I admire your talent. I believe I could help it--serve it; +I would be its willing slave, and yours, Heaven knows!" + +"I don't want any slave--nor any slavery. I want to be free always. Now +do you see? I don't care for you, and I never could in the old way; but I +should have to care for some one more than I believe I ever shall to give +up my work. Shall we go on?" She looked at her sketch. + +"No, we shall not go on," he said, gloomily, as he rose. + +"I suppose you blame me," she said, rising too. + +"Oh no! I blame no one--or only myself. I threw my chance away." + +"I'm glad you see that; and I'm glad you did it. You don't believe me, of +course. Why do men think life can be only the one thing to women? And if +you come to the selfish view, who are the happy women? I'm sure that if +work doesn't fail me, health won't, and happiness won't." + +"But you could work on with me--" + +"Second fiddle. Do you suppose I shouldn't be woman enough to wish my +work always less and lower than yours? At least I've heart enough for +that!" + +"You've heart enough for anything, Alma. I was a fool to say you hadn't." + +"I think the women who keep their hearts have an even chance, at least, +of having heart--" + +"Ah, there's where you're wrong!" + +"But mine isn't mine to give you, anyhow. And now I don't want you ever +to speak to me about this again." + +"Oh, there's no danger!" he cried, bitterly. "I shall never willingly see +you again." + +"That's as you like, Mr. Beaton. We've had to be very frank, but I don't +see why we shouldn't be friends. Still, we needn't, if you don't like." + +"And I may come--I may come here--as--as usual?" + +"Why, if you can consistently," she said, with a smile, and she held out +her hand to him. + +He went home dazed, and feeling as if it were a bad joke that had been +put upon him. At least the affair went so deep that it estranged the +aspect of his familiar studio. Some of the things in it were not very +familiar; he had spent lately a great deal on rugs, on stuffs, on +Japanese bric-a-brac. When he saw these things in the shops he had felt +that he must have them; that they were necessary to him; and he was +partly in debt for them, still without having sent any of his earnings to +pay his father. As he looked at them now he liked to fancy something +weird and conscious in them as the silent witnesses of a broken life. He +felt about among some of the smaller objects on the mantel for his pipe. +Before he slept he was aware, in the luxury of his despair, of a remote +relief, an escape; and, after all, the understanding he had come to with +Alma was only the explicit formulation of terms long tacit between them. +Beaton would have been puzzled more than he knew if she had taken him +seriously. It was inevitable that he should declare himself in love with +her; but he was not disappointed at her rejection of his love; perhaps +not so much as he would have been at its acceptance, though he tried to +think otherwise, and to give himself airs of tragedy. He did not really +feel that the result was worse than what had gone before, and it left him +free. + +But he did not go to the Leightons again for so long a time that Mrs. +Leighton asked Alma what had happened. Alma told her. + +"And he won't come any more?" her mother sighed, with reserved censure. + +"Oh, I think he will. He couldn't very well come the next night. But he +has the habit of coming, and with Mr. Beaton habit is everything--even +the habit of thinking he's in love with some one." + +"Alma," said her mother, "I don't think it's very nice for a girl to let +a young man keep coming to see her after she's refused him." + +"Why not, if it amuses him and doesn't hurt the girl?" + +"But it does hurt her, Alma. It--it's indelicate. It isn't fair to him; +it gives him hopes." + +"Well, mamma, it hasn't happened in the given case yet. If Mr. Beaton +comes again, I won't see him, and you can forbid him the house." + +"If I could only feel sure, Alma," said her mother, taking up another +branch of the inquiry, "that you really knew your own mind, I should be +easier about it." + +"Then you can rest perfectly quiet, mamma. I do know my own mind; and, +what's worse, I know Mr. Beaton's mind." + +"What do you mean?" + +"I mean that he spoke to me the other night simply because Mr. +Fulkerson's engagement had broken him all up." + +"What expressions!" Mrs. Leighton lamented. + +"He let it out himself," Alma went on. "And you wouldn't have thought it +was very flattering yourself. When I'm made love to, after this, I prefer +to be made love to in an off-year, when there isn't another engaged +couple anywhere about." + +"Did you tell him that, Alma?" + +"Tell him that! What do you mean, mamma? I may be indelicate, but I'm not +quite so indelicate as that." + +"I didn't mean you were indelicate, really, Alma, but I wanted to warn +you. I think Mr. Beaton was very much in earnest." + +"Oh, so did he!" + +"And you didn't?" + +"Oh yes, for the time being. I suppose he's very much in earnest with +Miss Vance at times, and with Miss Dryfoos at others. Sometimes he's a +painter, and sometimes he's an architect, and sometimes he's a sculptor. +He has too many gifts--too many tastes." + +"And if Miss Vance and Miss Dryfoos--" + +"Oh, do say Sculpture and Architecture, mamma! It's getting so dreadfully +personal!" + +"Alma, you know that I only wish to get at your real feeling in the +matter." + +"And you know that I don't want to let you--especially when I haven't got +any real feeling in the matter. But I should think--speaking in the +abstract entirely--that if either of those arts was ever going to be in +earnest about him, it would want his exclusive devotion for a week at +least." + +"I didn't know," said Mrs. Leighton, "that he was doing anything now at +the others. I thought he was entirely taken up with his work on 'Every +Other Week.'" + +"Oh, he is! he is!" + +"And you certainly can't say, my dear, that he hasn't been very +kind--very useful to you, in that matter." + +"And so I ought to have said yes out of gratitude? Thank you, mamma! I +didn't know you held me so cheap." + +"You know whether I hold you cheap or not, Alma. I don't want you to +cheapen yourself. I don't want you to trifle with any one. I want you to +be honest with yourself." + +"Well, come now, mamma! Suppose you begin. I've been perfectly honest +with myself, and I've been honest with Mr. Beaton. I don't care for him, +and I've told him I didn't; so he may be supposed to know it. If he comes +here after this, he'll come as a plain, unostentatious friend of the +family, and it's for you to say whether he shall come in that capacity or +not. I hope you won't trifle with him, and let him get the notion that +he's coming on any other basis." + +Mrs. Leighton felt the comfort of the critical attitude far too keenly to +abandon it for anything constructive. She only said, "You know very well, +Alma, that's a matter I can have nothing to do with." + +"Then you leave him entirely to me?" + +"I hope you will regard his right to candid and open treatment." + +"He's had nothing but the most open and candid treatment from me, mamma. +It's you that wants to play fast and loose with him. And, to tell you the +truth, I believe he would like that a good deal better; I believe that, +if there's anything he hates, it's openness and candor." Alma laughed, +and put her arms round her mother, who could not help laughing a little, +too. + + + + +II. + +The winter did not renew for Christine and Mela the social opportunity +which the spring had offered. After the musicale at Mrs. Horn's, they +both made their party-call, as Mela said, in due season; but they did not +find Mrs. Horn at home, and neither she nor Miss Vance came to see them +after people returned to town in the fall. They tried to believe for a +time that Mrs. Horn had not got their cards; this pretence failed them, +and they fell back upon their pride, or rather Christine's pride. Mela +had little but her good-nature to avail her in any exigency, and if Mrs. +Horn or Miss Vance had come to call after a year of neglect, she would +have received them as amiably as if they had not lost a day in coming. +But Christine had drawn a line beyond which they would not have been +forgiven; and she had planned the words and the behavior with which she +would have punished them if they had appeared then. Neither sister +imagined herself in anywise inferior to them; but Christine was +suspicious, at least, and it was Mela who invented the hypothesis of the +lost cards. As nothing happened to prove or to disprove the fact, she +said, "I move we put Coonrod up to gittun' it out of Miss Vance, at some +of their meetun's." + +"If you do," said Christine, "I'll kill you." + +Christine, however, had the visits of Beaton to console her, and, if +these seemed to have no definite aim, she was willing to rest in the +pleasure they gave her vanity; but Mela had nothing. Sometimes she even +wished they were all back on the farm. + +"It would be the best thing for both of you," said Mrs. Dryfoos, in +answer to such a burst of desperation. "I don't think New York is any +place for girls." + +"Well, what I hate, mother," said Mela, "is, it don't seem to be any +place for young men, either." She found this so good when she had said it +that she laughed over it till Christine was angry. + +"A body would think there had never been any joke before." + +"I don't see as it's a joke," said Mrs. Dryfoos. "It's the plain truth." + +"Oh, don't mind her, mother," said Mela. "She's put out because her old +Mr. Beaton ha'r't been round for a couple o' weeks. If you don't watch +out, that fellow 'll give you the slip yit, Christine, after all your +pains." + +"Well, there ain't anybody to give you the slip, Mela," Christine clawed +back. + +"No; I ha'n't ever set my traps for anybody." This was what Mela said for +want of a better retort; but it was not quite true. When Kendricks came +with Beaton to call after her father's dinner, she used all her cunning +to ensnare him, and she had him to herself as long as Beaton stayed; +Dryfoos sent down word that he was not very well and had gone to bed. The +novelty of Mela had worn off for Kendricks, and she found him, as she +frankly told him, not half as entertaining as he was at Mrs. Horn's; but +she did her best with him as the only flirtable material which had yet +come to her hand. It would have been her ideal to have the young men stay +till past midnight, and her father come down-stairs in his stocking-feet +and tell them it was time to go. But they made a visit of decorous +brevity, and Kendricks did not come again. She met him afterward, once, +as she was crossing the pavement in Union Square to get into her coupe, +and made the most of him; but it was necessarily very little, and so he +passed out of her life without having left any trace in her heart, though +Mela had a heart that she would have put at the disposition of almost any +young man that wanted it. Kendricks himself, Manhattan cockney as he was, +with scarcely more out look into the average American nature than if he +had been kept a prisoner in New York society all his days, perceived a +property in her which forbade him as a man of conscience to trifle with +her; something earthly good and kind, if it was simple and vulgar. In +revising his impressions of her, it seemed to him that she would come +even to better literary effect if this were recognized in her; and it +made her sacred, in spite of her willingness to fool and to be fooled, in +her merely human quality. After all, he saw that she wished honestly to +love and to be loved, and the lures she threw out to that end seemed to +him pathetic rather than ridiculous; he could not join Beaton in laughing +at her; and he did not like Beaton's laughing at the other girl, either. +It seemed to Kendricks, with the code of honor which he mostly kept to +himself because he was a little ashamed to find there were so few others +like it, that if Beaton cared nothing for the other girl--and Christine +appeared simply detestable to Kendricks--he had better keep away from +her, and not give her the impression he was in love with her. He rather +fancied that this was the part of a gentleman, and he could not have +penetrated to that aesthetic and moral complexity which formed the +consciousness of a nature like Beaton's and was chiefly a torment to +itself; he could not have conceived of the wayward impulses indulged at +every moment in little things till the straight highway was traversed and +well-nigh lost under their tangle. To do whatever one likes is finally to +do nothing that one likes, even though one continues to do what one will; +but Kendricks, though a sage of twenty-seven, was still too young to +understand this. + +Beaton scarcely understood it himself, perhaps because he was not yet +twenty-seven. He only knew that his will was somehow sick; that it spent +itself in caprices, and brought him no happiness from the fulfilment of +the most vehement wish. But he was aware that his wishes grew less and +less vehement; he began to have a fear that some time he might have none +at all. It seemed to him that if he could once do something that was +thoroughly distasteful to himself, he might make a beginning in the right +direction; but when he tried this on a small scale, it failed, and it +seemed stupid. Some sort of expiation was the thing he needed, he was +sure; but he could not think of anything in particular to expiate; a man +could not expiate his temperament, and his temperament was what Beaton +decided to be at fault. He perceived that it went deeper than even fate +would have gone; he could have fulfilled an evil destiny and had done +with it, however terrible. His trouble was that he could not escape from +himself; and, for the most part, he justified himself in refusing to try. +After he had come to that distinct understanding with Alma Leighton, and +experienced the relief it really gave him, he thought for a while that if +it had fallen out otherwise, and she had put him in charge of her +destiny, he might have been better able to manage his own. But as it was, +he could only drift, and let all other things take their course. It was +necessary that he should go to see her afterward, to show her that he was +equal to the event; but he did not go so often, and he went rather +oftener to the Dryfooses; it was not easy to see Margaret Vance, except +on the society terms. With much sneering and scorning, he fulfilled the +duties to Mrs. Horn without which he knew he should be dropped from her +list; but one might go to many of her Thursdays without getting many +words with her niece. Beaton hardly knew whether he wanted many; the girl +kept the charm of her innocent stylishness; but latterly she wanted to +talk more about social questions than about the psychical problems that +young people usually debate so personally. Son of the working-people as +he was, Beaton had never cared anything about such matters; he did not +know about them or wish to know; he was perhaps too near them. Besides, +there was an embarrassment, at least on her part, concerning the +Dryfooses. She was too high-minded to blame him for having tempted her to +her failure with them by his talk about them; but she was conscious of +avoiding them in her talk. She had decided not to renew the effort she +had made in the spring; because she could not do them good as +fellow-creatures needing food and warmth and work, and she would not try +to befriend them socially; she had a horror of any such futile +sentimentality. She would have liked to account to Beaton in this way for +a course which she suspected he must have heard their comments upon, but +she did not quite know how to do it; she could not be sure how much or +how little he cared for them. Some tentative approaches which she made +toward explanation were met with such eager disclaim of personal interest +that she knew less than before what to think; and she turned the talk +from the sisters to the brother, whom it seemed she still continued to +meet in their common work among the poor. + +"He seems very different," she ventured. + +"Oh, quite," said Beaton. "He's the kind of person that you might suppose +gave the Catholics a hint for the cloistral life; he's a cloistered +nature--the nature that atones and suffers for. But he's awfully dull +company, don't you think? I never can get anything out of him." + +"He's very much in earnest." + +"Remorselessly. We've got a profane and mundane creature there at the +office who runs us all, and it's shocking merely to see the contact of +the tyro natures. When Fulkerson gets to joking Dryfoos--he likes to put +his joke in the form of a pretence that Dryfoos is actuated by a selfish +motive, that he has an eye to office, and is working up a political +interest for himself on the East Side--it's something inexpressible." + +"I should think so," said Miss Vance, with such lofty disapproval that +Beaton felt himself included in it for having merely told what caused it. +He could not help saying, in natural rebellion, "Well, the man of one +idea is always a little ridiculous." + +"When his idea is right?" she demanded. "A right idea can't be +ridiculous." + +"Oh, I only said the man that held it was. He's flat; he has no relief, +no projection." + +She seemed unable to answer, and he perceived that he had silenced her to +his own, disadvantage. It appeared to Beaton that she was becoming a +little too exacting for comfort in her idealism. He put down the cup of +tea he had been tasting, and said, in his solemn staccato: "I must go. +Good-bye!" and got instantly away from her, with an effect he had of +having suddenly thought of something imperative. + +He went up to Mrs. Horn for a moment's hail and farewell, and felt +himself subtly detained by her through fugitive passages of conversation +with half a dozen other people. He fancied that at crises of this strange +interview Mrs. Horn was about to become confidential with him, and +confidential, of all things, about her niece. She ended by not having +palpably been so. In fact, the concern in her mind would have been +difficult to impart to a young man, and after several experiments Mrs. +Horn found it impossible to say that she wished Margaret could somehow be +interested in lower things than those which occupied her. She had watched +with growing anxiety the girl's tendency to various kinds of +self-devotion. She had dark hours in which she even feared her entire +withdrawal from the world in a life of good works. Before now, girls had +entered the Protestant sisterhoods, which appeal so potently to the young +and generous imagination, and Margaret was of just the temperament to be +influenced by them. During the past summer she had been unhappy at her +separation from the cares that had engrossed her more and more as their +stay in the city drew to an end in the spring, and she had hurried her +aunt back to town earlier in the fall than she would have chosen to come. +Margaret had her correspondents among the working-women whom she +befriended. Mrs. Horn was at one time alarmed to find that Margaret was +actually promoting a strike of the button-hole workers. This, of course, +had its ludicrous side, in connection with a young lady in good society, +and a person of even so little humor as Mrs. Horn could not help seeing +it. At the same time, she could not help foreboding the worst from it; +she was afraid that Margaret's health would give way under the strain, +and that if she did not go into a sisterhood she would at least go into a +decline. She began the winter with all such counteractive measures as she +could employ. At an age when such things weary, she threw herself into +the pleasures of society with the hope of dragging Margaret after her; +and a sympathetic witness must have followed with compassion her course +from ball to ball, from reception to reception, from parlor-reading to +parlor-reading, from musicale to musicale, from play to play, from opera +to opera. She tasted, after she had practically renounced them, the +bitter and the insipid flavors of fashionable amusement, in the hope that +Margaret might find them sweet, and now at the end she had to own to +herself that she had failed. It was coming Lent again, and the girl had +only grown thinner and more serious with the diversions that did not +divert her from the baleful works of beneficence on which Mrs. Horn felt +that she was throwing her youth away. Margaret could have borne either +alone, but together they were wearing her out. She felt it a duty to +undergo the pleasures her aunt appointed for her, but she could not +forego the other duties in which she found her only pleasure. + +She kept up her music still because she could employ it at the meetings +for the entertainment, and, as she hoped, the elevation of her +working-women; but she neglected the other aesthetic interests which once +occupied her; and, at sight of Beaton talking with her, Mrs. Horn caught +at the hope that he might somehow be turned to account in reviving +Margaret's former interest in art. She asked him if Mr. Wetmore had his +classes that winter as usual; and she said she wished Margaret could be +induced to go again: Mr. Wetmore always said that she did not draw very +well, but that she had a great deal of feeling for it, and her work was +interesting. She asked, were the Leightons in town again; and she +murmured a regret that she had not been able to see anything of them, +without explaining why; she said she had a fancy that if Margaret knew +Miss Leighton, and what she was doing, it might stimulate her, perhaps. +She supposed Miss Leighton was still going on with her art? Beaton said, +Oh yes, he believed so. + +But his manner did not encourage Mrs. Horn to pursue her aims in that +direction, and she said, with a sigh, she wished he still had a class; +she always fancied that Margaret got more good from his instruction than +from any one else's. + +He said that she was very good; but there was really nobody who knew half +as much as Wetmore, or could make any one understand half as much. Mrs. +Horn was afraid, she said, that Mr. Wetmore's terrible sincerity +discouraged Margaret; he would not let her have any illusions about the +outcome of what she was doing; and did not Mr. Beaton think that some +illusion was necessary with young people? Of course, it was very nice of +Mr. Wetmore to be so honest, but it did not always seem to be the wisest +thing. She begged Mr. Beaton to try to think of some one who would be a +little less severe. Her tone assumed a deeper interest in the people who +were coming up and going away, and Beaton perceived that he was +dismissed. + +He went away with vanity flattered by the sense of having been appealed +to concerning Margaret, and then he began to chafe at what she had said +of Wetmore's honesty, apropos of her wish that he still had a class +himself. Did she mean, confound her? that he was insincere, and would let +Miss Vance suppose she had more talent than she really had? The more +Beaton thought of this, the more furious he became, and the more he was +convinced that something like it had been unconsciously if not +consciously in her mind. He framed some keen retorts, to the general +effect that with the atmosphere of illusion preserved so completely at +home, Miss Vance hardly needed it in her art studies. Having just +determined never to go near Mrs. Horn's Thursdays again, he decided to go +once more, in order to plant this sting in her capacious but somewhat +callous bosom; and he planned how he would lead the talk up to the point +from which he should launch it. + +In the mean time he felt the need of some present solace, such as only +unqualified worship could give him; a cruel wish to feel his power in +some direction where, even if it were resisted, it could not be overcome, +drove him on. That a woman who was to Beaton the embodiment of +artificiality should intimate, however innocently--the innocence made it +all the worse--that he was less honest than Wetmore, whom he knew to be +so much more honest, was something that must be retaliated somewhere +before his self-respect could be restored. It was only five o'clock, and +he went on up-town to the Dryfooses', though he had been there only the +night before last. He asked for the ladies, and Mrs. Mandel received him. + +"The young ladies are down-town shopping," she said, "but I am very glad +of the opportunity of seeing you alone, Mr. Beaton. You know I lived +several years in Europe." + +"Yes," said Beaton, wondering what that could have to do with her +pleasure in seeing him alone. "I believe so?" He involuntarily gave his +words the questioning inflection. + +"You have lived abroad, too, and so you won't find what I am going to ask +so strange. Mr. Beaton, why do you come so much to this house?" Mrs. +Mandel bent forward with an aspect of ladylike interest and smiled. + +Beaton frowned. "Why do I come so much?" + +"Yes." + +"Why do I--Excuse me, Mrs. Mandel, but will you allow me to ask why you +ask?" + +"Oh, certainly. There's no reason why I shouldn't say, for I wish you to +be very frank with me. I ask because there are two young ladies in this +house; and, in a certain way, I have to take the place of a mother to +them. I needn't explain why; you know all the people here, and you +understand. I have nothing to say about them, but I should not be +speaking to you now if they were not all rather helpless people. They do +not know the world they have come to live in here, and they cannot help +themselves or one another. But you do know it, Mr. Beaton, and I am sure +you know just how much or how little you mean by coming here. You are +either interested in one of these young girls or you are not. If you are, +I have nothing more to say. If you are not--" Mrs. Mandel continued to +smile, but the smile had grown more perfunctory, and it had an icy gleam. + +Beaton looked at her with surprise that he gravely kept to himself. He +had always regarded her as a social nullity, with a kind of pity, to be +sure, as a civilized person living among such people as the Dryfooses, +but not without a humorous contempt; he had thought of her as Mandel, and +sometimes as Old Mandel, though she was not half a score of years his +senior, and was still well on the sunny side of forty. He reddened, and +then turned an angry pallor. "Excuse me again, Mrs. Mandel. Do you ask +this from the young ladies?" + +"Certainly not," she said, with the best temper, and with something in +her tone that convicted Beaton of vulgarity, in putting his question of +her authority in the form of a sneer. "As I have suggested, they would +hardly know how to help themselves at all in such a matter. I have no +objection to saying that I ask it from the father of the young ladies. Of +course, in and for myself I should have no right to know anything about +your affairs. I assure you the duty of knowing isn't very pleasant." The +little tremor in her clear voice struck Beaton as something rather nice. + +"I can very well believe that, Mrs. Mandel," he said, with a dreamy +sadness in his own. He lifted his eyes and looked into hers. "If I told +you that I cared nothing about them in the way you intimate?" + +"Then I should prefer to let you characterize your own conduct in +continuing to come here for the year past, as you have done, and tacitly +leading them on to infer differently." They both mechanically kept up the +fiction of plurality in speaking of Christine, but there was no doubt in +the mind of either which of the young ladies the other meant. A good many +thoughts went through Beaton's mind, and none of them were flattering. He +had not been unconscious that the part he had played toward this girl was +ignoble, and that it had grown meaner as the fancy which her beauty had +at first kindled in him had grown cooler. He was aware that of late he +had been amusing himself with her passion in a way that was not less than +cruel, not because he wished to do so, but because he was listless and +wished nothing. He rose in saying: "I might be a little more lenient than +you think, Mrs. Mandel; but I won't trouble you with any palliating +theory. I will not come any more." + +He bowed, and Mrs. Mandel said, "Of course, it's only your action that I +am concerned with." + +She seemed to him merely triumphant, and he could not conceive what it +had cost her to nerve herself up to her too easy victory. He left Mrs. +Mandel to a far harder lot than had fallen to him, and he went away +hating her as an enemy who had humiliated him at a moment when he +particularly needed exalting. It was really very simple for him to stop +going to see Christine Dryfoos, but it was not at all simple for Mrs. +Mandel to deal with the consequences of his not coming. He only thought +how lightly she had stopped him, and the poor woman whom he had left +trembling for what she had been obliged to do embodied for him the +conscience that accused him of unpleasant things. + +"By heavens! this is piling it up," he said to himself through his set +teeth, realizing how it had happened right on top of that stupid insult +from Mrs. Horn. Now he should have to give up his place on 'Every Other +Week; he could not keep that, under the circumstances, even if some +pretence were not made to get rid of him; he must hurry and anticipate +any such pretence; he must see Fulkerson at once; he wondered where he +should find him at that hour. He thought, with bitterness so real that it +gave him a kind of tragical satisfaction, how certainly he could find him +a little later at Mrs. Leighton's; and Fulkerson's happiness became an +added injury. + +The thing had, of course, come about just at the wrong time. There never +had been a time when Beaton needed money more, when he had spent what he +had and what he expected to have so recklessly. He was in debt to +Fulkerson personally and officially for advance payments of salary. The +thought of sending money home made him break into a scoffing laugh, which +he turned into a cough in order to deceive the passers. What sort of face +should he go with to Fulkerson and tell him that he renounced his +employment on 'Every Other Week;' and what should he do when he had +renounced it? Take pupils, perhaps; open a class? A lurid conception of a +class conducted on those principles of shameless flattery at which Mrs. +Horn had hinted--he believed now she had meant to insult him--presented +itself. Why should not he act upon the suggestion? He thought with +loathing for the whole race of women--dabblers in art. How easy the thing +would be: as easy as to turn back now and tell that old fool's girl that +he loved her, and rake in half his millions. Why should not he do that? +No one else cared for him; and at a year's end, probably, one woman would +be like another as far as the love was concerned, and probably he should +not be more tired if the woman were Christine Dryfoos than if she were +Margaret Vance. He kept Alma Leighton out of the question, because at the +bottom of his heart he believed that she must be forever unlike every +other woman to him. + +The tide of his confused and aimless reverie had carried him far +down-town, he thought; but when he looked up from it to see where he was +he found himself on Sixth Avenue, only a little below Thirty-ninth +Street, very hot and blown; that idiotic fur overcoat was stifling. He +could not possibly walk down to Eleventh; he did not want to walk even to +the Elevated station at Thirty-fourth; he stopped at the corner to wait +for a surface-car, and fell again into his bitter fancies. After a while +he roused himself and looked up the track, but there was no car coming. +He found himself beside a policeman, who was lazily swinging his club by +its thong from his wrist. + +"When do you suppose a car will be along?" he asked, rather in a general +sarcasm of the absence of the cars than in any special belief that the +policeman could tell him. + +The policeman waited to discharge his tobacco-juice into the gutter. "In +about a week," he said, nonchalantly. + +"What's the matter?" asked Beaton, wondering what the joke could be. + +"Strike," said the policeman. His interest in Beaton's ignorance seemed +to overcome his contempt of it. "Knocked off everywhere this morning +except Third Avenue and one or two cross-town lines." He spat again and +kept his bulk at its incline over the gutter to glance at a group of men +on the corner below: They were neatly dressed, and looked like something +better than workingmen, and they had a holiday air of being in their best +clothes. + +"Some of the strikers?" asked Beaton. + +The policeman nodded. + +"Any trouble yet?" + +"There won't be any trouble till we begin to move the cars," said the +policeman. + +Beaton felt a sudden turn of his rage toward the men whose action would +now force him to walk five blocks and mount the stairs of the Elevated +station. "If you'd take out eight or ten of those fellows," he said, +ferociously, "and set them up against a wall and shoot them, you'd save a +great deal of bother." + +"I guess we sha'n't have to shoot much," said the policeman, still +swinging his locust. "Anyway, we shant begin it. If it comes to a fight, +though," he said, with a look at the men under the scooping rim of his +helmet, "we can drive the whole six thousand of 'em into the East River +without pullin' a trigger." + +"Are there six thousand in it?" + +"About." + +"What do the infernal fools expect to live on?" + +"The interest of their money, I suppose," said the officer, with a grin +of satisfaction in his irony. "It's got to run its course. Then they'll +come back with their heads tied up and their tails between their legs, +and plead to be taken on again." + +"If I was a manager of the roads," said Beaton, thinking of how much he +was already inconvenienced by the strike, and obscurely connecting it as +one of the series with the wrongs he had suffered at the hands of Mrs. +Horn and Mrs. Mandel, "I would see them starve before I'd take them +back--every one of them." + +"Well," said the policeman, impartially, as a man might whom the +companies allowed to ride free, but who had made friends with a good many +drivers and conductors in the course of his free riding, "I guess that's +what the roads would like to do if they could; but the men are too many +for them, and there ain't enough other men to take their places." + +"No matter," said Beaton, severely. "They can bring in men from other +places." + +"Oh, they'll do that fast enough," said the policeman. + +A man came out of the saloon on the corner where the strikers were +standing, noisy drunk, and they began, as they would have said, to have +some fun with him. The policeman left Beaton, and sauntered slowly down +toward the group as if in the natural course of an afternoon ramble. On +the other side of the street Beaton could see another officer sauntering +up from the block below. Looking up and down the avenue, so silent of its +horse-car bells, he saw a policeman at every corner. It was rather +impressive. + + + + +III. + +The strike made a good deal of talk in the office of 'Every Other Week' +that is, it made Fulkerson talk a good deal. He congratulated himself +that he was not personally incommoded by it, like some of the fellows who +lived uptown, and had not everything under one roof, as it were. He +enjoyed the excitement of it, and he kept the office boy running out to +buy the extras which the newsmen came crying through the street almost +every hour with a lamentable, unintelligible noise. He read not only the +latest intelligence of the strike, but the editorial comments on it, +which praised the firm attitude of both parties, and the admirable +measures taken by the police to preserve order. Fulkerson enjoyed the +interviews with the police captains and the leaders of the strike; he +equally enjoyed the attempts of the reporters to interview the road +managers, which were so graphically detailed, and with such a fine +feeling for the right use of scare-heads as to have almost the value of +direct expression from them, though it seemed that they had resolutely +refused to speak. He said, at second-hand from the papers, that if the +men behaved themselves and respected the rights of property, they would +have public sympathy with them every time; but just as soon as they began +to interfere with the roads' right to manage their own affairs in their +own way, they must be put down with an iron hand; the phrase "iron hand" +did Fulkerson almost as much good as if it had never been used before. +News began to come of fighting between the police and the strikers when +the roads tried to move their cars with men imported from Philadelphia, +and then Fulkerson rejoiced at the splendid courage of the police. At the +same time, he believed what the strikers said, and that the trouble was +not made by them, but by gangs of roughs acting without their approval. +In this juncture he was relieved by the arrival of the State Board of +Arbitration, which took up its quarters, with a great many scare-heads, +at one of the principal hotels, and invited the roads and the strikers to +lay the matter in dispute before them; he said that now we should see the +working of the greatest piece of social machinery in modern times. But it +appeared to work only in the alacrity of the strikers to submit their +grievance. The roads were as one road in declaring that there was nothing +to arbitrate, and that they were merely asserting their right to manage +their own affairs in their own way. One of the presidents was reported to +have told a member of the Board, who personally summoned him, to get out +and to go about his business. Then, to Fulkerson's extreme +disappointment, the august tribunal, acting on behalf of the sovereign +people in the interest of peace, declared itself powerless, and got out, +and would, no doubt, have gone about its business if it had had any. +Fulkerson did not know what to say, perhaps because the extras did not; +but March laughed at this result. + +"It's a good deal like the military manoeuvre of the King of France and +his forty thousand men. I suppose somebody told him at the top of the +hill that there was nothing to arbitrate, and to get out and go about his +business, and that was the reason he marched down after he had marched up +with all that ceremony. What amuses me is to find that in an affair of +this kind the roads have rights and the strikers have rights, but the +public has no rights at all. The roads and the strikers are allowed to +fight out a private war in our midst as thoroughly and precisely a +private war as any we despise the Middle Ages for having tolerated--as +any street war in Florence or Verona--and to fight it out at our pains +and expense, and we stand by like sheep and wait till they get tired. +It's a funny attitude for a city of fifteen hundred thousand +inhabitants." + +"What would you do?" asked Fulkerson, a good deal daunted by this view of +the case. + +"Do? Nothing. Hasn't the State Board of Arbitration declared itself +powerless? We have no hold upon the strikers; and we're so used to being +snubbed and disobliged by common carriers that we have forgotten our hold +on the roads and always allow them to manage their own affairs in their +own way, quite as if we had nothing to do with them and they owed us no +services in return for their privileges." + +"That's a good deal so," said Fulkerson, disordering his hair. "Well, +it's nuts for the colonel nowadays. He says if he was boss of this town +he would seize the roads on behalf of the people, and man 'em with +policemen, and run 'em till the managers had come to terms with the +strikers; and he'd do that every time there was a strike." + +"Doesn't that rather savor of the paternalism he condemned in Lindau?" +asked March. + +"I don't know. It savors of horse sense." + +"You are pretty far gone, Fulkerson. I thought you were the most engaged +man I ever saw; but I guess you're more father-in-lawed. And before +you're married, too." + +"Well, the colonel's a glorious old fellow, March. I wish he had the +power to do that thing, just for the fun of looking on while he waltzed +in. He's on the keen jump from morning till night, and he's up late and +early to see the row. I'm afraid he'll get shot at some of the fights; he +sees them all; I can't get any show at them: haven't seen a brickbat +shied or a club swung yet. Have you?" + +"No, I find I can philosophize the situation about as well from the +papers, and that's what I really want to do, I suppose. Besides, I'm +solemnly pledged by Mrs. March not to go near any sort of crowd, under +penalty of having her bring the children and go with me. Her theory is +that we must all die together; the children haven't been at school since +the strike began. There's no precaution that Mrs. March hasn't used. She +watches me whenever I go out, and sees that I start straight for this +office." + +Fulkerson laughed and said: "Well, it's probably the only thing that's +saved your life. Have you seen anything of Beaton lately?" + +"No. You don't mean to say he's killed!" + +"Not if he knows it. But I don't know--What do you say, March? What's the +reason you couldn't get us up a paper on the strike?" + +"I knew it would fetch round to 'Every Other Week,' somehow." + +"No, but seriously. There'll be plenty of news paper accounts. But you +could treat it in the historical spirit--like something that happened +several centuries ago; De Foe's Plague of London style. Heigh? What made +me think of it was Beaton. If I could get hold of him, you two could go +round together and take down its aesthetic aspects. It's a big thing, +March, this strike is. I tell you it's imposing to have a private war, as +you say, fought out this way, in the heart of New York, and New York not +minding it a bit. See? Might take that view of it. With your +descriptions and Beaton's sketches--well, it would just be the greatest +card! Come! What do you say?" + +"Will you undertake to make it right with Mrs. March if I'm killed and +she and the children are not killed with me?" + +"Well, it would be difficult. I wonder how it would do to get Kendricks +to do the literary part?" + +"I've no doubt he'd jump at the chance. I've yet to see the form of +literature that Kendricks wouldn't lay down his life for." + +"Say!" March perceived that Fulkerson was about to vent another +inspiration, and smiled patiently. "Look here! What's the reason we +couldn't get one of the strikers to write it up for us?" + +"Might have a symposium of strikers and presidents," March suggested. + +"No; I'm in earnest. They say some of those fellows--especially the +foreigners--are educated men. I know one fellow--a Bohemian--that used to +edit a Bohemian newspaper here. He could write it out in his kind of +Dutch, and we could get Lindau to translate it." + +"I guess not," said March, dryly. + +"Why not? He'd do it for the cause, wouldn't he? Suppose you put it up on +him the next time you see him." + +"I don't see Lindau any more," said March. He added, "I guess he's +renounced me along with Mr. Dryfoos's money." + +"Pshaw! You don't mean he hasn't been round since?" + +"He came for a while, but he's left off coming now. I don't feel +particularly gay about it," March said, with some resentment of +Fulkerson's grin. "He's left me in debt to him for lessons to the +children." + +Fulkerson laughed out. "Well, he is the greatest old fool! Who'd 'a' +thought he'd 'a' been in earnest with those 'brincibles' of his? But I +suppose there have to be just such cranks; it takes all kinds to make a +world." + +"There has to be one such crank, it seems," March partially assented. +"One's enough for me." + +"I reckon this thing is nuts for Lindau, too," said Fulkerson. "Why, it +must act like a schooner of beer on him all the while, to see 'gabidal' +embarrassed like it is by this strike. It must make old Lindau feel like +he was back behind those barricades at Berlin. Well, he's a splendid old +fellow; pity he drinks, as I remarked once before." + +When March left the office he did not go home so directly as he came, +perhaps because Mrs. March's eye was not on him. He was very curious +about some aspects of the strike, whose importance, as a great social +convulsion, he felt people did not recognize; and, with his temperance in +everything, he found its negative expressions as significant as its more +violent phases. He had promised his wife solemnly that he would keep away +from these, and he had a natural inclination to keep his promise; he had +no wish to be that peaceful spectator who always gets shot when there is +any firing on a mob. He interested himself in the apparent indifference +of the mighty city, which kept on about its business as tranquilly as if +the private war being fought out in its midst were a vague rumor of +Indian troubles on the frontier; and he realized how there might once +have been a street feud of forty years in Florence without interfering +materially with the industry and prosperity of the city. On Broadway +there was a silence where a jangle and clatter of horse-car bells and +hoofs had been, but it was not very noticeable; and on the avenues, +roofed by the elevated roads, this silence of the surface tracks was not +noticeable at all in the roar of the trains overhead. Some of the +cross-town cars were beginning to run again, with a policeman on the rear +of each; on the Third Avenge line, operated by non-union men, who had not +struck, there were two policemen beside the driver of every car, and two +beside the conductor, to protect them from the strikers. But there were +no strikers in sight, and on Second Avenue they stood quietly about in +groups on the corners. While March watched them at a safe distance, a car +laden with policemen came down the track, but none of the strikers +offered to molest it. In their simple Sunday best, March thought them +very quiet, decent-looking people, and he could well believe that they +had nothing to do with the riotous outbreaks in other parts of the city. +He could hardly believe that there were any such outbreaks; he began more +and more to think them mere newspaper exaggerations in the absence of any +disturbance, or the disposition to it, that he could see. He walked on to +the East River. + +Avenues A, B, and C presented the same quiet aspect as Second Avenue; +groups of men stood on the corners, and now and then a police-laden car +was brought unmolested down the tracks before them; they looked at it and +talked together, and some laughed, but there was no trouble. + +March got a cross-town car, and came back to the West Side. A policeman, +looking very sleepy and tired, lounged on the platform. + +"I suppose you'll be glad when this cruel war is over," March suggested, +as he got in. + +The officer gave him a surly glance and made him no answer. + +His behavior, from a man born to the joking give and take of our life, +impressed March. It gave him a fine sense of the ferocity which he had +read of the French troops putting on toward the populace just before the +coup d'etat; he began to feel like the populace; but he struggled with +himself and regained his character of philosophical observer. In this +character he remained in the car and let it carry him by the corner where +he ought to have got out and gone home, and let it keep on with him to +one of the farthermost tracks westward, where so much of the fighting was +reported to have taken place. But everything on the way was as quiet as +on the East Side. + +Suddenly the car stopped with so quick a turn of the brake that he was +half thrown from his seat, and the policeman jumped down from the +platform and ran forward. + + + + +IV + +Dryfoos sat at breakfast that morning with Mrs. Mandel as usual to pour +out his coffee. Conrad had gone down-town; the two girls lay abed much +later than their father breakfasted, and their mother had gradually grown +too feeble to come down till lunch. Suddenly Christine appeared at the +door. Her face was white to the edges of her lips, and her eyes were +blazing. + +"Look here, father! Have you been saying anything to Mr. Beaton?" + +The old man looked up at her across his coffee-cup through his frowning +brows. "No." + +Mrs. Mandel dropped her eyes, and the spoon shook in her hand. + +"Then what's the reason he don't come here any more?" demanded the girl; +and her glance darted from her father to Mrs. Mandel. "Oh, it's you, is +it? I'd like to know who told you to meddle in other people's business?" + +"I did," said Dryfoos, savagely. "I told her to ask him what he wanted +here, and he said he didn't want anything, and he stopped coming. That's +all. I did it myself." + +"Oh, you did, did you?" said the girl, scarcely less insolently than she +had spoken to Mrs. Mandel. "I should like to know what you did it for? +I'd like to know what made you think I wasn't able to take care of +myself. I just knew somebody had been meddling, but I didn't suppose it +was you. I can manage my own affairs in my own way, if you please, and +I'll thank you after this to leave me to myself in what don't concern +you." + +"Don't concern me? You impudent jade!" her father began. + +Christine advanced from the doorway toward the table; she had her hands +closed upon what seemed trinkets, some of which glittered and dangled +from them. She said, "Will you go to him and tell him that this +meddlesome minx, here, had no business to say anything about me to him, +and you take it all back?" + +"No!" shouted the old man. "And if--" + +"That's all I want of you!" the girl shouted in her turn. "Here are your +presents." With both hands she flung the jewels-pins and rings and +earrings and bracelets--among the breakfast-dishes, from which some of +them sprang to the floor. She stood a moment to pull the intaglio ring +from the finger where Beaton put it a year ago, and dashed that at her +father's plate. Then she whirled out of the room, and they heard her +running up-stairs. + +The old man made a start toward her, but he fell back in his chair before +she was gone, and, with a fierce, grinding movement of his jaws, +controlled himself. "Take--take those things up," he gasped to Mrs. +Mandel. He seemed unable to rise again from his chair; but when she asked +him if he were unwell, he said no, with an air of offence, and got +quickly to his feet. He mechanically picked up the intaglio ring from the +table while he stood there, and put it on his little finger; his hand was +not much bigger than Christine's. "How do you suppose she found it out?" +he asked, after a moment. + +"She seems to have merely suspected it," said Mrs. Mandel, in a tremor, +and with the fright in her eyes which Christine's violence had brought +there. + +"Well, it don't make any difference. She had to know, somehow, and now +she knows." He started toward the door of the library, as if to go into +the hall, where his hat and coat hung. + +"Mr. Dryfoos," palpitated Mrs. Mandel, "I can't remain here, after the +language your daughter has used to me--I can't let you leave me--I--I'm +afraid of her--" + +"Lock yourself up, then," said the old man, rudely. He added, from the +hall before he went out, "I reckon she'll quiet down now." + +He took the Elevated road. The strike seemed a vary far-off thing, though +the paper he bought to look up the stockmarket was full of noisy +typography about yesterday's troubles on the surface lines. Among the +millions in Wall Street there was some joking and some swearing, but not +much thinking, about the six thousand men who had taken such chances in +their attempt to better their condition. Dryfoos heard nothing of the +strike in the lobby of the Stock Exchange, where he spent two or three +hours watching a favorite stock of his go up and go down under the +betting. By the time the Exchange closed it had risen eight points, and +on this and some other investments he was five thousand dollars richer +than he had been in the morning. But he had expected to be richer still, +and he was by no means satisfied with his luck. All through the +excitement of his winning and losing had played the dull, murderous rage +he felt toward the child who had defied him, and when the game was over +and he started home his rage mounted into a sort of frenzy; he would +teach her, he would break her. He walked a long way without thinking, and +then waited for a car. None came, and he hailed a passing coupe. + +"What has got all the cars?" he demanded of the driver, who jumped down +from his box to open the door for him and get his direction. + +"Been away?" asked the driver. "Hasn't been any car along for a week. +Strike." + +"Oh yes," said Dryfoos. He felt suddenly giddy, and he remained staring +at the driver after he had taken his seat. + +The man asked, "Where to?" + +Dryfoos could not think of his street or number, and he said, with +uncontrollable fury: "I told you once! Go up to West Eleventh, and drive +along slow on the south side; I'll show you the place." + +He could not remember the number of 'Every Other Week' office, where he +suddenly decided to stop before he went home. He wished to see Fulkerson, +and ask him something about Beaton: whether he had been about lately, and +whether he had dropped any hint of what had happened concerning +Christine; Dryfoos believed that Fulkerson was in the fellow's +confidence. + +There was nobody but Conrad in the counting-room, whither Dryfoos +returned after glancing into Fulkerson's empty office. "Where's +Fulkerson?" he asked, sitting down with his hat on. + +"He went out a few moments ago," said Conrad, glancing at the clock. "I'm +afraid he isn't coming back again today, if you wanted to see him." + +Dryfoos twisted his head sidewise and upward to indicate March's room. +"That other fellow out, too?" + +"He went just before Mr. Fulkerson," answered Conrad. + +"Do you generally knock off here in the middle of the afternoon?" asked +the old man. + +"No," said Conrad, as patiently as if his father had not been there a +score of times and found the whole staff of "Every Other Week" at work +between four and five. "Mr. March, you know, always takes a good deal of +his work home with him, and I suppose Mr. Fulkerson went out so early +because there isn't much doing to-day. Perhaps it's the strike that makes +it dull." + +"The strike-yes! It's a pretty piece of business to have everything +thrown out because a parcel of lazy hounds want a chance to lay off and +get drunk." Dryfoos seemed to think Conrad would make some answer to +this, but the young man's mild face merely saddened, and he said nothing. +"I've got a coupe out there now that I had to take because I couldn't get +a car. If I had my way I'd have a lot of those vagabonds hung. They're +waiting to get the city into a snarl, and then rob the houses--pack of +dirty, worthless whelps. They ought to call out the militia, and fire +into 'em. Clubbing is too good for them." Conrad was still silent, and +his father sneered, "But I reckon you don't think so." + +"I think the strike is useless," said Conrad. + +"Oh, you do, do you? Comin' to your senses a little. Gettin' tired +walkin' so much. I should like to know what your gentlemen over there on +the East Side think about the strike, anyway." + +The young fellow dropped his eyes. "I am not authorized to speak for +them." + +"Oh, indeed! And perhaps you're not authorized to speak for yourself?" + +"Father, you know we don't agree about these things. I'd rather not +talk--" + +"But I'm goin' to make you talk this time!" cried Dryfoos, striking the +arm of the chair he sat in with the side of his fist. A maddening thought +of Christine came over him. "As long as you eat my bread, you have got to +do as I say. I won't have my children telling me what I shall do and +sha'n't do, or take on airs of being holier than me. Now, you just speak +up! Do you think those loafers are right, or don't you? Come!" + +Conrad apparently judged it best to speak. "I think they were very +foolish to strike--at this time, when the Elevated roads can do the +work." + +"Oh, at this time, heigh! And I suppose they think over there on the East +Side that it 'd been wise to strike before we got the Elevated." Conrad +again refused to answer, and his father roared, "What do you think?" + +"I think a strike is always bad business. It's war; but sometimes there +don't seem any other way for the workingmen to get justice. They say that +sometimes strikes do raise the wages, after a while." + +"Those lazy devils were paid enough already," shrieked the old man. + +"They got two dollars a day. How much do you think they ought to 'a' got? +Twenty?" + +Conrad hesitated, with a beseeching look at his father. But he decided to +answer. "The men say that with partial work, and fines, and other things, +they get sometimes a dollar, and sometimes ninety cents a day." + +"They lie, and you know they lie," said his father, rising and coming +toward him. "And what do you think the upshot of it all will be, after +they've ruined business for another week, and made people hire hacks, and +stolen the money of honest men? How is it going to end?" + +"They will have to give in." + +"Oh, give in, heigh! And what will you say then, I should like to know? +How will you feel about it then? Speak!" + +"I shall feel as I do now. I know you don't think that way, and I don't +blame you--or anybody. But if I have got to say how I shall feel, why, I +shall feel sorry they didn't succeed, for I believe they have a righteous +cause, though they go the wrong way to help themselves." + +His father came close to him, his eyes blazing, his teeth set. "Do you +dare so say that to me?" + +"Yes. I can't help it. I pity them; my whole heart is with those poor +men." + +"You impudent puppy!" shouted the old man. He lifted his hand and struck +his son in the face. Conrad caught his hand with his own left, and, while +the blood began to trickle from a wound that Christine's intaglio ring +had made in his temple, he looked at him with a kind of grieving wonder, +and said, "Father!" + +The old man wrenched his fist away and ran out of the house. He +remembered his address now, and he gave it as he plunged into the coupe. +He trembled with his evil passion, and glared out of the windows at the +passers as he drove home; he only saw Conrad's mild, grieving, wondering +eyes, and the blood slowly trickling from the wound in his temple. + +Conrad went to the neat-set bowl in Fulkerson's comfortable room and +washed the blood away, and kept bathing the wound with the cold water +till it stopped bleeding. The cut was not deep, and he thought he would +not put anything on it. After a while he locked up the office and started +out, he hardly knew where. But he walked on, in the direction he had +taken, till he found himself in Union Square, on the pavement in front of +Brentano's. It seemed to him that he heard some one calling gently to +him, "Mr. Dryfoos!" + + + + +V. + +Conrad looked confusedly around, and the same voice said again, "Mr. +Dryfoos!" and he saw that it was a lady speaking to him from a coupe +beside the curbing, and then he saw that it was Miss Vance. + +She smiled when he gave signs of having discovered her, and came up to +the door of her carriage. "I am so glad to meet you. I have been longing +to talk to somebody; nobody seems to feel about it as I do. Oh, isn't it +horrible? Must they fail? I saw cars running on all the lines as I came +across; it made me sick at heart. Must those brave fellows give in? And +everybody seems to hate them so--I can't bear it." Her face was estranged +with excitement, and there were traces of tears on it. "You must think me +almost crazy to stop you in the street this way; but when I caught sight +of you I had to speak. I knew you would sympathize--I knew you would feel +as I do. Oh, how can anybody help honoring those poor men for standing by +one another as they do? They are risking all they have in the world for +the sake of justice! Oh, they are true heroes! They are staking the bread +of their wives and children on the dreadful chance they've taken! But no +one seems to understand it. No one seems to see that they are willing to +suffer more now that other poor men may suffer less hereafter. And those +wretched creatures that are coming in to take their places--those +traitors--" + +"We can't blame them for wanting to earn a living, Miss Vance," said +Conrad. + +"No, no! I don't blame them. Who am I, to do such a thing? It's +we--people like me, of my class--who make the poor betray one another. +But this dreadful fighting--this hideous paper is full of it!" She held +up an extra, crumpled with her nervous reading. "Can't something be done +to stop it? Don't you think that if some one went among them, and tried +to make them see how perfectly hopeless it was to resist the companies +and drive off the new men, he might do some good? I have wanted to go and +try; but I am a woman, and I mustn't! I shouldn't be afraid of the +strikers, but I'm afraid of what people would say!" Conrad kept pressing +his handkerchief to the cut in his temple, which he thought might be +bleeding, and now she noticed this. "Are you hurt, Mr. Dryfoos? You look +so pale." + +"No, it's nothing--a little scratch I've got." + +"Indeed, you look pale. Have you a carriage? How will you get home? Will +you get in here with me and let me drive you?" + +"No, no," said Conrad, smiling at her excitement. "I'm perfectly well--" + +"And you don't think I'm foolish and wicked for stopping you here and +talking in this way? But I know you feel as I do!" + +"Yes, I feel as you do. You are right--right in every way--I mustn't keep +you--Good-bye." He stepped back to bow, but she put her beautiful hand +out of the window, and when he took it she wrung his hand hard. + +"Thank you, thank you! You are good and you are just! But no one can do +anything. It's useless!" + +The type of irreproachable coachman on the box whose respectability had +suffered through the strange behavior of his mistress in this interview +drove quickly off at her signal, and Conrad stood a moment looking after +the carriage. His heart was full of joy; it leaped; he thought it would +burst. As he turned to walk away it seemed to him as if he mounted upon +the air. The trust she had shown him, the praise she had given him, that +crush of the hand: he hoped nothing, he formed no idea from it, but it +all filled him with love that cast out the pain and shame he had been +suffering. He believed that he could never be unhappy any more; the +hardness that was in his mind toward his father went out of it; he saw +how sorely he had tried him; he grieved that he had done it, but the +means, the difference of his feeling about the cause of their quarrel, he +was solemnly glad of that since she shared it. He was only sorry for his +father. "Poor father!" he said under his breath as he went along. He +explained to her about his father in his reverie, and she pitied his +father, too. + +He was walking over toward the West Side, aimlessly at first, and then at +times with the longing to do something to save those mistaken men from +themselves forming itself into a purpose. Was not that what she meant +when she bewailed her woman's helplessness? She must have wished him to +try if he, being a man, could not do something; or if she did not, still +he would try, and if she heard of it she would recall what she had said +and would be glad he had understood her so. Thinking of her pleasure in +what he was going to do, he forgot almost what it was; but when he came +to a street-car track he remembered it, and looked up and down to see if +there were any turbulent gathering of men whom he might mingle with and +help to keep from violence. He saw none anywhere; and then suddenly, as +if at the same moment, for in his exalted mood all events had a +dream-like simultaneity, he stood at the corner of an avenue, and in the +middle of it, a little way off, was a street-car, and around the car a +tumult of shouting, cursing, struggling men. The driver was lashing his +horses forward, and a policeman was at their heads, with the conductor, +pulling them; stones, clubs, brickbats hailed upon the car, the horses, +the men trying to move them. The mob closed upon them in a body, and then +a patrol-wagon whirled up from the other side, and a squad of policemen +leaped out and began to club the rioters. Conrad could see how they +struck them under the rims of their hats; the blows on their skulls +sounded as if they had fallen on stone; the rioters ran in all +directions. + +One of the officers rushed up toward the corner where Conrad stood, and +then he saw at his side a tall, old man, with a long, white beard, who +was calling out at the policemen: "Ah, yes! Glup the strikerss--gif it to +them! Why don't you co and glup the bresidents that insoalt your lawss, +and gick your Boart of Arpidration out-of-toors? Glup the strikerss--they +cot no friendts! They cot no money to pribe you, to dreat you!" + +The officer lifted his club, and the old man threw his left arm up to +shield his head. Conrad recognized Lindau, and now he saw the empty +sleeve dangle in the air over the stump of his wrist. He heard a shot in +that turmoil beside the car, and something seemed to strike him in the +breast. He was going to say to the policeman: "Don't strike him! He's an +old soldier! You see he has no hand!" but he could not speak, he could +not move his tongue. The policeman stood there; he saw his face: it was +not bad, not cruel; it was like the face of a statue, fixed, +perdurable--a mere image of irresponsible and involuntary authority. Then +Conrad fell forward, pierced through the heart by that shot fired from +the car. + +March heard the shot as he scrambled out of his car, and at the same +moment he saw Lindau drop under the club of the policeman, who left him +where he fell and joined the rest of the squad in pursuing the rioters. +The fighting round the car in the avenue ceased; the driver whipped his +horses into a gallop, and the place was left empty. + +March would have liked to run; he thought how his wife had implored him +to keep away from the rioting; but he could not have left Lindau lying +there if he would. Something stronger than his will drew him to the spot, +and there he saw Conrad, dead beside the old man. + + + + +VI. + +In the cares which Mrs. March shared with her husband that night she was +supported partly by principle, but mainly by the, potent excitement which +bewildered Conrad's family and took all reality from what had happened. +It was nearly midnight when the Marches left them and walked away toward +the Elevated station with Fulkerson. Everything had been done, by that +time, that could be done; and Fulkerson was not without that satisfaction +in the business-like despatch of all the details which attends each step +in such an affair and helps to make death tolerable even to the most +sorely stricken. We are creatures of the moment; we live from one little +space to another; and only one interest at a time fills these. Fulkerson +was cheerful when they got into the street, almost gay; and Mrs. March +experienced a rebound from her depression which she felt that she ought +not to have experienced. But she condoned the offence a little in +herself, because her husband remained so constant in his gravity; and, +pending the final accounting he must make her for having been where he +could be of so much use from the first instant of the calamity, she was +tenderly, gratefully proud of all the use he had been to Conrad's family, +and especially his miserable old father. To her mind, March was the +principal actor in the whole affair, and much more important in having +seen it than those who had suffered in it. In fact, he had suffered +incomparably. + +"Well, well," said Fulkerson. "They'll get along now. We've done all we +could, and there's nothing left but for them to bear it. Of course it's +awful, but I guess it 'll come out all right. I mean," he added, "they'll +pull through now." + +"I suppose," said March, "that nothing is put on us that we can't bear. +But I should think," he went on, musingly, "that when God sees what we +poor finite creatures can bear, hemmed round with this eternal darkness +of death, He must respect us." + +"Basil!" said his wife. But in her heart she drew nearer to him for the +words she thought she ought to rebuke him for. + +"Oh, I know," he said, "we school ourselves to despise human nature. But +God did not make us despicable, and I say, whatever end He meant us for, +He must have some such thrill of joy in our adequacy to fate as a father +feels when his son shows himself a man. When I think what we can be if we +must, I can't believe the least of us shall finally perish." + +"Oh, I reckon the Almighty won't scoop any of us," said Fulkerson, with a +piety of his own. + +"That poor boy's father!" sighed Mrs. March. "I can't get his face out of +my sight. He looked so much worse than death." + +"Oh, death doesn't look bad," said March. "It's life that looks so in its +presence. Death is peace and pardon. I only wish poor old Lindau was as +well out of it as Conrad there." + +"Ah, Lindau! He has done harm enough," said Mrs. March. "I hope he will +be careful after this." + +March did not try to defend Lindau against her theory of the case, which +inexorably held him responsible for Conrad's death. + +"Lindau's going to come out all right, I guess," said Fulkerson. "He was +first-rate when I saw him at the hospital to-night." He whispered in +March's ear, at a chance he got in mounting the station stairs: "I didn't +like to tell you there at the house, but I guess you'd better know. They +had to take Lindau's arm off near the shoulder. Smashed all to pieces by +the clubbing." + +In the house, vainly rich and foolishly unfit for them, the bereaved +family whom the Marches had just left lingered together, and tried to get +strength to part for the night. They were all spent with the fatigue that +comes from heaven to such misery as theirs, and they sat in a torpor in +which each waited for the other to move, to speak. + +Christine moved, and Mela spoke. Christine rose and went out of the room +without saying a word, and they heard her going up-stairs. Then Mela +said: + +"I reckon the rest of us better be goun' too, father. Here, let's git +mother started." + +She put her arm round her mother, to lift her from her chair, but the old +man did not stir, and Mela called Mrs. Mandel from the next room. Between +them they raised her to her feet. + +"Ain't there anybody agoin' to set up with it?" she asked, in her hoarse +pipe. "It appears like folks hain't got any feelin's in New York. Woon't +some o' the neighbors come and offer to set up, without waitin' to be +asked?" + +"Oh, that's all right, mother. The men 'll attend to that. Don't you +bother any," Mela coaxed, and she kept her arm round her mother, with +tender patience. + +"Why, Mely, child! I can't feel right to have it left to hirelin's so. +But there ain't anybody any more to see things done as they ought. If +Coonrod was on'y here--" + +"Well, mother, you are pretty mixed!" said Mela, with a strong tendency +to break into her large guffaw. But she checked herself and said: "I know +just how you feel, though. It keeps acomun' and agoun'; and it's so and +it ain't so, all at once; that's the plague of it. Well, father! Ain't +you goun' to come?" + +"I'm goin' to stay, Mela," said the old man, gently, without moving. "Get +your mother to bed, that's a good girl." + +"You goin' to set up with him, Jacob?" asked the old woman. + +"Yes, 'Liz'beth, I'll set up. You go to bed." + +"Well, I will, Jacob. And I believe it 'll do you good to set up. I +wished I could set up with you; but I don't seem to have the stren'th I +did when the twins died. I must git my sleep, so's to--I don't like very +well to have you broke of your rest, Jacob, but there don't appear to be +anybody else. You wouldn't have to do it if Coonrod was here. There I go +ag'in! Mercy! mercy!" + +"Well, do come along, then, mother," said Mela; and she got her out of +the room, with Mrs. Mandel's help, and up the stairs. + +From the top the old woman called down, "You tell Coonrod--" She stopped, +and he heard her groan out, "My Lord! my Lord!" + +He sat, one silence in the dining-room, where they had all lingered +together, and in the library beyond the hireling watcher sat, another +silence. The time passed, but neither moved, and the last noise in the +house ceased, so that they heard each other breathe, and the vague, +remote rumor of the city invaded the inner stillness. It grew louder +toward morning, and then Dryfoos knew from the watcher's deeper breathing +that he had fallen into a doze. + +He crept by him to the drawing-room, where his son was; the place was +full of the awful sweetness of the flowers that Fulkerson had brought, +and that lay above the pulseless breast. The old man turned up a burner +in the chandelier, and stood looking on the majestic serenity of the dead +face. + +He could not move when he saw his wife coming down the stairway in the +hall. She was in her long, white flannel bed gown, and the candle she +carried shook with her nervous tremor. He thought she might be walking in +her sleep, but she said, quite simply, "I woke up, and I couldn't git to +sleep ag'in without comin' to have a look." She stood beside their dead +son with him, "well, he's beautiful, Jacob. He was the prettiest baby! +And he was always good, Coonrod was; I'll say that for him. I don't +believe he ever give me a minute's care in his whole life. I reckon I +liked him about the best of all the children; but I don't know as I ever +done much to show it. But you was always good to him, Jacob; you always +done the best for him, ever since he was a little feller. I used to be +afraid you'd spoil him sometimes in them days; but I guess you're glad +now for every time you didn't cross him. I don't suppose since the twins +died you ever hit him a lick." She stooped and peered closer at the face. +"Why, Jacob, what's that there by his pore eye?" Dryfoos saw it, too, the +wound that he had feared to look for, and that now seemed to redden on +his sight. He broke into a low, wavering cry, like a child's in despair, +like an animal's in terror, like a soul's in the anguish of remorse. + + + + +VII. + +The evening after the funeral, while the Marches sat together talking it +over, and making approaches, through its shadow, to the question of their +own future, which it involved, they were startled by the twitter of the +electric bell at their apartment door. It was really not so late as the +children's having gone to bed made it seem; but at nine o'clock it was +too late for any probable visitor except Fulkerson. It might be he, and +March was glad to postpone the impending question to his curiosity +concerning the immediate business Fulkerson might have with him. He went +himself to the door, and confronted there a lady deeply veiled in black +and attended by a very decorous serving-woman. + +"Are you alone, Mr. March--you and Mrs. March?" asked the lady, behind +her veil; and, as he hesitated, she said: "You don't know me! Miss +Vance"; and she threw back her veil, showing her face wan and agitated in +the dark folds. "I am very anxious to see you--to speak with you both. +May I come in?" + +"Why, certainly, Miss Vance," he answered, still too much stupefied by +her presence to realize it. + +She promptly entered, and saying, with a glance at the hall chair by the +door, "My maid can sit here?" followed him to the room where he had left +his wife. + +Mrs. March showed herself more capable of coping with the fact. She +welcomed Miss Vance with the liking they both felt for the girl, and with +the sympathy which her troubled face inspired. + +"I won't tire you with excuses for coming, Mrs. March," she said, "for it +was the only thing left for me to do; and I come at my aunt's +suggestion." She added this as if it would help to account for her more +on the conventional plane, and she had the instinctive good taste to +address herself throughout to Mrs. March as much as possible, though what +she had to say was mainly for March. "I don't know how to begin--I don't +know how to speak of this terrible affair. But you know what I mean. I +feel as if I had lived a whole lifetime since it happened. I don't want +you to pity me for it," she said, forestalling a politeness from Mrs. +March. "I'm the last one to be thought of, and you mustn't mind me if I +try to make you. I came to find out all of the truth that I can, and when +I know just what that is I shall know what to do. I have read the +inquest; it's all burned into my brain. But I don't care for that--for +myself: you must let me say such things without minding me. I know that +your husband--that Mr. March was there; I read his testimony; and I +wished to ask him--to ask him--" She stopped and looked distractedly +about. "But what folly! He must have said everything he knew--he had to." +Her eyes wandered to him from his wife, on whom she had kept them with +instinctive tact. + +"I said everything--yes," he replied. "But if you would like to know--" + +"Perhaps I had better tell you something first. I had just parted with +him--it couldn't have been more than half an hour--in front of +Brentano's; he must have gone straight to his death. We were talking, and +I--I said, Why didn't some one go among the strikers and plead with them +to be peaceable, and keep them from attacking the new men. I knew that he +felt as I did about the strikers: that he was their friend. Did you +see--do you know anything that makes you think he had been trying to do +that?" + +"I am sorry," March began, "I didn't see him at all till--till I saw him +lying dead." + +"My husband was there purely by accident," Mrs. March put in. "I had +begged and entreated him not to go near the striking anywhere. And he had +just got out of the car, and saw the policeman strike that wretched +Lindau--he's been such an anxiety to me ever since we have had anything +to do with him here; my husband knew him when he was a boy in the West. +Mr. March came home from it all perfectly prostrated; it made us all +sick! Nothing so horrible ever came into our lives before. I assure you +it was the most shocking experience." + +Miss Vance listened to her with that look of patience which those who +have seen much of the real suffering of the world--the daily portion of +the poor--have for the nervous woes of comfortable people. March hung his +head; he knew it would be useless to protest that his share of the +calamity was, by comparison, infinitesimally small. + +After she had heard Mrs. March to the end even of her repetitions, Miss +Vance said, as if it were a mere matter of course that she should have +looked the affair up, "Yes, I have seen Mr. Lindau at the hospital--" + +"My husband goes every day to see him," Mrs. March interrupted, to give +a final touch to the conception of March's magnanimity throughout. + +"The poor man seems to have been in the wrong at the time," said Miss +Vance. + +"I could almost say he had earned the right to be wrong. He's a man of +the most generous instincts, and a high ideal of justice, of equity--too +high to be considered by a policeman with a club in his hand," said +March, with a bold defiance of his wife's different opinion of Lindau. +"It's the policeman's business, I suppose, to club the ideal when he +finds it inciting a riot." + +"Oh, I don't blame Mr. Lindau; I don't blame the policeman; he was as +much a mere instrument as his club was. I am only trying to find out how +much I am to blame myself. I had no thought of Mr. Dryfoos's going +there--of his attempting to talk with the strikers and keep them quiet; I +was only thinking, as women do, of what I should try to do if I were a +man. + +"But perhaps he understood me to ask him to go--perhaps my words sent him +to his death." + +She had a sort of calm in her courage to know the worst truth as to her +responsibility that forbade any wish to flatter her out of it. "I'm +afraid," said March, "that is what can never be known now." After a +moment he added: "But why should you wish to know? If he went there as a +peacemaker, he died in a good cause, in such a way as he would wish to +die, I believe." + +"Yes," said the girl; "I have thought of that. But death is awful; we +must not think patiently, forgivingly of sending any one to their death +in the best cause."--"I fancy life was an awful thing to Conrad Dryfoos," +March replied. "He was thwarted and disappointed, without even pleasing +the ambition that thwarted and disappointed him. That poor old man, his +father, warped him from his simple, lifelong wish to be a minister, and +was trying to make a business man of him. If it will be any consolation +to you to know it, Miss Vance, I can assure you that he was very unhappy, +and I don't see how he could ever have been happy here." + +"It won't," said the girl, steadily. "If people are born into this world, +it's because they were meant to live in it. It isn't a question of being +happy here; no one is happy, in that old, selfish way, or can be; but he +could have been of great use." + +"Perhaps he was of use in dying. Who knows? He may have been trying to +silence Lindau." + +"Oh, Lindau wasn't worth it!" cried Mrs. March. + +Miss Vance looked at her as if she did not quite understand. Then she +turned to March. "He might have been unhappy, as we all are; but I know +that his life here would have had a higher happiness than we wish for or +aim for." The tears began to run silently down her cheeks. + +"He looked strangely happy that day when he left me. He had hurt himself +somehow, and his face was bleeding from a scratch; he kept his +handkerchief up; he was pale, but such a light came into his face when he +shook hands--ah, I know he went to try and do what I said!" They were all +silent, while she dried her eyes and then put her handkerchief back into +the pocket from which she had suddenly pulled it, with a series of vivid, +young-ladyish gestures, which struck March by their incongruity with the +occasion of their talk, and yet by their harmony with the rest of her +elegance. "I am sorry, Miss Vance," he began, "that I can't really tell +you anything more--" + +"You are very kind," she said, controlling herself and rising quickly. "I +thank you--thank you both very much." She turned to Mrs. March and shook +hands with her and then with him. "I might have known--I did know that +there wasn't anything more for you to tell. But at least I've found out +from you that there was nothing, and now I can begin to bear what I must. +How are those poor creatures--his mother and father, his sisters? Some +day, I hope, I shall be ashamed to have postponed them to the thought of +myself; but I can't pretend to be yet. I could not come to the funeral; I +wanted to." + +She addressed her question to Mrs. March, who answered: "I can +understand. But they were pleased with the flowers you sent; people are, +at such times, and they haven't many friends." + +"Would you go to see them?" asked the girl. "Would you tell them what +I've told you?" + +Mrs. March looked at her husband. + +"I don't see what good it would do. They wouldn't understand. But if it +would relieve you--" + +"I'll wait till it isn't a question of self-relief," said the girl. +"Good-bye!" + +She left them to long debate of the event. At the end Mrs. March said, +"She is a strange being; such a mixture of the society girl and the +saint." + +Her husband answered: "She's the potentiality of several kinds of +fanatic. She's very unhappy, and I don't see how she's to be happier +about that poor fellow. I shouldn't be surprised if she did inspire him +to attempt something of that kind." + +"Well, you got out of it very well, Basil. I admired the way you managed. +I was afraid you'd say something awkward." + +"Oh, with a plain line of truth before me, as the only possible thing, I +can get on pretty well. When it comes to anything decorative, I'd rather +leave it to you, Isabel." + +She seemed insensible of his jest. "Of course, he was in love with her. +That was the light that came into his face when he was going to do what +he thought she wanted him to do." + +"And she--do you think that she was--" + +"What an idea! It would have been perfectly grotesque!" + + + + +VIII. + +Their affliction brought the Dryfooses into humaner relations with the +Marches, who had hitherto regarded them as a necessary evil, as the +odious means of their own prosperity. Mrs. March found that the women of +the family seemed glad of her coming, and in the sense of her usefulness +to them all she began to feel a kindness even for Christine. But she +could not help seeing that between the girl and her father there was an +unsettled account, somehow, and that it was Christine and not the old man +who was holding out. She thought that their sorrow had tended to refine +the others. Mela was much more subdued, and, except when she abandoned +herself to a childish interest in her mourning, she did nothing to shock +Mrs. March's taste or to seem unworthy of her grief. She was very good to +her mother, whom the blow had left unchanged, and to her father, whom it +had apparently fallen upon with crushing weight. Once, after visiting +their house, Mrs. March described to March a little scene between Dryfoos +and Mela, when he came home from Wall Street, and the girl met him at the +door with a kind of country simpleness, and took his hat and stick, and +brought him into the room where Mrs. March sat, looking tired and broken. +She found this look of Dryfoos's pathetic, and dwelt on the sort of +stupefaction there was in it; he must have loved his son more than they +ever realized. "Yes," said March, "I suspect he did. He's never been +about the place since that day; he was always dropping in before, on his +way up-town. He seems to go down to Wall Street every day, just as +before, but I suppose that's mechanical; he wouldn't know what else to +do; I dare say it's best for him. The sanguine Fulkerson is getting a +little anxious about the future of 'Every Other Week.' Now Conrad's gone, +he isn't sure the old man will want to keep on with it, or whether he'll +have to look up another Angel. He wants to get married, I imagine, and he +can't venture till this point is settled." + +"It's a very material point to us too, Basil," said Mrs. March. + +"Well, of course. I hadn't overlooked that, you may be sure. One of the +things that Fulkerson and I have discussed is a scheme for buying the +magazine. Its success is pretty well assured now, and I shouldn't be +afraid to put money into it--if I had the money." + +"I couldn't let you sell the house in Boston, Basil!" + +"And I don't want to. I wish we could go back and live in it and get the +rent, too! It would be quite a support. But I suppose if Dryfoos won't +keep on, it must come to another Angel. I hope it won't be a literary +one, with a fancy for running my department." + +"Oh, I guess whoever takes the magazine will be glad enough to keep you!" + +"Do you think so? Well, perhaps. But I don't believe Fulkerson would let +me stand long between him and an Angel of the right description." + +"Well, then, I believe he would. And you've never seen anything, Basil, +to make you really think that Mr. Fulkerson didn't appreciate you to the +utmost." + +"I think I came pretty near an undervaluation in that Lindau trouble. I +shall always wonder what put a backbone into Fulkerson just at that +crisis. Fulkerson doesn't strike me as the stuff of a moral hero." + +"At any rate, he was one," said Mrs. March, "and that's quite enough for +me." + +March did not answer. "What a noble thing life is, anyway! Here I am, +well on the way to fifty, after twenty-five years of hard work, looking +forward to the potential poor-house as confidently as I did in youth. We +might have saved a little more than we have saved; but the little more +wouldn't avail if I were turned out of my place now; and we should have +lived sordidly to no purpose. Some one always has you by the throat, +unless you have some one else in your grip. I wonder if that's the +attitude the Almighty intended His respectable creatures to take toward +one another! I wonder if He meant our civilization, the battle we fight +in, the game we trick in! I wonder if He considers it final, and if the +kingdom of heaven on earth, which we pray for--" + +"Have you seen Lindau to-day?" Mrs. March asked. + +"You inferred it from the quality of my piety?" March laughed, and then +suddenly sobered. "Yes, I saw him. It's going rather hard with him, I'm +afraid. The amputation doesn't heal very well; the shock was very great, +and he's old. It 'll take time. There's so much pain that they have to +keep him under opiates, and I don't think he fully knew me. At any rate, +I didn't get my piety from him to-day." + +"It's horrible! Horrible!" said Mrs. March. "I can't get over it! After +losing his hand in the war, to lose his whole arm now in this way! It +does seem too cruel! Of course he oughtn't to have been there; we can say +that. But you oughtn't to have been there, either, Basil." + +"Well, I wasn't exactly advising the police to go and club the railroad +presidents." + +"Neither was poor Conrad Dryfoos." + +"I don't deny it. All that was distinctly the chance of life and death. +That belonged to God; and no doubt it was law, though it seems chance. +But what I object to is this economic chance-world in which we live, and +which we men seem to have created. It ought to be law as inflexible in +human affairs as the order of day and night in the physical world that if +a man will work he shall both rest and eat, and shall not be harassed +with any question as to how his repose and his provision shall come. +Nothing less ideal than this satisfies the reason. But in our state of +things no one is secure of this. No one is sure of finding work; no one +is sure of not losing it. I may have my work taken away from me at any +moment by the caprice, the mood, the indigestion of a man who has not the +qualification for knowing whether I do it well, or ill. At my time of +life--at every time of life--a man ought to feel that if he will keep on +doing his duty he shall not suffer in himself or in those who are dear to +him, except through natural causes. But no man can feel this as things +are now; and so we go on, pushing and pulling, climbing and crawling, +thrusting aside and trampling underfoot; lying, cheating, stealing; and +then we get to the end, covered with blood and dirt and sin and shame, +and look back over the way we've come to a palace of our own, or the +poor-house, which is about the only possession we can claim in common +with our brother-men, I don't think the retrospect can be pleasing." + +"I know, I know!" said his wife. "I think of those things, too, Basil. +Life isn't what it seems when you look forward to it. But I think people +would suffer less, and wouldn't have to work so hard, and could make all +reasonable provision for the future, if they were not so greedy and so +foolish." + +"Oh, without doubt! We can't put it all on the conditions; we must put +some of the blame on character. But conditions make character; and people +are greedy and foolish, and wish to have and to shine, because having and +shining are held up to them by civilization as the chief good of life. We +all know they are not the chief good, perhaps not good at all; but if +some one ventures to say so, all the rest of us call him a fraud and a +crank, and go moiling and toiling on to the palace or the poor-house. We +can't help it. If one were less greedy or less foolish, some one else +would have and would shine at his expense. We don't moil and toil to +ourselves alone; the palace or the poor-house is not merely for +ourselves, but for our children, whom we've brought up in the +superstition that having and shining is the chief good. We dare not teach +them otherwise, for fear they may falter in the fight when it comes their +turn, and the children of others will crowd them out of the palace into +the poor-house. If we felt sure that honest work shared by all would +bring them honest food shared by all, some heroic few of us, who did not +wish our children to rise above their fellows--though we could not bear +to have them fall below--might trust them with the truth. But we have no +such assurance, and so we go on trembling before Dryfooses and living in +gimcrackeries." + +"Basil, Basil! I was always willing to live more simply than you. You +know I was!" + +"I know you always said so, my dear. But how many bell-ratchets and +speaking-tubes would you be willing to have at the street door below? I +remember that when we were looking for a flat you rejected every building +that had a bell-ratchet or a speaking-tube, and would have nothing to do +with any that had more than an electric button; you wanted a hall-boy, +with electric buttons all over him. I don't blame you. I find such things +quite as necessary as you do." + +"And do you mean to say, Basil," she asked, abandoning this unprofitable +branch of the inquiry, "that you are really uneasy about your place? that +you are afraid Mr. Dryfoos may give up being an Angel, and Mr. Fulkerson +may play you false?" + +"Play me false? Oh, it wouldn't be playing me false. It would be merely +looking out for himself, if the new Angel had editorial tastes and wanted +my place. It's what any one would do." + +"You wouldn't do it, Basil!" + +"Wouldn't I? Well, if any one offered me more salary than 'Every Other +Week' pays--say, twice as much--what do you think my duty to my suffering +family would be? It's give and take in the business world, Isabel; +especially take. But as to being uneasy, I'm not, in the least. I've the +spirit of a lion, when it comes to such a chance as that. When I see how +readily the sensibilities of the passing stranger can be worked in New +York, I think of taking up the role of that desperate man on Third Avenue +who went along looking for garbage in the gutter to eat. I think I could +pick up at least twenty or thirty cents a day by that little game, and +maintain my family in the affluence it's been accustomed to." + +"Basil!" cried his wife. "You don't mean to say that man was an impostor! +And I've gone about, ever since, feeling that one such case in a million, +the bare possibility of it, was enough to justify all that Lindau said +about the rich and the poor!" + +March laughed teasingly. "Oh, I don't say he was an impostor. Perhaps he +really was hungry; but, if he wasn't, what do you think of a civilization +that makes the opportunity of such a fraud? that gives us all such a bad +conscience for the need which is that we weaken to the need that isn't? +Suppose that poor fellow wasn't personally founded on fact: nevertheless, +he represented the truth; he was the ideal of the suffering which would +be less effective if realistically treated. That man is a great comfort +to me. He probably rioted for days on that quarter I gave him; made a +dinner very likely, or a champagne supper; and if 'Every Other Week' +wants to get rid of me, I intend to work that racket. You can hang round +the corner with Bella, and Tom can come up to me in tears, at stated +intervals, and ask me if I've found anything yet. To be sure, we might be +arrested and sent up somewhere. But even in that extreme case we should +be provided for. Oh no, I'm not afraid of losing my place! I've merely a +sort of psychological curiosity to know how men like Dryfoos and +Fulkerson will work out the problem before them." + + + + +IX. + +It was a curiosity which Fulkerson himself shared, at least concerning +Dryfoos. "I don't know what the old man's going to do," he said to March +the day after the Marches had talked their future over. "Said anything to +you yet?" + +"No, not a word." + +"You're anxious, I suppose, same as I am. Fact is," said Fulkerson, +blushing a little, "I can't ask to have a day named till I know where I +am in connection with the old man. I can't tell whether I've got to look +out for something else or somebody else. Of course, it's full soon yet." + +"Yes," March said, "much sooner than it seems to us. We're so anxious +about the future that we don't remember how very recent the past is." + +"That's something so. The old man's hardly had time yet to pull himself +together. Well, I'm glad you feel that way about it, March. I guess it's +more of a blow to him than we realize. He was a good deal bound up in +Coonrod, though he didn't always use him very well. Well, I reckon it's +apt to happen so oftentimes; curious how cruel love can be. Heigh? We're +an awful mixture, March!" + +"Yes, that's the marvel and the curse, as Browning says." + +"Why, that poor boy himself," pursued Fulkerson, had streaks of the mule +in him that could give odds to Beaton, and he must have tried the old man +by the way he would give in to his will and hold out against his +judgment. I don't believe he ever budged a hairs-breadth from his +original position about wanting to be a preacher and not wanting to be a +business man. Well, of course! I don't think business is all in all; but +it must have made the old man mad to find that without saying anything, +or doing anything to show it, and after seeming to come over to his +ground, and really coming, practically, Coonrod was just exactly where he +first planted himself, every time." + +"Yes, people that have convictions are difficult. Fortunately, they're +rare." + +"Do you think so? It seems to me that everybody's got convictions. Beaton +himself, who hasn't a principle to throw at a dog, has got convictions +the size of a barn. They ain't always the same ones, I know, but they're +always to the same effect, as far as Beaton's being Number One is +concerned. The old man's got convictions or did have, unless this thing +lately has shaken him all up--and he believes that money will do +everything. Colonel Woodburn's got convictions that he wouldn't part with +for untold millions. Why, March, you got convictions yourself!" + +"Have I?" said March. "I don't know what they are." + +"Well, neither do I; but I know you were ready to kick the trough over +for them when the old man wanted us to bounce Lindau that time." + +"Oh yes," said March; he remembered the fact; but he was still uncertain +just what the convictions were that he had been so stanch for. + +"I suppose we could have got along without you," Fulkerson mused aloud. +"It's astonishing how you always can get along in this world without the +man that is simply indispensable. Makes a fellow realize that he could +take a day off now and then without deranging the solar system a great +deal. Now here's Coonrod--or, rather, he isn't. But that boy managed his +part of the schooner so well that I used to tremble when I thought of his +getting the better of the old man and going into a convent or something +of that kind; and now here he is, snuffed out in half a second, and I +don't believe but what we shall be sailing along just as chipper as usual +inside of thirty days. I reckon it will bring the old man to the point +when I come to talk with him about who's to be put in Coonrod's place. I +don't like very well to start the subject with him; but it's got to be +done some time." + +"Yes," March admitted. "It's terrible to think how unnecessary even the +best and wisest of us is to the purposes of Providence. When I looked at +that poor young fellow's face sometimes--so gentle and true and pure--I +used to think the world was appreciably richer for his being in it. But +are we appreciably poorer for his being out of it now?" + +"No, I don't reckon we are," said Fulkerson. "And what a lot of the raw +material of all kinds the Almighty must have, to waste us the way He +seems to do. Think of throwing away a precious creature like Coonrod +Dryfoos on one chance in a thousand of getting that old fool of a Lindau +out of the way of being clubbed! For I suppose that was what Coonrod was +up to. Say! Have you been round to see Lindau to-day?" + +Something in the tone or the manner of Fulkerson startled March. "No! I +haven't seen him since yesterday." + +"Well, I don't know," said Fulkerson. "I guess I saw him a little while +after you did, and that young doctor there seemed to feel kind of worried +about him. + +"Or not worried, exactly; they can't afford to let such things worry +them, I suppose; but--" + +"He's worse?" asked March. + +"Oh, he didn't say so. But I just wondered if you'd seen him to-day." + +"I think I'll go now," said March, with a pang at heart. He had gone +every day to see Lindau, but this day he had thought he would not go, and +that was why his heart smote him. He knew that if he were in Lindau's +place Lindau would never have left his side if he could have helped it. +March tried to believe that the case was the same, as it stood now; it +seemed to him that he was always going to or from the hospital; he said +to himself that it must do Lindau harm to be visited so much. But he knew +that this was not true when he was met at the door of the ward where +Lindau lay by the young doctor, who had come to feel a personal interest +in March's interest in Lindau. + +He smiled without gayety, and said, "He's just going." + +"What! Discharged?" + +"Oh no. He has been failing very fast since you saw him yesterday, and +now--" They had been walking softly and talking softly down the aisle +between the long rows of beds. "Would you care to see him?" + +The doctor made a slight gesture toward the white canvas screen which in +such places forms the death-chamber of the poor and friendless. "Come +round this way--he won't know you! I've got rather fond of the poor old +fellow. He wouldn't have a clergyman--sort of agnostic, isn't he? A good +many of these Germans are--but the young lady who's been coming to see +him--" + +They both stopped. Lindau's grand, patriarchal head, foreshortened to +their view, lay white upon the pillow, and his broad, white beard flowed +upon the sheet, which heaved with those long last breaths. Beside his bed +Margaret Vance was kneeling; her veil was thrown back, and her face was +lifted; she held clasped between her hands the hand of the dying man; she +moved her lips inaudibly. + + + + +X. + +In spite of the experience of the whole race from time immemorial, when +death comes to any one we know we helplessly regard it as an incident of +life, which will presently go on as before. Perhaps this is an +instinctive perception of the truth that it does go on somewhere; but we +have a sense of death as absolutely the end even for earth only if it +relates to some one remote or indifferent to us. March tried to project +Lindau to the necessary distance from himself in order to realize the +fact in his case, but he could not, though the man with whom his youth +had been associated in a poetic friendship had not actually reentered the +region of his affection to the same degree, or in any like degree. The +changed conditions forbade that. He had a soreness of heart concerning +him; but he could not make sure whether this soreness was grief for his +death, or remorse for his own uncandor with him about Dryfoos, or a +foreboding of that accounting with his conscience which he knew his wife +would now exact of him down to the last minutest particular of their +joint and several behavior toward Lindau ever since they had met him in +New York. + +He felt something knock against his shoulder, and he looked up to have +his hat struck from his head by a horse's nose. He saw the horse put his +foot on the hat, and he reflected, "Now it will always look like an +accordion," and he heard the horse's driver address him some sarcasms +before he could fully awaken to the situation. He was standing bareheaded +in the middle of Fifth Avenue and blocking the tide of carriages flowing +in either direction. Among the faces put out of the carriage windows he +saw that of Dryfoos looking from a coupe. The old man knew him, and said, +"Jump in here, Mr. March"; and March, who had mechanically picked up his +hat, and was thinking, "Now I shall have to tell Isabel about this at +once, and she will never trust me on the street again without her," +mechanically obeyed. Her confidence in him had been undermined by his +being so near Conrad when he was shot; and it went through his mind that +he would get Dryfoos to drive him to a hatter's, where he could buy a new +hat, and not be obliged to confess his narrow escape to his wife till the +incident was some days old and she could bear it better. It quite drove +Lindau's death out of his mind for the moment; and when Dryfoos said if +he was going home he would drive up to the first cross-street and turn +back with him, March said he would be glad if he would take him to a +hat-store. The old man put his head out again and told the driver to take +them to the Fifth Avenue Hotel. "There's a hat-store around there +somewhere, seems to me," he said; and they talked of March's accident as +well as they could in the rattle and clatter of the street till they +reached the place. March got his hat, passing a joke with the hatter +about the impossibility of pressing his old hat over again, and came out +to thank Dryfoos and take leave of him. + +"If you ain't in any great hurry," the old man said, "I wish you'd get in +here a minute. I'd like to have a little talk with you." + +"Oh, certainly," said March, and he thought: "It's coming now about what +he intends to do with 'Every Other Week.' Well, I might as well have all +the misery at once and have it over." + +Dryfoos called up to his driver, who bent his head down sidewise to +listen: "Go over there on Madison Avenue, onto that asphalt, and keep +drivin' up and down till I stop you. I can't hear myself think on these +pavements," he said to March. But after they got upon the asphalt, and +began smoothly rolling over it, he seemed in no haste to begin. At last +he said, "I wanted to talk with you about that--that Dutchman that was at +my dinner--Lindau," and March's heart gave a jump with wonder whether he +could already have heard of Lindau's death; but in an instant he +perceived that this was impossible. "I been talkin' with Fulkerson about +him, and he says they had to take the balance of his arm off." + +March nodded; it seemed to him he could not speak. He could not make out +from the close face of the old man anything of his motive. It was set, +but set as a piece of broken mechanism is when it has lost the power to +relax itself. There was no other history in it of what the man had passed +through in his son's death. + +"I don't know," Dryfoos resumed, looking aside at the cloth window-strap, +which he kept fingering, "as you quite understood what made me the +maddest. I didn't tell him I could talk Dutch, because I can't keep it up +with a regular German; but my father was Pennsylvany Dutch, and I could +understand what he was saying to you about me. I know I had no business +to understood it, after I let him think I couldn't but I did, and I +didn't like very well to have a man callin' me a traitor and a tyrant at +my own table. Well, I look at it differently now, and I reckon I had +better have tried to put up with it; and I would, if I could have +known--" He stopped with a quivering lip, and then went on: "Then, again, +I didn't like his talkin' that paternalism of his. I always heard it was +the worst kind of thing for the country; I was brought up to think the +best government was the one that governs the least; and I didn't want to +hear that kind of talk from a man that was livin' on my money. I couldn't +bear it from him. Or I thought I couldn't before--before--" He stopped +again, and gulped. "I reckon now there ain't anything I couldn't bear." +March was moved by the blunt words and the mute stare forward with which +they ended. "Mr. Dryfoos, I didn't know that you understood Lindau's +German, or I shouldn't have allowed him he wouldn't have allowed +himself--to go on. He wouldn't have knowingly abused his position of +guest to censure you, no matter how much he condemned you." "I don't care +for it now," said Dryfoos. "It's all past and gone, as far as I'm +concerned; but I wanted you to see that I wasn't tryin' to punish him for +his opinions, as you said." + +"No; I see now," March assented, though he thought his position still +justified. "I wish--" + +"I don't know as I understand much about his opinions, anyway; but I +ain't ready to say I want the men dependent on me to manage my business +for me. I always tried to do the square thing by my hands; and in that +particular case out there I took on all the old hands just as fast as +they left their Union. As for the game I came on them, it was dog eat +dog, anyway." + +March could have laughed to think how far this old man was from even +conceiving of Lindau's point of view, and how he was saying the worst of +himself that Lindau could have said of him. No one could have +characterized the kind of thing he had done more severely than he when he +called it dog eat dog. + +"There's a great deal to be said on both sides," March began, hoping to +lead up through this generality to the fact of Lindau's death; but the +old man went on: + +"Well, all I wanted him to know is that I wasn't trying to punish him for +what he said about things in general. You naturally got that idea, I +reckon; but I always went in for lettin' people say what they please and +think what they please; it's the only way in a free country." + +"I'm afraid, Mr. Dryfoos, that it would make little difference to Lindau +now--" + +"I don't suppose he bears malice for it," said Dryfoos, "but what I want +to do is to have him told so. He could understand just why I didn't want +to be called hard names, and yet I didn't object to his thinkin' whatever +he pleased. I'd like him to know--" + +"No one can speak to him, no one can tell him," March began again, but +again Dryfoos prevented him from going on. + +"I understand it's a delicate thing; and I'm not askin' you to do it. +What I would really like to do--if you think he could be prepared for it, +some way, and could stand it--would be to go to him myself, and tell him +just what the trouble was. I'm in hopes, if I done that, he could see how +I felt about it." + +A picture of Dryfoos going to the dead Lindau with his vain regrets +presented itself to March, and he tried once more to make the old man +understand. "Mr. Dryfoos," he said, "Lindau is past all that forever," +and he felt the ghastly comedy of it when Dryfoos continued, without +heeding him. + +"I got a particular reason why I want him to believe it wasn't his ideas +I objected to--them ideas of his about the government carryin' everything +on and givin' work. I don't understand 'em exactly, but I found a +writin'--among--my son's--things" (he seemed to force the words through +his teeth), "and I reckon he--thought--that way. Kind of a diary--where +he--put down--his thoughts. My son and me--we differed about a good--many +things." His chin shook, and from time to time he stopped. "I wasn't very +good to him, I reckon; I crossed him where I guess I got no business to +cross him; but I thought everything of--Coonrod. He was the best boy, +from a baby, that ever was; just so patient and mild, and done whatever +he was told. I ought to 'a' let him been a preacher! Oh, my son! my son!" +The sobs could not be kept back any longer; they shook the old man with a +violence that made March afraid for him; but he controlled himself at +last with a series of hoarse sounds like barks. "Well, it's all past and +gone! But as I understand you from what you saw, when Coonrod +was--killed, he was tryin' to save that old man from trouble?" + +Yes, yes! It seemed so to me." + +"That 'll do, then! I want you to have him come back and write for the +book when he gets well. I want you to find out and let me know if there's +anything I can do for him. I'll feel as if I done it--for my--son. I'll +take him into my own house, and do for him there, if you say so, when he +gets so he can be moved. I'll wait on him myself. It's what Coonrod 'd +do, if he was here. I don't feel any hardness to him because it was him +that got Coonrod killed, as you might say, in one sense of the term; but +I've tried to think it out, and I feel like I was all the more beholden +to him because my son died tryin' to save him. Whatever I do, I'll be +doin' it for Coonrod, and that's enough for me." He seemed to have +finished, and he turned to March as if to hear what he had to say. + +March hesitated. "I'm afraid, Mr. Dryfoos--Didn't Fulkerson tell you that +Lindau was very sick?" + +"Yes, of course. But he's all right, he said." + +Now it had to come, though the fact had been latterly playing fast and +loose with March's consciousness. Something almost made him smile; the +willingness he had once felt to give this old man pain; then he consoled +himself by thinking that at least he was not obliged to meet Dryfoos's +wish to make atonement with the fact that Lindau had renounced him, and +would on no terms work for such a man as he, or suffer any kindness from +him. In this light Lindau seemed the harder of the two, and March had the +momentary force to say-- + +"Mr. Dryfoos--it can't be. Lindau--I have just come from him--is dead." + + + + +XI. + +"How did he take it? How could he bear it? Oh, Basil! I wonder you could +have the heart to say it to him. It was cruel!" + +"Yes, cruel enough, my dear," March owned to his wife, when they talked +the matter over on his return home. He could not wait till the children +were out of the way, and afterward neither he nor his wife was sorry that +he had spoken of it before them. The girl cried plentifully for her old +friend who was dead, and said she hated Mr. Dryfoos, and then was sorry +for him, too; and the boy listened to all, and spoke with a serious sense +that pleased his father. "But as to how he took it," March went on to +answer his wife's question about Dryfoos--"how do any of us take a thing +that hurts? Some of us cry out, and some of us don't. Dryfoos drew a kind +of long, quivering breath, as a child does when it grieves--there's +something curiously simple and primitive about him--and didn't say +anything. After a while he asked me how he could see the people at the +hospital about the remains; I gave him my card to the young doctor there +that had charge of Lindau. I suppose he was still carrying forward his +plan of reparation in his mind--to the dead for the dead. But how +useless! If he could have taken the living Lindau home with him, and +cared for him all his days, what would it have profited the gentle +creature whose life his worldly ambition vexed and thwarted here? He +might as well offer a sacrifice at Conrad's grave. Children," said March, +turning to them, "death is an exile that no remorse and no love can +reach. Remember that, and be good to every one here on earth, for your +longing to retrieve any harshness or unkindness to the dead will be the +very ecstasy of anguish to you. I wonder," he mused, "if one of the +reasons why we're shut up to our ignorance of what is to be hereafter +isn't because if we were sure of another world we might be still more +brutal to one another here, in the hope of making reparation somewhere +else. Perhaps, if we ever come to obey the law of love on earth, the +mystery of death will be taken away." + +"Well"--the ancestral Puritanism spoke in Mrs. March--"these two old men +have been terribly punished. They have both been violent and wilful, and +they have both been punished. No one need ever tell me there is not a +moral government of the universe!" + +March always disliked to hear her talk in this way, which did both her +head and heart injustice. "And Conrad," he said, "what was he punished +for?" + +"He?"--she answered, in an exaltation--"he suffered for the sins of +others." + +"Ah, well, if you put it in that way, yes. That goes on continually. +That's another mystery." + +He fell to brooding on it, and presently he heard his son saying, "I +suppose, papa, that Mr. Lindau died in a bad cause?" + +March was startled. He had always been so sorry for Lindau, and admired +his courage and generosity so much, that he had never fairly considered +this question. "Why, yes," he answered; "he died in the cause of +disorder; he was trying to obstruct the law. No doubt there was a wrong +there, an inconsistency and an injustice that he felt keenly; but it +could not be reached in his way without greater wrong." + +"Yes; that's what I thought," said the boy. "And what's the use of our +ever fighting about anything in America? I always thought we could vote +anything we wanted." + +"We can, if we're honest, and don't buy and sell one another's votes," +said his father. "And men like Lindau, who renounce the American means as +hopeless, and let their love of justice hurry them into sympathy with +violence--yes, they are wrong; and poor Lindau did die in a bad cause, as +you say, Tom." + +"I think Conrad had no business there, or you, either, Basil," said his +wife. + +"Oh, I don't defend myself," said March. "I was there in the cause of +literary curiosity and of conjugal disobedience. But Conrad--yes, he had +some business there: it was his business to suffer there for the sins of +others. Isabel, we can't throw aside that old doctrine of the Atonement +yet. The life of Christ, it wasn't only in healing the sick and going +about to do good; it was suffering for the sins of others. That's as +great a mystery as the mystery of death. Why should there be such a +principle in the world? But it's been felt, and more or less dumbly, +blindly recognized ever since Calvary. If we love mankind, pity them, we +even wish to suffer for them. That's what has created the religious +orders in all times--the brotherhoods and sisterhoods that belong to our +day as much as to the mediaeval past. That's what is driving a girl like +Margaret Vance, who has everything that the world can offer her young +beauty, on to the work of a Sister of Charity among the poor and the +dying." + +"Yes, yes!" cried Mrs. March. "How--how did she look there, Basil?" She +had her feminine misgivings; she was not sure but the girl was something +of a poseuse, and enjoyed the picturesqueness, as well as the pain; and +she wished to be convinced that it was not so. + +"Well," she said, when March had told again the little there was to tell, +"I suppose it must be a great trial to a woman like Mrs. Horn to have her +niece going that way." + +"The way of Christ?" asked March, with a smile. + +"Oh, Christ came into the world to teach us how to live rightly in it, +too. If we were all to spend our time in hospitals, it would be rather +dismal for the homes. But perhaps you don't think the homes are worth +minding?" she suggested, with a certain note in her voice that he knew. + +He got up and kissed her. "I think the gimcrackeries are." He took the +hat he had set down on the parlor table on coming in, and started to put +it in the hall, and that made her notice it. + +"You've been getting a new hat!" + +"Yes," he hesitated; "the old one had got--was decidedly shabby." + +"Well, that's right. I don't like you to wear them too long. Did you +leave the old one to be pressed?" + +"Well, the hatter seemed to think it was hardly worth pressing," said +March. He decided that for the present his wife's nerves had quite all +they could bear. + + + + +XII. + +It was in a manner grotesque, but to March it was all the more natural +for that reason, that Dryfoos should have Lindau's funeral from his +house. He knew the old man to be darkly groping, through the payment of +these vain honors to the dead, for some atonement to his son, and he +imagined him finding in them such comfort as comes from doing all one +can, even when all is useless. + +No one knew what Lindau's religion was, and in default they had had the +Anglican burial service read over him; it seems so often the refuge of +the homeless dead. Mrs. Dryfoos came down for the ceremony. She +understood that it was for Coonrod's sake that his father wished the +funeral to be there; and she confided to Mrs. March that she believed +Coonrod would have been pleased. "Coonrod was a member of the 'Piscopal +Church; and fawther's doin' the whole thing for Coonrod as much as for +anybody. He thought the world of Coonrod, fawther did. Mela, she kind of +thought it would look queer to have two funerals from the same house, +hand-runnin', as you might call it, and one of 'em no relation, either; +but when she saw how fawther was bent on it, she give in. Seems as if she +was tryin' to make up to fawther for Coonrod as much as she could. Mela +always was a good child, but nobody can ever come up to Coonrod." + +March felt all the grotesqueness, the hopeless absurdity of Dryfoos's +endeavor at atonement in these vain obsequies to the man for whom he +believed his son to have died; but the effort had its magnanimity, its +pathos, and there was a poetry that appealed to him in the reconciliation +through death of men, of ideas, of conditions, that could only have gone +warring on in life. He thought, as the priest went on with the solemn +liturgy, how all the world must come together in that peace which, +struggle and strive as we may, shall claim us at last. He looked at +Dryfoos, and wondered whether he would consider these rites a sufficient +tribute, or whether there was enough in him to make him realize their +futility, except as a mere sign of his wish to retrieve the past. He +thought how we never can atone for the wrong we do; the heart we have +grieved and wounded cannot kindle with pity for us when once it is +stilled; and yet we can put our evil from us with penitence, and somehow, +somewhere, the order of loving kindness, which our passion or our +wilfulness has disturbed, will be restored. + +Dryfoos, through Fulkerson, had asked all the more intimate contributors +of 'Every Other Week' to come. Beaton was absent, but Fulkerson had +brought Miss Woodburn, with her father, and Mrs. Leighton and Alma, to +fill up, as he said. Mela was much present, and was official with the +arrangement of the flowers and the welcome of the guests. She imparted +this impersonality to her reception of Kendricks, whom Fulkerson met in +the outer hall with his party, and whom he presented in whisper to them +all. Kendricks smiled under his breath, as it were, and was then mutely +and seriously polite to the Leightons. Alma brought a little bunch of +flowers, which were lost in those which Dryfoos had ordered to be +unsparingly provided. + +It was a kind of satisfaction to Mela to have Miss Vance come, and +reassuring as to how it would look to have the funeral there; Miss Vance +would certainly not have come unless it had been all right; she had come, +and had sent some Easter lilies. + +"Ain't Christine coming down?" Fulkerson asked Mela. + +"No, she ain't a bit well, and she ain't been, ever since Coonrod died. I +don't know, what's got over her," said Mela. She added, "Well, I should +'a' thought Mr. Beaton would 'a' made out to 'a' come!" + +"Beaton's peculiar," said Fulkerson. "If he thinks you want him he takes +a pleasure in not letting you have him." + +"Well, goodness knows, I don't want him," said the girl. + +Christine kept her room, and for the most part kept her bed; but there +seemed nothing definitely the matter with her, and she would not let them +call a doctor. Her mother said she reckoned she was beginning to feel the +spring weather, that always perfectly pulled a body down in New York; and +Mela said if being as cross as two sticks was any sign of spring-fever, +Christine had it bad. She was faithfully kind to her, and submitted to +all her humors, but she recompensed herself by the freest criticism of +Christine when not in actual attendance on her. Christine would not +suffer Mrs. Mandel to approach her, and she had with her father a sullen +submission which was not resignation. For her, apparently, Conrad had not +died, or had died in vain. + +"Pshaw!" said Mela, one morning when she came to breakfast, "I reckon if +we was to send up an old card of Mr. Beaton's she'd rattle down-stairs +fast enough. If she's sick, she's love-sick. It makes me sick to see +her." + +Mela was talking to Mrs. Mandel, but her father looked up from his plate +and listened. Mela went on: "I don't know what's made the fellow quit +comun'. But he was an aggravatun' thing, and no more dependable than +water. It's just like Air. Fulkerson said, if he thinks you want him +he'll take a pleasure in not lettun' you have him. I reckon that's what's +the matter with Christine. I believe in my heart the girl 'll die if she +don't git him." + +Mela went on to eat her breakfast with her own good appetite. She now +always came down to keep her father company, as she said, and she did her +best to cheer and comfort him. At least she kept the talk going, and she +had it nearly all to herself, for Mrs. Mandel was now merely staying on +provisionally, and, in the absence of any regrets or excuses from +Christine, was looking ruefully forward to the moment when she must leave +even this ungentle home for the chances of the ruder world outside. + +The old man said nothing at table, but, when Mela went up to see if she +could do anything for Christine, he asked Mrs. Mandel again about all the +facts of her last interview with Beaton. + +She gave them as fully as she could remember them, and the old man made +no comment on them. But he went out directly after, and at the 'Every +Other Week' office he climbed the stairs to Fulkerson's room and asked +for Beaton's address. No one yet had taken charge of Conrad's work, and +Fulkerson was running the thing himself, as he said, till he could talk +with Dryfoos about it. The old man would not look into the empty room +where he had last seen his son alive; he turned his face away and hurried +by the door. + + + + +XIII. + +The course of public events carried Beaton's private affairs beyond the +reach of his simple first intention to renounce his connection with +'Every Other Week.' In fact, this was not perhaps so simple as it seemed, +and long before it could be put in effect it appeared still simpler to do +nothing about the matter--to remain passive and leave the initiative to +Dryfoos, to maintain the dignity of unconsciousness and let recognition +of any change in the situation come from those who had caused the change. +After all, it was rather absurd to propose making a purely personal +question the pivot on which his relations with 'Every Other Week' turned. +He took a hint from March's position and decided that he did not know +Dryfoos in these relations; he knew only Fulkerson, who had certainly had +nothing to do with Mrs. Mandel's asking his intentions. As he reflected +upon this he became less eager to look Fulkerson up and make the magazine +a partner of his own sufferings. This was the soberer mood to which +Beaton trusted that night even before he slept, and he awoke fully +confirmed in it. As he examined the offence done him in the cold light of +day, he perceived that it had not come either from Mrs. Mandel, who was +visibly the faltering and unwilling instrument of it, or from Christine, +who was altogether ignorant of it, but from Dryfoos, whom he could not +hurt by giving up his place. He could only punish Fulkerson by that, and +Fulkerson was innocent. Justice and interest alike dictated the passive +course to which Beaton inclined; and he reflected that he might safely +leave the punishment of Dryfoos to Christine, who would find out what had +happened, and would be able to take care of herself in any encounter of +tempers with her father. + +Beaton did not go to the office during the week that followed upon this +conclusion; but they were used there to these sudden absences of his, +and, as his work for the time was in train, nothing was made of his +staying away, except the sarcastic comment which the thought of him was +apt to excite in the literary department. He no longer came so much to +the Leightons, and Fulkerson was in no state of mind to miss any one +there except Miss Woodburn, whom he never missed. Beaton was left, then, +unmolestedly awaiting the course of destiny, when he read in the morning +paper, over his coffee at Maroni's, the deeply scare-headed story of +Conrad's death and the clubbing of Lindau. He probably cared as little +for either of them as any man that ever saw them; but he felt a shock, if +not a pang, at Conrad's fate, so out of keeping with his life and +character. He did not know what to do; and he did nothing. He was not +asked to the funeral, but he had not expected that, and, when Fulkerson +brought him notice that Lindau was also to be buried from Dryfoos's +house, it was without his usual sullen vindictiveness that he kept away. +In his sort, and as much as a man could who was necessarily so much taken +up with himself, he was sorry for Conrad's father; Beaton had a peculiar +tenderness for his own father, and he imagined how his father would feel +if it were he who had been killed in Conrad's place, as it might very +well have been; he sympathized with himself in view of the possibility; +and for once they were mistaken who thought him indifferent and merely +brutal in his failure to appear at Lindau's obsequies. + +He would really have gone if he had known how to reconcile his presence +in that house with the terms of his effective banishment from it; and he +was rather forgivingly finding himself wronged in the situation, when +Dryfoos knocked at the studio door the morning after Lindau's funeral. +Beaton roared out, "Come in!" as he always did to a knock if he had not a +model; if he had a model he set the door slightly ajar, and with his +palette on his thumb frowned at his visitor and told him he could not +come in. Dryfoos fumbled about for the knob in the dim passageway +outside, and Beaton, who had experience of people's difficulties with it, +suddenly jerked the door open. The two men stood confronted, and at first +sight of each other their quiescent dislike revived. Each would have been +willing to turn away from the other, but that was not possible. Beaton +snorted some sort of inarticulate salutation, which Dryfoos did not try +to return; he asked if he could see him alone for a minute or two, and +Beaton bade him come in, and swept some paint-blotched rags from the +chair which he told him to take. He noticed, as the old man sank +tremulously into it, that his movement was like that of his own father, +and also that he looked very much like Christine. Dryfoos folded his +hands tremulously on the top of his horn-handled stick, and he was rather +finely haggard, with the dark hollows round his black eyes and the fall +of the muscles on either side of his chin. He had forgotten to take his +soft, wide-brimmed hat off; and Beaton felt a desire to sketch him just +as he sat. + +Dryfoos suddenly pulled himself together from the dreary absence into +which he fell at first. "Young man," he began, "maybe I've come here on a +fool's errand," and Beaton rather fancied that beginning. + +But it embarrassed him a little, and he said, with a shy glance aside, "I +don't know what you mean." "I reckon," Dryfoos answered, quietly, "you +got your notion, though. I set that woman on to speak to you the way she +done. But if there was anything wrong in the way she spoke, or if you +didn't feel like she had any right to question you up as if we suspected +you of anything mean, I want you to say so." + +Beaton said nothing, and the old man went on. + +"I ain't very well up in the ways of the world, and I don't pretend to +be. All I want is to be fair and square with everybody. I've made +mistakes, though, in my time--" He stopped, and Beaton was not proof +against the misery of his face, which was twisted as with some strong +physical ache. "I don't know as I want to make any more, if I can help +it. I don't know but what you had a right to keep on comin', and if you +had I want you to say so. Don't you be afraid but what I'll take it in +the right way. I don't want to take advantage of anybody, and I don't ask +you to say any more than that." + +Beaton did not find the humiliation of the man who had humiliated him so +sweet as he could have fancied it might be. He knew how it had come +about, and that it was an effect of love for his child; it did not matter +by what ungracious means she had brought him to know that he loved her +better than his own will, that his wish for her happiness was stronger +than his pride; it was enough that he was now somehow brought to give +proof of it. Beaton could not be aware of all that dark coil of +circumstance through which Dryfoos's present action evolved itself; the +worst of this was buried in the secret of the old man's heart, a worm of +perpetual torment. What was apparent to another was that he was broken by +the sorrow that had fallen upon him, and it was this that Beaton +respected and pitied in his impulse to be frank and kind in his answer. + +"No, I had no right to keep coming to your house in the way I did, +unless--unless I meant more than I ever said." Beaton added: "I don't say +that what you did was usual--in this country, at any rate; but I can't +say you were wrong. Since you speak to me about the matter, it's only +fair to myself to say that a good deal goes on in life without much +thinking of consequences. That's the way I excuse myself." + +"And you say Mrs. Mandel done right?" asked Dryfoos, as if he wished +simply to be assured of a point of etiquette. + +"Yes, she did right. I've nothing to complain of." + +"That's all I wanted to know," said Dryfoos; but apparently he had not +finished, and he did not go, though the silence that Beaton now kept gave +him a chance to do so. He began a series of questions which had no +relation to the matter in hand, though they were strictly personal to +Beaton. "What countryman are you?" he asked, after a moment. + +"What countryman?" Beaton frowned back at him. + +"Yes, are you an American by birth?" + +"Yes; I was born in Syracuse." + +"Protestant?" + +"My father is a Scotch Seceder." + +"What business is your father in?" + +Beaton faltered and blushed; then he answered: + +"He's in the monument business, as he calls it. He's a tombstone cutter." +Now that he was launched, Beaton saw no reason for not declaring, "My +father's always been a poor man, and worked with his own hands for his +living." He had too slight esteem socially for Dryfoos to conceal a fact +from him that he might have wished to blink with others. + +"Well, that's right," said Dryfoos. "I used to farm it myself. I've got a +good pile of money together, now. At first it didn't come easy; but now +it's got started it pours in and pours in; it seems like there was no end +to it. I've got well on to three million; but it couldn't keep me from +losin' my son. It can't buy me back a minute of his life; not all the +money in the world can do it!" + +He grieved this out as if to himself rather than to Beaton, who, scarcely +ventured to say, "I know--I am very sorry--" + +"How did you come," Dryfoos interrupted, "to take up paintin'?" + +"Well, I don't know," said Beaton, a little scornfully. "You don't take +a thing of that kind up, I fancy. I always wanted to paint." + +"Father try to stop you?" + +"No. It wouldn't have been of any use. Why--" + +"My son, he wanted to be a preacher, and I did stop him or I thought I +did. But I reckon he was a preacher, all the same, every minute of his +life. As you say, it ain't any use to try to stop a thing like that. I +reckon if a child has got any particular bent, it was given to it; and +it's goin' against the grain, it's goin' against the law, to try to bend +it some other way. There's lots of good business men, Mr. Beaton, twenty +of 'em to every good preacher?" + +"I imagine more than twenty," said Beaton, amused and touched through his +curiosity as to what the old man was driving at by the quaint simplicity +of his speculations. + +"Father ever come to the city?" + +"No; he never has the time; and my mother's an invalid." + +"Oh! Brothers and sisters?" + +"Yes; we're a large family." + +"I lost two little fellers--twins," said Dryfoos, sadly. "But we hain't +ever had but just the five. Ever take portraits?" + +"Yes," said Beaton, meeting this zigzag in the queries as seriously as +the rest. "I don't think I am good at it." + +Dryfoos got to his feet. "I wish you'd paint a likeness of my son. You've +seen him plenty of times. We won't fight about the price, don't you be +afraid of that." + +Beaton was astonished, and in a mistaken way he was disgusted. He saw +that Dryfoos was trying to undo Mrs. Mandel's work practically, and get +him to come again to his house; that he now conceived of the offence +given him as condoned, and wished to restore the former situation. He +knew that he was attempting this for Christine's sake, but he was not the +man to imagine that Dryfoos was trying not only to tolerate him, but to +like him; and, in fact, Dryfoos was not wholly conscious himself of this +end. What they both understood was that Dryfoos was endeavoring to get at +Beaton through Conrad's memory; but with one this was its dedication to a +purpose of self sacrifice, and with the other a vulgar and shameless use +of it. + +"I couldn't do it," said Beaton. "I couldn't think of attempting it." + +"Why not?" Dryfoos persisted. "We got some photographs of him; he didn't +like to sit very well; but his mother got him to; and you know how he +looked." + +"I couldn't do it--I couldn't. I can't even consider it. I'm very sorry. +I would, if it were possible. But it isn't possible." + +"I reckon if you see the photographs once" + +"It isn't that, Mr. Dryfoos. But I'm not in the way of that kind of thing +any more." + +"I'd give any price you've a mind to name--" + +"Oh, it isn't the money!" cried Beaton, beginning to lose control of +himself. + +The old man did not notice him. He sat with his head fallen forward, and +his chin resting on his folded hands. Thinking of the portrait, he saw +Conrad's face before him, reproachful, astonished, but all gentle as it +looked when Conrad caught his hand that day after he struck him; he heard +him say, "Father!" and the sweat gathered on his forehead. "Oh, my God!" +he groaned. "No; there ain't anything I can do now." + +Beaton did not know whether Dryfoos was speaking to him or not. He +started toward him. "Are you ill?" + +"No, there ain't anything the matter," said the old man. "But I guess +I'll lay down on your settee a minute." He tottered with Beaton's help to +the aesthetic couch covered with a tiger-skin, on which Beaton had once +thought of painting a Cleopatra; but he could never get the right model. +As the old man stretched himself out on it, pale and suffering, he did +not look much like a Cleopatra, but Beaton was struck with his +effectiveness, and the likeness between him and his daughter; she would +make a very good Cleopatra in some ways. All the time, while these +thoughts passed through his mind, he was afraid Dryfoos would die. The +old man fetched his breath in gasps, which presently smoothed and +lengthened into his normal breathing. Beaton got him a glass of wine, and +after tasting it he sat up. + +"You've got to excuse me," he said, getting back to his characteristic +grimness with surprising suddenness, when once he began to recover +himself. "I've been through a good deal lately; and sometimes it ketches +me round the heart like a pain." + +In his life of selfish immunity from grief, Beaton could not understand +this experience that poignant sorrow brings; he said to himself that +Dryfoos was going the way of angina pectoris; as he began shuffling off +the tiger-skin he said: "Had you better get up? Wouldn't you like me to +call a doctor?" + +"I'm all right, young man." Dryfoos took his hat and stick from him, but +he made for the door so uncertainly that Beaton put his hand under his +elbow and helped him out, and down the stairs, to his coupe. + +"Hadn't you better let me drive home with you?" he asked. + +"What?" said Dryfoos, suspiciously. + +Beaton repeated his question. + +"I guess I'm able to go home alone," said Dryfoos, in a surly tone, and +he put his head out of the window and called up "Home!" to the driver, +who immediately started off and left Beaton standing beside the +curbstone. + + + + +XIV. + +Beaton wasted the rest of the day in the emotions and speculations which +Dryfoos's call inspired. It was not that they continuously occupied him, +but they broke up the train of other thoughts, and spoiled him for work; +a very little spoiled Beaton for work; he required just the right mood +for work. He comprehended perfectly well that Dryfoos had made him that +extraordinary embassy because he wished him to renew his visits, and he +easily imagined the means that had brought him to this pass. From what he +knew of that girl he did not envy her father his meeting with her when he +must tell her his mission had failed. But had it failed? When Beaton came +to ask himself this question, he could only perceive that he and Dryfoos +had failed to find any ground of sympathy, and had parted in the same +dislike with which they had met. But as to any other failure, it was +certainly tacit, and it still rested with him to give it effect. He could +go back to Dryfoos's house, as freely as before, and it was clear that he +was very much desired to come back. But if he went back it was also clear +that he must go back with intentions more explicit than before, and now +he had to ask himself just how much or how little he had meant by going +there. His liking for Christine had certainly not increased, but the +charm, on the other hand, of holding a leopardess in leash had not yet +palled upon him. In his life of inconstancies, it was a pleasure to rest +upon something fixed, and the man who had no control over himself liked +logically enough to feel his control of some one else. The fact cannot +other wise be put in terms, and the attraction which Christine Dryfoos +had for him, apart from this, escapes from all terms, as anything purely +and merely passional must. He had seen from the first that she was a cat, +and so far as youth forecasts such things, he felt that she would be a +shrew. But he had a perverse sense of her beauty, and he knew a sort of +life in which her power to molest him with her temper could be reduced to +the smallest proportions, and even broken to pieces. Then the +consciousness of her money entered. It was evident that the old man had +mentioned his millions in the way of a hint to him of what he might +reasonably expect if he would turn and be his son-in-law. Beaton did not +put it to himself in those words; and in fact his cogitations were not in +words at all. It was the play of cognitions, of sensations, formlessly +tending to the effect which can only be very clumsily interpreted in +language. But when he got to this point in them, Beaton rose to +magnanimity and in a flash of dramatic reverie disposed of a part of +Dryfoos's riches in placing his father and mother, and his brothers and +sisters, beyond all pecuniary anxiety forever. He had no shame, no +scruple in this, for he had been a pensioner upon others ever since a +Syracusan amateur of the arts had detected his talent and given him the +money to go and study abroad. Beaton had always considered the money a +loan, to be repaid out of his future success; but he now never dreamt of +repaying it; as the man was rich, he had even a contempt for the notion +of repaying him; but this did not prevent him from feeling very keenly +the hardships he put his father to in borrowing money from him, though he +never repaid his father, either. In this reverie he saw himself +sacrificed in marriage with Christine Dryfoos, in a kind of admiring +self-pity, and he was melted by the spectacle of the dignity with which +he suffered all the lifelong trials ensuing from his unselfishness. The +fancy that Alma Leighton came bitterly to regret him, contributed to +soothe and flatter him, and he was not sure that Margaret. Vance did not +suffer a like loss in him. + +There had been times when, as he believed, that beautiful girl's high +thoughts had tended toward him; there had been looks, gestures, even +words, that had this effect to him, or that seemed to have had it; and +Beaton saw that he might easily construe Mrs. Horn's confidential appeal +to him to get Margaret interested in art again as something by no means +necessarily offensive, even though it had been made to him as to a master +of illusion. If Mrs. Horn had to choose between him and the life of good +works to which her niece was visibly abandoning herself, Beaton could not +doubt which she would choose; the only question was how real the danger +of a life of good works was. + +As he thought of these two girls, one so charming and the other so +divine, it became indefinitely difficult to renounce them for Christine +Dryfoos, with her sultry temper and her earthbound ideals. Life had been +so flattering to Beaton hitherto that he could not believe them both +finally indifferent; and if they were not indifferent, perhaps he did not +wish either of them to be very definite. What he really longed for was +their sympathy; for a man who is able to walk round quite ruthlessly on +the feelings of others often has very tender feelings of his own, easily +lacerated, and eagerly responsive to the caresses of compassion. In this +frame Beaton determined to go that afternoon, though it was not Mrs. +Horn's day, and call upon her in the hope of possibly seeing Miss Vance +alone. As he continued in it, he took this for a sign and actually went. +It did not fall out at once as he wished, but he got Mrs. Horn to talking +again about her niece, and Mrs. Horn again regretted that nothing could +be done by the fine arts to reclaim Margaret from good works. + +"Is she at home? Will you let me see her?" asked Beacon, with something +of the scientific interest of a physician inquiring for a patient whose +symptoms have been rehearsed to him. He had not asked for her before. + +"Yes, certainly," said Mrs. Horn, and she went herself to call Margaret, +and she did not return with her. The girl entered with the gentle grace +peculiar to her; and Beaton, bent as he was on his own consolation, could +not help being struck with the spiritual exaltation of her look. At sight +of her, the vague hope he had never quite relinquished, that they might +be something more than aesthetic friends, died in his heart. She wore +black, as she often did; but in spite of its fashion her dress received a +nun-like effect from the pensive absence of her face. "Decidedly," +thought Beaton, "she is far gone in good works." + +But he rose, all the same, to meet her on the old level, and he began at +once to talk to her of the subject he had been discussing with her aunt. +He said frankly that they both felt she had unjustifiably turned her back +upon possibilities which she ought not to neglect. + +"You know very well," she answered, "that I couldn't do anything in that +way worth the time I should waste on it. Don't talk of it, please. I +suppose my aunt has been asking you to say this, but it's no use. I'm +sorry it's no use, she wishes it so much; but I'm not sorry otherwise. +You can find the pleasure at least of doing good work in it; but I +couldn't find anything in it but a barren amusement. Mr. Wetmore is +right; for me, it's like enjoying an opera, or a ball." + +"That's one of Wetmore's phrases. He'd sacrifice anything to them." + +She put aside the whole subject with a look. "You were not at Mr. +Dryfoos's the other day. Have you seen them, any of them, lately?" + +"I haven't been there for some time, no," said Beaton, evasively. But he +thought if he was to get on to anything, he had better be candid. "Mr. +Dryfoos was at my studio this morning. He's got a queer notion. He wants +me to paint his son's portrait." + +She started. "And will you--" + +"No, I couldn't do such a thing. It isn't in my way. I told him so. His +son had a beautiful face an antique profile; a sort of early Christian +type; but I'm too much of a pagan for that sort of thing." + +"Yes." + +"Yes," Beaton continued, not quite liking her assent after he had invited +it. He had his pride in being a pagan, a Greek, but it failed him in her +presence, now; and he wished that she had protested he was none. "He was +a singular creature; a kind of survival; an exile in our time and place. +I don't know: we don't quite expect a saint to be rustic; but with all +his goodness Conrad Dryfoos was a country person. If he were not dying +for a cause you could imagine him milking." Beaton intended a contempt +that came from the bitterness of having himself once milked the family +cow. + +His contempt did not reach Miss Vance. "He died for a cause," she said. +"The holiest." + +"Of labor?" + +"Of peace. He was there to persuade the strikers to be quiet and go +home." + +"I haven't been quite sure," said Beaton. "But in any case he had no +business there. The police were on hand to do the persuading." + +"I can't let you talk so!" cried the girl. "It's shocking! Oh, I know +it's the way people talk, and the worst is that in the sight of the world +it's the right way. But the blessing on the peacemakers is not for the +policemen with their clubs." + +Beaton saw that she was nervous; he made his reflection that she was +altogether too far gone in good works for the fine arts to reach her; he +began to think how he could turn her primitive Christianity to the +account of his modern heathenism. He had no deeper design than to get +flattered back into his own favor far enough to find courage for some +sort of decisive step. In his heart he was trying to will whether he +should or should not go back to Dryfoos's house. It could not be from the +caprice that had formerly taken him; it must be from a definite purpose; +again he realized this. "Of course; you are right," he said. "I wish I +could have answered that old man differently. I fancy he was bound up in +his son, though he quarrelled with him, and crossed him. But I couldn't +do it; it wasn't possible." He said to himself that if she said "No," +now, he would be ruled by her agreement with him; and if she disagreed +with him, he would be ruled still by the chance, and would go no more to +the Dryfooses'. He found himself embarrassed to the point of blushing +when she said nothing, and left him, as it were, on his own hands. "I +should like to have given him that comfort; I fancy he hasn't much +comfort in life; but there seems no comfort in me." + +He dropped his head in a fit attitude for compassion; but she poured no +pity upon it. + +"There is no comfort for us in ourselves," she said. "It's hard to get +outside; but there's only despair within. When we think we have done +something for others, by some great effort, we find it's all for our own +vanity." + +"Yes," said Beaton. "If I could paint pictures for righteousness' sake, I +should have been glad to do Conrad Dryfoos for his father. I felt sorry +for him. Did the rest seem very much broken up? You saw them all?" + +"Not all. Miss Dryfoos was ill, her sister said. It's hard to tell how +much people suffer. His mother seemed bewildered. The younger sister is a +simple creature; she looks like him; I think she must have something of +his spirit." + +"Not much spirit of any kind, I imagine," said Beaton. "But she's amiably +material. Did they say Miss Dryfoos was seriously ill?" + +"No. I supposed she might be prostrated by her brother's death." + +"Does she seem that kind of person to you, Miss Vance?" asked Beaton. + +"I don't know. I haven't tried to see so much of them as I might, the +past winter. I was not sure about her when I met her; I've never seen +much of people, except in my own set, and the--very poor. I have been +afraid I didn't understand her. She may have a kind of pride that would +not let her do herself justice." + +Beaton felt the unconscious dislike in the endeavor of praise. "Then she +seems to you like a person whose life--its trials, its chances--would +make more of than she is now?" + +"I didn't say that. I can't judge of her at all; but where we don't know, +don't you think we ought to imagine the best?" + +"Oh yes," said Beaton. "I didn't know but what I once said of them might +have prejudiced you against them. I have accused myself of it." He always +took a tone of conscientiousness, of self-censure, in talking with Miss +Vance; he could not help it. + +"Oh no. And I never allowed myself to form any judgment of her. She is +very pretty, don't you think, in a kind of way?" + +"Very." + +"She has a beautiful brunette coloring: that floury white and the +delicate pink in it. Her eyes are beautiful." + +"She's graceful, too," said Beaton. "I've tried her in color; but I +didn't make it out." + +"I've wondered sometimes," said Miss Vance, "whether that elusive quality +you find in some people you try to paint doesn't characterize them all +through. Miss Dryfoos might be ever so much finer and better than we +would find out in the society way that seems the only way." + +"Perhaps," said Beaton, gloomily; and he went away profoundly discouraged +by this last analysis of Christine's character. The angelic +imperviousness of Miss Vance to properties of which his own wickedness +was so keenly aware in Christine might have made him laugh, if it had not +been such a serious affair with him. As it was, he smiled to think how +very differently Alma Leighton would have judged her from Miss Vance's +premises. He liked that clear vision of Alma's even when it pierced his +own disguises. Yes, that was the light he had let die out, and it might +have shone upon his path through life. Beaton never felt so poignantly +the disadvantage of having on any given occasion been wanting to his own +interests through his self-love as in this. He had no one to blame but +himself for what had happened, but he blamed Alma for what might happen +in the future because she shut out the way of retrieval and return. When +he thought of the attitude she had taken toward him, it seemed +incredible, and he was always longing to give her a final chance to +reverse her final judgment. It appeared to him that the time had come for +this now, if ever. + + + + +XV. + +While we are still young we feel a kind of pride, a sort of fierce +pleasure, in any important experience, such as we have read of or heard +of in the lives of others, no matter how painful. It was this pride, this +pleasure, which Beaton now felt in realizing that the toils of fate were +about him, that between him and a future of which Christine Dryfoos must +be the genius there was nothing but the will, the mood, the fancy of a +girl who had not given him the hope that either could ever again be in +his favor. He had nothing to trust to, in fact, but his knowledge that he +had once had them all; she did not deny that; but neither did she conceal +that he had flung away his power over them, and she had told him that +they never could be his again. A man knows that he can love and wholly +cease to love, not once merely, but several times; he recognizes the fact +in regard to himself, both theoretically and practically; but in regard +to women he cherishes the superstition of the romances that love is once +for all, and forever. It was because Beaton would not believe that Alma +Leighton, being a woman, could put him out of her heart after suffering +him to steal into it, that he now hoped anything from her, and she had +been so explicit when they last spoke of that affair that he did not hope +much. He said to himself that he was going to cast himself on her mercy, +to take whatever chance of life, love, and work there was in her having +the smallest pity on him. If she would have none, then there was but one +thing he could do: marry Christine and go abroad. He did not see how he +could bring this alternative to bear upon Alma; even if she knew what he +would do in case of a final rejection, he had grounds for fearing she +would not care; but he brought it to bear upon himself, and it nerved him +to a desperate courage. He could hardly wait for evening to come, before +he went to see her; when it came, it seemed to have come too soon. He had +wrought himself thoroughly into the conviction that he was in earnest, +and that everything depended upon her answer to him, but it was not till +he found himself in her presence, and alone with her, that he realized +the truth of his conviction. Then the influences of her grace, her +gayety, her arch beauty, above all, her good sense, penetrated his soul +like a subtle intoxication, and he said to himself that he was right; he +could not live without her; these attributes of hers were what he needed +to win him, to cheer him, to charm him, to guide him. He longed so to +please her, to ingratiate himself with her, that he attempted to be light +like her in his talk, but lapsed into abysmal absences and gloomy +recesses of introspection. + +"What are you laughing at?" he asked, suddenly starting from one of +these. + +"What you are thinking of." + +"It's nothing to laugh at. Do you know what I'm thinking of?" + +"Don't tell, if it's dreadful." + +"Oh, I dare say you wouldn't think it's dreadful," he said, with +bitterness. "It's simply the case of a man who has made a fool of himself +and sees no help of retrieval in himself." + +"Can any one else help a man unmake a fool of himself?" she asked, with a +smile. + +"Yes. In a case like this." + +"Dear me! This is very interesting." + +She did not ask him what the case was, but he was launched now, and he +pressed on. "I am the man who has made a fool of himself--" + +"Oh!" + +"And you can help me out if you will. Alma, I wish you could see me as I +really am." + +"Do you, Mr. Beacon? Perhaps I do." + +"No; you don't. You formulated me in a certain way, and you won't allow +for the change that takes place in every one. You have changed; why +shouldn't I?" + +"Has this to do with your having made a fool of yourself?" + +"Yes." + +"Oh! Then I don't see how you have changed." + +She laughed, and he too, ruefully. "You're cruel. Not but what I deserve +your mockery. But the change was not from the capacity of making a fool +of myself. I suppose I shall always do that more or less--unless you help +me. Alma! Why can't you have a little compassion? You know that I must +always love you." + +"Nothing makes me doubt that like your saying it, Mr. Beaton. But now +you've broken your word--" + +"You are to blame for that. You knew I couldn't keep it!" + +"Yes, I'm to blame. I was wrong to let you come--after that. And so I +forgive you for speaking to me in that way again. But it's perfectly +impossible and perfectly useless for me to hear you any more on that +subject; and so-good-bye!" + +She rose, and he perforce with her. "And do you mean it?" he asked. +"Forever?" + +"Forever. This is truly the last time I will ever see you if I can help +it. Oh, I feel sorry enough for you!" she said, with a glance at his +face. "I do believe you are in earnest. But it's too late now. Don't let +us talk about it any more! But we shall, if we meet, and so,--" + +"And so good-bye! Well, I've nothing more to say, and I might as well say +that. I think you've been very good to me. It seems to me as if you had +been--shall I say it?--trying to give me a chance. Is that so?" She +dropped her eyes and did not answer. + +"You found it was no use! Well, I thank you for trying. It's curious to +think that I once had your trust, your regard, and now I haven't it. You +don't mind my remembering that I had? It'll be some little consolation, +and I believe it will be some help. I know I can't retrieve the past now. +It is too late. It seems too preposterous--perfectly lurid--that I could +have been going to tell you what a tangle I'd got myself in, and to ask +you to help untangle me. I must choke in the infernal coil, but I'd like +to have the sweetness of your pity in it--whatever it is." + +She put out her hand. "Whatever it is, I do pity you; I said that." + +"Thank you." He kissed the hand she gave him and went. + +He had gone on some such terms before; was it now for the last time? She +believed it was. She felt in herself a satiety, a fatigue, in which his +good looks, his invented airs and poses, his real trouble, were all alike +repulsive. She did not acquit herself of the wrong of having let him +think she might yet have liked him as she once did; but she had been +honestly willing to see whether she could. It had mystified her to find +that when they first met in New York, after their summer in St. Barnaby, +she cared nothing for him; she had expected to punish him for his +neglect, and then fancy him as before, but she did not. More and more she +saw him selfish and mean, weak-willed, narrow-minded, and hard-hearted; +and aimless, with all his talent. She admired his talent in proportion as +she learned more of artists, and perceived how uncommon it was; but she +said to herself that if she were going to devote herself to art, she +would do it at first-hand. She was perfectly serene and happy in her +final rejection of Beaton; he had worn out not only her fancy, but her +sympathy, too. + +This was what her mother would not believe when Alma reported the +interview to her; she would not believe it was the last time they should +meet; death itself can hardly convince us that it is the last time of +anything, of everything between ourselves and the dead. "Well, Alma," she +said, "I hope you'll never regret what you've done." + +"You may be sure I shall not regret it. If ever I'm low-spirited about +anything, I'll think of giving Mr. Beaton his freedom, and that will +cheer me up." + +"And don't you expect to get married? Do you intend to be an old maid?" +demanded her mother, in the bonds of the superstition women have so long +been under to the effect that every woman must wish to get married, if +for no other purpose than to avoid being an old maid. + +"Well, mamma," said Alma, "I intend being a young one for a few years +yet; and then I'll see. If I meet the right person, all well and good; if +not, not. But I shall pick and choose, as a man does; I won't merely be +picked and chosen." + +"You can't help yourself; you may be very glad if you are picked and +chosen." + +"What nonsense, mamma! A girl can get any man she wants, if she goes +about it the right way. And when my 'fated fairy prince' comes along, I +shall just simply make furious love to him and grab him. Of course, I +shall make a decent pretence of talking in my sleep. I believe it's done +that way more than half the time. The fated fairy prince wouldn't see the +princess in nine cases out of ten if she didn't say something; he would +go mooning along after the maids of honor." + +Mrs. Leighton tried to look unspeakable horror; but she broke down and +laughed. "Well, you are a strange girl, Alma." + +"I don't know about that. But one thing I do know, mamma, and that is +that Prince Beaton isn't the F. F. P. for me. How strange you are, mamma! +Don't you think it would be perfectly disgusting to accept a person you +didn't care for, and let him go on and love you and marry you? It's +sickening." + +"Why, certainly, Alma. It's only because I know you did care for him +once--" + +"And now I don't. And he didn't care for me once, and now he does. And so +we're quits." + +"If I could believe--" + +"You had better brace up and try, mamma; for as Mr. Fulkerson says, it's +as sure as guns. From the crown of his head to the sole of his foot, he's +loathsome to me; and he keeps getting loathsomer. Ugh! Goodnight!" + + + + +XVI. + +"Well, I guess she's given him the grand bounce at last," said Fulkerson +to March in one of their moments of confidence at the office. "That's +Mad's inference from appearances--and disappearances; and some little +hints from Alma Leighton." + +"Well, I don't know that I have any criticisms to offer," said March. "It +may be bad for Beaton, but it's a very good thing for Miss Leighton. Upon +the whole, I believe I congratulate her." + +"Well, I don't know. I always kind of hoped it would turn out the other +way. You know I always had a sneaking fondness for the fellow." + +"Miss Leighton seems not to have had." + +"It's a pity she hadn't. I tell you, March, it ain't so easy for a girl +to get married, here in the East, that she can afford to despise any +chance." + +"Isn't that rather a low view of it?" + +"It's a common-sense view. Beaton has the making of a first-rate fellow +in him. He's the raw material of a great artist and a good citizen. All +he wants is somebody to take him in hand and keep him from makin' an ass +of himself and kickin' over the traces generally, and ridin' two or three +horses bareback at once." + +"It seems a simple problem, though the metaphor is rather complicated," +said March. "But talk to Miss Leighton about it. I haven't given Beaton +the grand bounce." + +He began to turn over the manuscripts on his table, and Fulkerson went +away. But March found himself thinking of the matter from time to time +during the day, and he spoke to his wife about it when he went home. She +surprised him by taking Fulkerson's view of it. + +"Yes, it's a pity she couldn't have made up her mind to have him. It's +better for a woman to be married." + +"I thought Paul only went so far as to say it was well. But what would +become of Miss Leighton's artistic career if she married?" + +"Oh, her artistic career!" said Mrs. March, with matronly contempt of it. + +"But look here!" cried her husband. "Suppose she doesn't like him?" + +"How can a girl of that age tell whether she likes any one or not?" + +"It seems to me you were able to tell at that age, Isabel. But let's +examine this thing. (This thing! I believe Fulkerson is characterizing my +whole parlance, as well as your morals.) Why shouldn't we rejoice as much +at a non-marriage as a marriage? When we consider the enormous risks +people take in linking their lives together, after not half so much +thought as goes to an ordinary horse trade, I think we ought to be glad +whenever they don't do it. I believe that this popular demand for the +matrimony of others comes from our novel-reading. We get to thinking that +there is no other happiness or good-fortune in life except marriage; and +it's offered in fiction as the highest premium for virtue, courage, +beauty, learning, and saving human life. We all know it isn't. We know +that in reality marriage is dog cheap, and anybody can have it for the +asking--if he keeps asking enough people. By-and-by some fellow will wake +up and see that a first-class story can be written from the anti-marriage +point of view; and he'll begin with an engaged couple, and devote his +novel to disengaging them and rendering them separately happy ever after +in the denouement. It will make his everlasting fortune." + +"Why don't you write it, Basil?" she asked. "It's a delightful idea. You +could do it splendidly." + +He became fascinated with the notion. He developed it in detail; but at +the end he sighed and said: "With this 'Every Other Week' work on my +hands, of course I can't attempt a novel. But perhaps I sha'n't have it +long." + +She was instantly anxious to know what he meant, and the novel and Miss +Leighton's affair were both dropped out of their thoughts. "What do you +mean? Has Mr. Fulkerson said anything yet?" + +"Not a word. He knows no more about it than I do. Dryfoos hasn't spoken, +and we're both afraid to ask him. Of course, I couldn't ask him." + +"No." + +"But it's pretty uncomfortable, to be kept hanging by the gills so, as +Fulkerson says." + +"Yes, we don't know what to do." + +March and Fulkerson said the same to each other; and Fulkerson said that +if the old man pulled out, he did not know what would happen. He had no +capital to carry the thing on, and the very fact that the old man had +pulled out would damage it so that it would be hard to get anybody else +to put it. In the mean time Fulkerson was running Conrad's office-work, +when he ought to be looking after the outside interests of the thing; and +he could not see the day when he could get married. + +"I don't know which it's worse for, March: you or me. I don't know, under +the circumstances, whether it's worse to have a family or to want to have +one. Of course--of course! We can't hurry the old man up. It wouldn't be +decent, and it would be dangerous. We got to wait." + +He almost decided to draw upon Dryfoos for some money; he did not need +any, but, he said maybe the demand would act as a hint upon him. One day, +about a week after Alma's final rejection of Beaton, Dryfoos came into +March's office. Fulkerson was out, but the old man seemed not to have +tried to see him. + +He put his hat on the floor by his chair, after he sat down, and looked +at March awhile with his old eyes, which had the vitreous glitter of old. +eyes stimulated to sleeplessness. Then he said, abruptly, "Mr. March, how +would you like to take this thing off my hands?" + +"I don't understand, exactly," March began; but of course he understood +that Dryfoos was offering to let him have 'Every Other Week' on some +terms or other, and his heart leaped with hope. + +The old man knew he understood, and so he did not explain. He said: "I am +going to Europe, to take my family there. The doctor thinks it might do +my wife some good; and I ain't very well myself, and my girls both want +to go; and so we're goin'. If you want to take this thing off my hands, I +reckon I can let you have it in 'most any shape you say. You're all +settled here in New York, and I don't suppose you want to break up, much, +at your time of life, and I've been thinkin' whether you wouldn't like to +take the thing." + +The word, which Dryfoos had now used three times, made March at last +think of Fulkerson; he had been filled too full of himself to think of +any one else till he had mastered the notion of such wonderful good +fortune as seemed about falling to him. But now he did think of +Fulkerson, and with some shame and confusion; for he remembered how, when +Dryfoos had last approached him there on the business of his connection +with 'Every Other Week,' he had been very haughty with him, and told him +that he did not know him in this connection. He blushed to find how far +his thoughts had now run without encountering this obstacle of etiquette. + +"Have you spoken to Mr. Fulkerson?" he asked. + +"No, I hain't. It ain't a question of management. It's a question of +buying and selling. I offer the thing to you first. I reckon Fulkerson +couldn't get on very well without you." + +March saw the real difference in the two cases, and he was glad to see +it, because he could act more decisively if not hampered by an obligation +to consistency. "I am gratified, of course, Mr. Dryfoos; extremely +gratified; and it's no use pretending that I shouldn't be happy beyond +bounds to get possession of 'Every Other Week.' But I don't feel quite +free to talk about it apart from Mr. Fulkerson." + +"Oh, all right!" said the old man, with quick offence. + +March hastened to say: "I feel bound to Mr. Fulkerson in every way. He +got me to come here, and I couldn't even seem to act without him." + +He put it questioningly, and the old man answered: + +"Yes, I can see that. When 'll he be in? I can wait." But he looked +impatient. + +"Very soon, now," said March, looking at his watch. "He was only to be +gone a moment," and while he went on to talk with Dryfoos, he wondered +why the old man should have come first to speak with him, and whether it +was from some obscure wish to make him reparation for displeasures in the +past, or from a distrust or dislike of Fulkerson. Whichever light he +looked at it in, it was flattering. + +"Do you think of going abroad soon?" he asked. + +"What? Yes--I don't know--I reckon. We got our passage engaged. It's on +one of them French boats. We're goin' to Paris." + +"Oh! That will be interesting to the young ladies." + +"Yes. I reckon we're goin' for them. 'Tain't likely my wife and me would +want to pull up stakes at our age," said the old man, sorrowfully. + +"But you may find it do you good, Mr. Dryfoos," said March, with a +kindness that was real, mixed as it was with the selfish interest he now +had in the intended voyage. + +"Well, maybe, maybe," sighed the old man; and he dropped his head +forward. "It don't make a great deal of difference what we do or we don't +do, for the few years left." + +"I hope Mrs. Dryfoos is as well as usual," said March, finding the ground +delicate and difficult. + +"Middlin', middlin'," said the old man. "My daughter Christine, she ain't +very well." + +"Oh," said March. It was quite impossible for him to affect a more +explicit interest in the fact. He and Dryfoos sat silent for a few +moments, and he was vainly casting about in his thought for something +else which would tide them over the interval till Fulkerson came, when he +heard his step on the stairs. + +"Hello, hello!" he said. "Meeting of the clans!" It was always a meeting +of the clans, with Fulkerson, or a field day, or an extra session, or a +regular conclave, whenever he saw people of any common interest together. +"Hain't seen you here for a good while, Mr. Dryfoos. Did think some of +running away with 'Every Other Week' one while, but couldn't seem to work +March up to the point." + +He gave Dryfoos his hand, and pushed aside the papers on the corner of +March's desk, and sat down there, and went on briskly with the nonsense +he could always talk while he was waiting for another to develop any +matter of business; he told March afterward that he scented business in +the air as soon as he came into the room where he and Dryfoos were +sitting. + +Dryfoos seemed determined to leave the word to March, who said, after an +inquiring look at him, "Mr. Dryfoos has been proposing to let us have +'Every Other Week,' Fulkerson." + +"Well, that's good; that suits yours truly; March & Fulkerson, publishers +and proprietors, won't pretend it don't, if the terms are all right." + +"The terms," said the old man, "are whatever you want 'em. I haven't got +any more use for the concern--" He gulped, and stopped; they knew what he +was thinking of, and they looked down in pity. He went on: "I won't put +any more money in it; but what I've put in a'ready can stay; and you can +pay me four per cent." + +He got upon his feet; and March and Fulkerson stood, too. + +"Well, I call that pretty white," said Fulkerson. "It's a bargain as far +as I'm concerned. I suppose you'll want to talk it over with your wife, +March?" + +"Yes; I shall," said March. "I can see that it's a great chance; but I +want to talk it over with my wife." + +"Well, that's right," said the old man. "Let me hear from you tomorrow." + +He went out, and Fulkerson began to dance round the room. He caught March +about his stalwart girth and tried to make him waltz; the office-boy came +to the door and looked on with approval. + +"Come, come, you idiot!" said March, rooting himself to the carpet. + +"It's just throwing the thing into our mouths," said Fulkerson. "The +wedding will be this day week. No cards! Teedle-lumpty-diddle! +Teedle-lumpty-dee! What do you suppose he means by it, March?" he asked, +bringing himself soberly up, of a sudden. "What is his little game? Or is +he crazy? It don't seem like the Dryfoos of my previous acquaintance." + +"I suppose," March suggested, "that he's got money enough, so that he +don't care for this--" + +"Pshaw! You're a poet! Don't you know that the more money that kind of +man has got, the more he cares for money? It's some fancy of his--like +having Lindau's funeral at his house--By Jings, March, I believe you're +his fancy!" + +"Oh, now! Don't you be a poet, Fulkerson!" + +"I do! He seemed to take a kind of shine to you from the day you wouldn't +turn off old Lindau; he did, indeed. It kind of shook him up. It made him +think you had something in you. He was deceived by appearances. Look +here! I'm going round to see Mrs. March with you, and explain the thing +to her. I know Mrs. March! She wouldn't believe you knew what you were +going in for. She has a great respect for your mind, but she don't think +you've got any sense. Heigh?" + +"All right," said March, glad of the notion; and it was really a comfort +to have Fulkerson with him to develop all the points; and it was +delightful to see how clearly and quickly she seized them; it made March +proud of her. She was only angry that they had lost any time in coming to +submit so plain a case to her. + +Mr. Dryfoos might change his mind in the night, and then everything would +be lost. They must go to him instantly, and tell him that they accepted; +they must telegraph him. + +"Might as well send a district messenger; he'd get there next week," said +Fulkerson. "No, no! It 'll all keep till to-morrow, and be the better for +it. If he's got this fancy for March, as I say, he ain't agoing to change +it in a single night. People don't change their fancies for March in a +lifetime. Heigh?" + +When Fulkerson turned up very early at the office next morning, as March +did, he was less strenuous about Dryfoos's fancy for March. It was as if +Miss Woodburn might have blown cold upon that theory, as something unjust +to his own merit, for which she would naturally be more jealous than he. + +March told him what he had forgotten to tell him the day before, though +he had been trying, all through their excited talk, to get it in, that +the Dryfooses were going abroad. + +"Oh, ho!" cried Fulkerson. "That's the milk in the cocoanut, is it? Well, +I thought there must be something." + +But this fact had not changed Mrs. March at all in her conviction that it +was Mr. Dryfoos's fancy for her husband which had moved him to make him +this extraordinary offer, and she reminded him that it had first been +made to him, without regard to Fulkerson. "And perhaps," she went on, +"Mr. Dryfoos has been changed---softened; and doesn't find money all in +all any more. He's had enough to change him, poor old man!" + +"Does anything from without change us?" her husband mused aloud. "We're +brought up to think so by the novelists, who really have the charge of +people's thinking, nowadays. But I doubt it, especially if the thing +outside is some great event, something cataclysmal, like this tremendous +sorrow of Dryfoos's." + +"Then what is it that changes us?" demanded his wife, almost angry with +him for his heresy. + +"Well, it won't do to say, the Holy Spirit indwelling. That would sound +like cant at this day. But the old fellows that used to say that had some +glimpses of the truth. They knew that it is the still, small voice that +the soul heeds, not the deafening blasts of doom. I suppose I should have +to say that we didn't change at all. We develop. There's the making of +several characters in each of us; we are each several characters, and +sometimes this character has the lead in us, and sometimes that. From +what Fulkerson has told me of Dryfoos, I should say he had always had the +potentiality of better things in him than he has ever been yet; and +perhaps the time has come for the good to have its chance. The growth in +one direction has stopped; it's begun in another; that's all. The man +hasn't been changed by his son's death; it stunned, it benumbed him; but +it couldn't change him. It was an event, like any other, and it had to +happen as much as his being born. It was forecast from the beginning of +time, and was as entirely an effect of his coming into the world--" + +"Basil! Basil!" cried his wife. "This is fatalism!" + +"Then you think," he said, "that a sparrow falls to the ground without +the will of God?" and he laughed provokingly. But he went on more +soberly: "I don't know what it all means Isabel though I believe it means +good. What did Christ himself say? That if one rose from the dead it +would not avail. And yet we are always looking for the miraculous! I +believe that unhappy old man truly grieves for his son, whom he treated +cruelly without the final intention of cruelty, for he loved him and +wished to be proud of him; but I don't think his death has changed him, +any more than the smallest event in the chain of events remotely working +through his nature from the beginning. But why do you think he's changed +at all? Because he offers to sell me Every Other Week on easy terms? He +says himself that he has no further use for the thing; and he knows +perfectly well that he couldn't get his money out of it now, without an +enormous shrinkage. He couldn't appear at this late day as the owner, and +sell it to anybody but Fulkerson and me for a fifth of what it's cost +him. He can sell it to us for all it's cost him; and four per cent. is no +bad interest on his money till we can pay it back. It's a good thing for +us; but we have to ask whether Dryfoos has done us the good, or whether +it's the blessing of Heaven. If it's merely the blessing of Heaven, I +don't propose being grateful for it." + +March laughed again, and his wife said, "It's disgusting." + +"It's business," he assented. "Business is business; but I don't say it +isn't disgusting. Lindau had a low opinion of it." + +"I think that with all his faults Mr. Dryfoos is a better man than +Lindau," she proclaimed. + +"Well, he's certainly able to offer us a better thing in 'Every Other +Week,'" said March. + +She knew he was enamoured of the literary finish of his cynicism, and +that at heart he was as humbly and truly grateful as she was for the +good-fortune opening to them. + + + + +XVII. + +Beaton was at his best when he parted for the last time with Alma +Leighton, for he saw then that what had happened to him was the necessary +consequence of what he had been, if not what he had done. Afterward he +lost this clear vision; he began to deny the fact; he drew upon his +knowledge of life, and in arguing himself into a different frame of mind +he alleged the case of different people who had done and been much worse +things than he, and yet no such disagreeable consequence had befallen +them. Then he saw that it was all the work of blind chance, and he said +to himself that it was this that made him desperate, and willing to call +evil his good, and to take his own wherever he could find it. There was a +great deal that was literary and factitious and tawdry in the mood in +which he went to see Christine Dryfoos, the night when the Marches sat +talking their prospects over; and nothing that was decided in his +purpose. He knew what the drift of his mind was, but he had always +preferred to let chance determine his events, and now since chance had +played him such an ill turn with Alma, he left it the whole +responsibility. Not in terms, but in effect, this was his thought as he +walked on up-town to pay the first of the visits which Dryfoos had +practically invited him to resume. He had an insolent satisfaction in +having delayed it so long; if he was going back he was going back on his +own conditions, and these were to be as hard and humiliating as he could +make them. But this intention again was inchoate, floating, the stuff of +an intention, rather than intention; an expression of temperament +chiefly. + +He had been expected before that. Christine had got out of Mela that her +father had been at Beaton's studio; and then she had gone at the old man +and got from him every smallest fact of the interview there. She had +flung back in his teeth the good-will toward herself with which he had +gone to Beaton. She was furious with shame and resentment; she told him +he had made bad worse, that he had made a fool of himself to no end; she +spared neither his age nor his grief-broken spirit, in which his will +could not rise against hers. She filled the house with her rage, +screaming it out upon him; but when her fury was once spent, she began to +have some hopes from what her father had done. She no longer kept her +bed; every evening she dressed herself in the dress Beaton admired the +most, and sat up till a certain hour to receive him. She had fixed a day +in her own mind before which, if he came, she would forgive him all he +had made her suffer: the mortification, the suspense, the despair. Beyond +this, she had the purpose of making her father go to Europe; she felt +that she could no longer live in America, with the double disgrace that +had been put upon her. + +Beaton rang, and while the servant was coming the insolent caprice seized +him to ask for the young ladies instead of the old man, as he had +supposed of course he should do. The maid who answered the bell, in the +place of the reluctant Irishman of other days, had all his hesitation in +admitting that the young ladies were at home. + +He found Mela in the drawing-room. At sight of him she looked scared; but +she seemed to be reassured by his calm. He asked if he was not to have +the pleasure of seeing Miss Dryfoos, too; and Mela said she reckoned the +girl had gone up-stairs to tell her. Mela was in black, and Beaton noted +how well the solid sable became her rich red-blonde beauty; he wondered +what the effect would be with Christine. + +But she, when she appeared, was not in mourning. He fancied that she wore +the lustrous black silk, with the breadths of white Venetian lace about +the neck which he had praised, because he praised it. Her cheeks burned +with a Jacqueminot crimson; what should be white in her face was chalky +white. She carried a plumed ostrich fan, black and soft, and after giving +him her hand, sat down and waved it to and fro slowly, as he remembered +her doing the night they first met. She had no ideas, except such as +related intimately to herself, and she had no gabble, like Mela; and she +let him talk. It was past the day when she promised herself she would +forgive him; but as he talked on she felt all her passion for him revive, +and the conflict of desires, the desire to hate, the desire to love, made +a dizzying whirl in her brain. She looked at him, half doubting whether +he was really there or not. He had never looked so handsome, with his +dreamy eyes floating under his heavy overhanging hair, and his pointed +brown beard defined against his lustrous shirtfront. His mellowly +modulated, mysterious voice lulled her; when Mela made an errand out of +the room, and Beaton crossed to her and sat down by her, she shivered. + +"Are you cold?" he asked, and she felt the cruel mockery and exultant +consciousness of power in his tone, as perhaps a wild thing feels +captivity in the voice of its keeper. But now, she said she would still +forgive him if he asked her. + +Mela came back, and the talk fell again to the former level; but Beaton +had not said anything that really meant what she wished, and she saw that +he intended to say nothing. Her heart began to burn like a fire in her +breast. + +"You been tellun' him about our goun' to Europe?" Mela asked. + +"No," said Christine, briefly, and looking at the fan spread out on her +lap. + +Beaton asked when; and then he rose, and said if it was so soon, he +supposed he should not see them again, unless he saw them in Paris; he +might very likely run over during the summer. He said to himself that he +had given it a fair trial with Christine, and he could not make it go. + +Christine rose, with a kind of gasp; and mechanically followed him to the +door of the drawing-room; Mela came, too; and while he was putting on his +overcoat, she gurgled and bubbled in good-humor with all the world. +Christine stood looking at him, and thinking how still handsomer he was +in his overcoat; and that fire burned fiercer in her. She felt him more +than life to her and knew him lost, and the frenzy, that makes a woman +kill the man she loves, or fling vitriol to destroy the beauty she cannot +have for all hers, possessed her lawless soul. He gave his hand to Mela, +and said, in his wind-harp stop, "Good-bye." + +As he put out his hand to Christine, she pushed it aside with a scream of +rage; she flashed at him, and with both hands made a feline pass at the +face he bent toward her. He sprang back, and after an instant of +stupefaction he pulled open the door behind him and ran out into the +street. + +"Well, Christine Dryfoos!" said Mela, "Sprang at him like a wild-cat!" + +"I don't care," Christine shrieked. "I'll tear his eyes out!" She flew +up-stairs to her own room, and left the burden of the explanation to +Mela, who did it justice. + +Beaton found himself, he did not know how, in his studio, reeking with +perspiration and breathless. He must almost have run. He struck a match +with a shaking hand, and looked at his face in the glass. He expected to +see the bleeding marks of her nails on his cheeks, but he could see +nothing. He grovelled inwardly; it was all so low and coarse and vulgar; +it was all so just and apt to his deserts. + +There was a pistol among the dusty bric-a-brac on the mantel which he had +kept loaded to fire at a cat in the area. He took it and sat looking into +the muzzle, wishing it might go off by accident and kill him. It slipped +through his hand and struck the floor, and there was a report; he sprang +into the air, feeling that he had been shot. But he found himself still +alive, with only a burning line along his cheek, such as one of +Christine's finger-nails might have left. + +He laughed with cynical recognition of the fact that he had got his +punishment in the right way, and that his case was not to be dignified +into tragedy. + + + + +XVIII. + +The Marches, with Fulkerson, went to see the Dryfooses off on the French +steamer. There was no longer any business obligation on them to be civil, +and there was greater kindness for that reason in the attention they +offered. 'Every Other Week' had been made over to the joint ownership of +March and Fulkerson, and the details arranged with a hardness on +Dryfoos's side which certainly left Mrs. March with a sense of his +incomplete regeneration. Yet when she saw him there on the steamer, she +pitied him; he looked wearied and bewildered; even his wife, with her +twitching head, and her prophecies of evil, croaked hoarsely out, while +she clung to Mrs. March's hand where they sat together till the +leave-takers were ordered ashore, was less pathetic. Mela was looking +after both of them, and trying to cheer them in a joyful excitement. "I +tell 'em it's goun' to add ten years to both their lives," she said. "The +voyage 'll do their healths good; and then, we're gittun' away from that +miser'ble pack o' servants that was eatun' us up, there in New York. I +hate the place!" she said, as if they had already left it. "Yes, Mrs. +Mandel's goun', too," she added, following the direction of Mrs. March's +eyes where they noted Mrs. Mandel, speaking to Christine on the other +side of the cabin. "Her and Christine had a kind of a spat, and she was +goun' to leave, but here only the other day, Christine offered to make it +up with her, and now they're as thick as thieves. Well, I reckon we +couldn't very well 'a' got along without her. She's about the only one +that speaks French in this family." + +Mrs. March's eyes still dwelt upon Christine's face; it was full of a +furtive wildness. She seemed to be keeping a watch to prevent herself +from looking as if she were looking for some one. "Do you know," Mrs. +March said to her husband as they jingled along homeward in the +Christopher Street bob-tail car, "I thought she was in love with that +detestable Mr. Beaton of yours at one time; and that he was amusing +himself with her." + +"I can bear a good deal, Isabel," said March, "but I wish you wouldn't +attribute Beaton to me. He's the invention of that Mr. Fulkerson of +yours." + +"Well, at any rate, I hope, now, you'll both get rid of him, in the +reforms you're going to carry out." + +These reforms were for a greater economy in the management of 'Every +Other Week;' but in their very nature they could not include the +suppression of Beaton. He had always shown himself capable and loyal to +the interests of the magazine, and both the new owners were glad to keep +him. He was glad to stay, though he made a gruff pretence of +indifference, when they came to look over the new arrangement with him. +In his heart he knew that he was a fraud; but at least he could say to +himself with truth that he had not now the shame of taking Dryfoos's +money. + +March and Fulkerson retrenched at several points where it had seemed +indispensable to spend, as long as they were not spending their own: that +was only human. Fulkerson absorbed Conrad's department into his, and +March found that he could dispense with Kendricks in the place of +assistant which he had lately filled since Fulkerson had decided that +March was overworked. They reduced the number of illustrated articles, +and they systematized the payment of contributors strictly according to +the sales of each number, on their original plan of co-operation: they +had got to paying rather lavishly for material without reference to the +sales. + +Fulkerson took a little time to get married, and went on his wedding +journey out to Niagara, and down the St. Lawrence to Quebec over the line +of travel that the Marches had taken on their wedding journey. He had the +pleasure of going from Montreal to Quebec on the same boat on which he +first met March. + +They have continued very good friends, and their wives are almost without +the rivalry that usually embitters the wives of partners. At first Mrs. +March did not like Mrs. Fulkerson's speaking of her husband as the Ownah, +and March as the Edito'; but it appeared that this was only a convenient +method of recognizing the predominant quality in each, and was meant +neither to affirm nor to deny anything. Colonel Woodburn offered as his +contribution to the celebration of the copartnership, which Fulkerson +could not be prevented from dedicating with a little dinner, the story of +Fulkerson's magnanimous behavior in regard to Dryfoos at that crucial +moment when it was a question whether he should give up Dryfoos or give +up March. Fulkerson winced at it; but Mrs. March told her husband that +now, whatever happened, she should never have any misgivings of Fulkerson +again; and she asked him if he did not think he ought to apologize to him +for the doubts with which he had once inspired her. March said that he +did not think so. + +The Fulkersons spent the summer at a seaside hotel in easy reach of the +city; but they returned early to Mrs. Leighton's, with whom they are to +board till spring, when they are going to fit up Fulkerson's bachelor +apartment for housekeeping. Mrs. March, with her Boston scruple, thinks +it will be odd, living over the 'Every Other Week' offices; but there +will be a separate street entrance to the apartment; and besides, in New +York you may do anything. + +The future of the Leightons promises no immediate change. Kendricks goes +there a good deal to see the Fulkersons, and Mrs. Fulkerson says he comes +to see Alma. He has seemed taken with her ever since he first met her at +Dryfoos's, the day of Lindau's funeral, and though Fulkerson objects to +dating a fancy of that kind from an occasion of that kind, he justly +argues with March that there can be no harm in it, and that we are liable +to be struck by lightning any time. In the mean while there is no proof +that Alma returns Kendricks's interest, if he feels any. She has got a +little bit of color into the fall exhibition; but the fall exhibition is +never so good as the spring exhibition. Wetmore is rather sorry she has +succeeded in this, though he promoted her success. He says her real hope +is in black and white, and it is a pity for her to lose sight of her +original aim of drawing for illustration. + +News has come from Paris of the engagement of Christine Dryfoos. There +the Dryfooses met with the success denied them in New York; many American +plutocrats must await their apotheosis in Europe, where society has them, +as it were, in a translation. Shortly after their arrival they were +celebrated in the newspapers as the first millionaire American family of +natural-gas extraction who had arrived in the capital of civilization; +and at a French watering-place Christine encountered her fate--a nobleman +full of present debts and of duels in the past. Fulkerson says the old +man can manage the debtor, and Christine can look out for the duellist. +"They say those fellows generally whip their wives. He'd better not try +it with Christine, I reckon, unless he's practised with a panther." + +One day, shortly after their return to town in the autumn from the brief +summer outing they permitted themselves, the Marches met Margaret Vance. +At first they did not know her in the dress of the sisterhood which she +wore; but she smiled joyfully, almost gayly, on seeing them, and though +she hurried by with the sister who accompanied her, and did not stay to +speak, they felt that the peace that passeth understanding had looked at +them from her eyes. + +"Well, she is at rest, there can't be any doubt of that," he said, as he +glanced round at the drifting black robe which followed her free, +nun-like walk. + +"Yes, now she can do all the good she likes," sighed his wife. "I +wonder--I wonder if she ever told his father about her talk with poor +Conrad that day he was shot?" + +"I don't know. I don't care. In any event, it would be right. She did +nothing wrong. If she unwittingly sent him to his death, she sent him to +die for God's sake, for man's sake." + +"Yes--yes. But still--" + +"Well, we must trust that look of hers." + + + + +PG EDITOR'S BOOKMARKS: + + Affected absence of mind + Be good, sweet man, and let who will be clever + Comfort of the critical attitude + Conscience weakens to the need that isn't + Death is an exile that no remorse and no love can reach + Death is peace and pardon + Did not idealize him, but in the highest effect she realized him + Does any one deserve happiness + Does anything from without change us? + Europe, where society has them, as it were, in a translation + Favorite stock of his go up and go down under the betting + Hemmed round with this eternal darkness of death + Indispensable + Love of justice hurry them into sympathy with violence + Married for no other purpose than to avoid being an old maid + Nervous woes of comfortable people + Novelists, who really have the charge of people's thinking + People that have convictions are difficult + Rejoice as much at a non-marriage as a marriage + Respect for your mind, but she don't think you've got any sense + Superstition of the romances that love is once for all + Superstition that having and shining is the chief good + To do whatever one likes is finally to do nothing that one likes + Took the world as she found it, and made the best of it + What we can be if we must + When you look it--live it + Would sacrifice his best friend to a phrase + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Hazard of New Fortunes, Part Fifth +by William Dean Howells + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A HAZARD OF NEW FORTUNES, *** + +***** This file should be named 3370.txt or 3370.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/3/7/3370/ + +Produced by David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/3370.zip b/3370.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..32fa999 --- /dev/null +++ b/3370.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cfb3103 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #3370 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/3370) diff --git a/old/wh5nf10.txt b/old/wh5nf10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b861089 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/wh5nf10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4578 @@ +The Project Gutenberg Etext of A Hazard of New Fortunes V5 +#16 in our series by William Dean Howells + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. + +Please do not remove this. + +This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book. +Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words +are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they +need about what they can legally do with the texts. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations* + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below. We need your donations. +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541 + +As of 12/12/00 contributions are only being solicited from people in: +Colorado, Connecticut, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa, +Kentucky, Louisiana, Massachusetts, Montana, +Nevada, Oklahoma, South Carolina, South Dakota, +Texas, Vermont, and Wyoming. + +As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising +will begin in the additional states. Please feel +free to ask to check the status of your state. + +International donations are accepted, +but we don't know ANYTHING about how +to make them tax-deductible, or +even if they CAN be made deductible, +and don't have the staff to handle it +even if there are ways. + +These donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + + +Title: A Hazard of New Fortunes V5 + +Author: William Dean Howells + +Release Date: August, 2002 [Etext #3370] +[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule] +[The actual date this file first posted = 03/19/01] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of A Hazard of New Fortunes V5 +***This file should be named wh5nf10.txt or wh5nf10.zip*** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, wh5nf11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, wh5nf10a.txt + +This etext was produced by David Widger <widger@cecomet.net> + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, +all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a +copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any +of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after +the official publication date. + +Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our sites at: +http://gutenberg.net +http://promo.net/pg + + +Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement +can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext02 +or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext02 + +Or /etext01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext +files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+ +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 3,333 Etexts unless we +manage to get some real funding. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +Presently, contributions are only being solicited from people in: +Colorado, Connecticut, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa, +Kentucky, Louisiana, Massachusetts, Montana, +Nevada, Oklahoma, South Carolina, South Dakota, +Texas, Vermont, and Wyoming. + +As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising +will begin in the additional states. + +These donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, +EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541, +has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal +Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the extent +permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the +additional states. + +All donations should be made to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation. Mail to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Avenue +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 [USA] + + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org +if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if +it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . . + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +*** + + +Example command-line FTP session: + +ftp ftp.ibiblio.org +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg +cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc. +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99] +GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books] + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.12.12.00*END* + + + + + +This etext was produced by David Widger <widger@cecomet.net> + + + + + +[NOTE: There is a short list of bookmarks, or pointers, at the end of the +file for those who may wish to sample the authors ideas before making an +entire meal of them. D.W.] + + + + + +A HAZARD OF NEW FORTUNES + +By William Dean Howells + + + + +PART FIFTH + + + + +I. + +Superficially, the affairs of 'Every Other Week' settled into their +wonted form again, and for Fulkerson they seemed thoroughly reinstated. +But March had a feeling of impermanency from what had happened, mixed +with a fantastic sense of shame toward Lindau. He did not sympathize +with Lindau's opinions; he thought his remedy for existing evils as +wildly impracticable as Colonel Woodburn's. But while he thought this, +and while he could justly blame Fulkerson for Lindau's presence at +Dryfoos's dinner, which his zeal had brought about in spite of March's +protests, still he could not rid himself of the reproach of uncandor with +Lindau. He ought to have told him frankly about the ownership of the +magazine, and what manner of man the man was whose money he was taking. +But he said that he never could have imagined that he was serious in his +preposterous attitude in regard to a class of men who embody half the +prosperity of the country; and he had moments of revolt against his own +humiliation before Lindau, in which he found it monstrous that he should +return Dryfoos's money as if it had been the spoil of a robber. His wife +agreed with him in these moments, and said it was a great relief not to +have that tiresome old German coming about. They had to account for his +absence evasively to the children, whom they could not very well tell +that their father was living on money that Lindau disdained to take, even +though Lindau was wrong and their father was right. This heightened Mrs. +March's resentment toward both Lindau and Dryfoos, who between them had +placed her husband in a false position. If anything, she resented +Dryfoos's conduct more than Lindau's. He had never spoken to March about +the affair since Lindau had renounced his work, or added to the +apologetic messages he had sent by Fulkerson. So far as March knew, +Dryfoos had been left to suppose that Lindau had simply stopped for some +reason that did not personally affect him. They never spoke of him, and +March was too proud to ask either Fulkerson or Conrad whether the old man +knew that Lindau had returned his money. He avoided talking to Conrad, +from a feeling that if be did he should involuntarily lead him on to +speak of his differences with his father. Between himself and Fulkerson, +even, he was uneasily aware of a want of their old perfect friendliness. +Fulkerson had finally behaved with honor and courage; but his provisional +reluctance had given March the measure of Fulkerson's character in one +direction, and he could not ignore the fact that it was smaller than he +could have wished. + +He could not make out whether Fulkerson shared his discomfort or not. +It certainly wore away, even with March, as time passed, and with +Fulkerson, in the bliss of his fortunate love, it was probably far more +transient, if it existed at all. He advanced into the winter as +radiantly as if to meet the spring, and he said that if there were any +pleasanter month of the year than November, it was December, especially +when the weather was good and wet and muddy most of the time, so that you +had to keep indoors a long while after you called anywhere. + +Colonel Woodburn had the anxiety, in view of his daughter's engagement, +when she asked his consent to it, that such a dreamer must have in regard +to any reality that threatens to affect the course of his reveries. He +had not perhaps taken her marriage into account, except as a remote +contingency; and certainly Fulkerson was not the kind of son-in-law that +he had imagined in dealing with that abstraction. But because he had +nothing of the sort definitely in mind, he could not oppose the selection +of Fulkerson with success; he really knew nothing against him, and he +knew, many things in his favor; Fulkerson inspired him with the liking +that every one felt for him in a measure; he amused him, he cheered him; +and the colonel had been so much used to leaving action of all kinds to +his daughter that when he came to close quarters with the question of a +son-in-law he felt helpless to decide it, and he let her decide it, as if +it were still to be decided when it was submitted to him. She was +competent to treat it in all its phases: not merely those of personal +interest, but those of duty to the broken Southern past, sentimentally +dear to him, and practically absurd to her. No such South as he +remembered had ever existed to her knowledge, and no such civilization as +he imagined would ever exist, to her belief, anywhere. She took the +world as she found it, and made the best of it. She trusted in +Fulkerson; she had proved his magnanimity in a serious emergency; and in +small things she was willing fearlessly to chance it with him. She was +not a sentimentalist, and there was nothing fantastic in her +expectations; she was a girl of good sense and right mind, and she liked +the immediate practicality as well as the final honor of Fulkerson. She +did not idealize him, but in the highest effect she realized him; she did +him justice, and she would not have believed that she did him more than +justice if she had sometimes known him to do himself less. + +Their engagement was a fact to which the Leighton household adjusted +itself almost as simply as the lovers themselves; Miss Woodburn told the +ladies at once, and it was not a thing that Fulkerson could keep from +March very long. He sent word of it to Mrs. March by her husband; and +his engagement perhaps did more than anything else to confirm the +confidence in him which had been shaken by his early behavior in the +Lindau episode, and not wholly restored by his tardy fidelity to March. +But now she felt that a man who wished to get married so obviously and +entirely for love was full of all kinds of the best instincts, and only +needed the guidance of a wife, to become very noble. She interested +herself intensely in balancing the respective merits of the engaged +couple, and after her call upon Miss Woodburn in her new character she +prided herself upon recognizing the worth of some strictly Southern +qualities in her, while maintaining the general average of New England +superiority. She could not reconcile herself to the Virginian custom +illustrated in her having been christened with the surname of Madison; +and she said that its pet form of Mad, which Fulkerson promptly invented, +only made it more ridiculous. + +Fulkerson was slower in telling Beaton. He was afraid, somehow, of +Beaton's taking the matter in the cynical way; Miss Woodburn said she +would break off the engagement if Beaton was left to guess it or find it +out by accident, and then Fulkerson plucked up his courage. Beaton +received the news with gravity, and with a sort of melancholy meekness +that strongly moved Fulkerson's sympathy, and made him wish that Beaton +was engaged, too. + +It made Beaton feel very old; it somehow left him behind and forgotten; +in a manner, it made him feel trifled with. Something of the +unfriendliness of fate seemed to overcast his resentment, and he allowed +the sadness of his conviction that he had not the means to marry on to +tinge his recognition of the fact that Alma Leighton would not have +wanted him to marry her if he had. He was now often in that martyr mood +in which he wished to help his father; not only to deny himself Chianti, +but to forego a fur-lined overcoat which he intended to get for the +winter, He postponed the moment of actual sacrifice as regarded the +Chianti, and he bought the overcoat in an anguish of self-reproach. +He wore it the first evening after he got it in going to call upon the +Leightons, and it seemed to him a piece of ghastly irony when Alma +complimented his picturesqueness in it and asked him to let her sketch +him. + +"Oh, you can sketch me," he said, with so much gloom that it made her +laugh. + +"If you think it's so serious, I'd rather not." + +"No, no! Go ahead! How do you want me?" + +Oh, fling yourself down on a chair in one of your attitudes of studied +negligence; and twist one corner of your mustache with affected absence +of mind." + +"And you think I'm always studied, always affected?" + +"I didn't say so." + +"I didn't ask you what you said." + +"And I won't tell you what I think." + +"Ah, I know what you think." + +"What made you ask, then?" The girl laughed again with the satisfaction +of her sex in cornering a man. + +Beaton made a show of not deigning to reply, and put himself in the pose +she suggested, frowning. + +"Ah, that's it. But a little more animation-- + + "'As when a great thought strikes along the brain, + And flushes all the cheek.'" + +She put her forehead down on the back of her hand and laughed again. +"You ought to be photographed. You look as if you were sitting for it." + +Beaton said: "That's because I know I am being photographed, in one way. +I don't think you ought to call me affected. I never am so with you; I +know it wouldn't be of any use." + +"Oh, Mr. Beaton, you flatter." + +"No, I never flatter you." + +"I meant you flattered yourself." + +"How?" + +"Oh, I don't know. Imagine." + +"I know what you mean. You think I can't be sincere with anybody." + +"Oh no, I don't." + +"What do you think?" + +"That you can't--try." Alma gave another victorious laugh. + +Miss Woodburn and Fulkerson would once have both feigned a great interest +in Alma's sketching Beaton, and made it the subject of talk, in which +they approached as nearly as possible the real interest of their lives. +Now they frankly remained away in the dining-room, which was very cozy +after the dinner had disappeared; the colonel sat with his lamp and paper +in the gallery beyond; Mrs. Leighton was about her housekeeping affairs, +in the content she always felt when Alma was with Beaton. + +"They seem to be having a pretty good time in there," said Fulkerson, +detaching himself from his own absolute good time as well as he could. + +"At least Alma does," said Miss Woodburn. + +"Do you think she cares for him?" + +"Quahte as moch as he desoves." + +"What makes you all down on Beaton around here? He's not such a bad +fellow." + +"We awe not all doan on him. Mrs. Leighton isn't doan on him." + +"Oh, I guess if it was the old lady, there wouldn't be much question +about it." + +They both laughed, and Alma said, "They seem to be greatly amused with +something in there." + +"Me, probably," said Beaton. "I seem to amuse everybody to-night." + +"Don't you always?" + +"I always amuse you, I'm afraid, Alma." + +She looked at him as if she were going to snub him openly for using her +name; but apparently she decided to do it covertly. "You didn't at +first. I really used to believe you could be serious, once." + +"Couldn't you believe it again? Now?" + +"Not when you put on that wind-harp stop." + +"Wetmore has been talking to you about me. He would sacrifice his best +friend to a phrase. He spends his time making them." + +"He's made some very pretty ones about you." + +"Like the one you just quoted?" + +"No, not exactly. He admires you ever so much. He says" She stopped, +teasingly. + +"What?" + +"He says you could be almost anything you wished, if you didn't wish to +be everything." + +"That sounds more like the school of Wetmore. That's what you say, Alma. +Well, if there were something you wished me to be, I could be it." + +"We might adapt Kingsley: 'Be good, sweet man, and let who will be +clever.'" He could not help laughing. She went on: "I always thought +that was the most patronizing and exasperating thing ever addressed to a +human girl; and we've had to stand a good deal in our time. I should +like to have it applied to the other 'sect' a while. As if any girl that +was a girl would be good if she had the remotest chance of being clever." + +"Then you wouldn't wish me to be good?" Beaton asked. + +"Not if you were a girl." + +"You want to shock me. Well, I suppose I deserve it. But if I were one- +tenth part as good as you are, Alma, I should have a lighter heart than I +have now. I know that I'm fickle, but I'm not false, as you think I am." + +"Who said I thought you were false?" + +"No one," said Beaton. "It isn't necessary, when you look it--live it." + +"Oh, dear! I didn't know I devoted my whole time to the subject." + +"I know I'm despicable. I could tell you something--the history of this +day, even--that would make you despise me." Beaton had in mind his +purchase of the overcoat, which Alma was getting in so effectively, with +the money he ought to have sent his father. "But," he went on, darkly, +with a sense that what he was that moment suffering for his selfishness +must somehow be a kind of atonement, which would finally leave him to the +guiltless enjoyment of the overcoat, "you wouldn't believe the depths of +baseness I could descend to." + +"I would try," said Alma, rapidly shading the collar, "if you'd give me +some hint." + +Beaton had a sudden wish to pour out his remorse to her, but he was +afraid of her laughing at him. He said to himself that this was a very +wholesome fear, and that if he could always have her at hand he should +not make a fool of himself so often. A man conceives of such an office +as the very noblest for a woman; he worships her for it if he is +magnanimous. But Beaton was silent, and Alma put back her head for the +right distance on her sketch. "Mr. Fulkerson thinks you are the +sublimest of human beings for advising him to get Colonel Woodburn to +interview Mr. Dryfoos about Lindau. What have you ever done with your +Judas?" + +"I haven't done anything with it. Nadel thought he would take hold of it +at one time, but he dropped it again. After all, I don't suppose it +could be popularized. Fulkerson wanted to offer it as a premium to +subscribers for 'Every Other Week,' but I sat down on that." + +Alma could not feel the absurdity of this, and she merely said, "'Every +Other Week' seems to be going on just the same as ever." + +"Yes, the trouble has all blown over, I believe. Fulkerson," said +Beaton, with a return to what they were saying, "has managed the whole +business very well. But he exaggerates the value of my advice." + +"Very likely," Alma suggested, vaguely. "Or, no! Excuse me! He couldn't, +he couldn't!" She laughed delightedly at Beaton's foolish look of +embarrassment. + +He tried to recover his dignity in saying, "He's 'a very good fellow, and +he deserves his happiness." + +"Oh, indeed!" said Alma, perversely. "Does any one deserve happiness?" + +"I know I don't," sighed Beaton. + +"You mean you don't get it." + +"I certainly don't get it." + +"Ah, but that isn't the reason." + +"What is?" + +"That's the secret of the universe," She bit in her lower lip, and looked +at him with eyes, of gleaming fun. + +"Are you never serious?" he asked. + +"With serious people always." + +"I am serious; and you have the secret of my happiness--" He threw +himself impulsively forward in his chair. + +"Oh, pose, pose!" she cried. + +"I won't pose," he answered, " and you have got to listen to me. You +know I'm in love with you; and I know that once you cared for me. Can't +that time--won't it--come back again? Try to think so, Alma!" + +"No," she said, briefly and seriously enough. + +"But that seems impossible. What is it I've done what have you against +me?" + +"Nothing. But that time is past. I couldn't recall it if I wished. Why +did you bring it up? You've broken your word. You know I wouldn't have +let you keep coming here if you hadn't promised never to refer to it." + +"How could I help it? With that happiness near us--Fulkerson--" + +"Oh, it's that? I might have known it!" + +"No, it isn't that--it's something far deeper. But if it's nothing you +have against me, what is it, Alma, that keeps you from caring for me now +as you did then? I haven't changed." + +"But I have. I shall never care for you again, Mr. Beaton; you might as +well understand it once for all. Don't think it's anything in yourself, +or that I think you unworthy of me. I'm not so self-satisfied as that; +I know very well that I'm not a perfect character, and that I've no claim +on perfection in anybody else. I think women who want that are fools; +they won't get it, and they don't deserve it. But I've learned a good. +deal more about myself than I knew in St. Barnaby, and a life of work, of +art, and of art alone that's what I've made up my mind to." + +"A woman that's made up her mind to that has no heart to hinder her!" + +"Would a man have that had done so?" + +"But I don't believe you, Alma. You're merely laughing at me. And, +besides, with me you needn't give up art. We could work together. You +know how much I admire your talent. I believe I could help it--serve it; +I would be its willing slave, and yours, Heaven knows!" + +"I don't want any slave--nor any slavery. I want to be free always. Now +do you see? I don't care for you, and I never could in the old way; but +I should have to care for some one more than I believe I ever shall to +give up my work. Shall we go on?" She looked at her sketch. + +"No, we shall not go on," he said, gloomily, as he rose. + +"I suppose you blame me," she said, rising too. + +"Oh no! I blame no one--or only myself. I threw my chance away." + +"I'm glad you see that; and I'm glad you did it. You don't believe me, +of course. Why do men think life can be only the one thing to women? +And if you come to the selfish view, who are the happy women? I'm sure +that if work doesn't fail me, health won't, and happiness won't." + +"But you could work on with me--" + +"Second fiddle. Do you suppose I shouldn't be woman enough to wish my +work always less and lower than yours? At least I've heart enough for +that!" + +"You've heart enough for anything, Alma. I was a fool to say you +hadn't." + +"I think the women who keep their hearts have an even chance, at least, +of having heart--" + +"Ah, there's where you're wrong!" + +"But mine isn't mine to give you, anyhow. And now I don't want you ever +to speak to me about this again." + +"Oh, there's no danger!" he cried, bitterly. "I shall never willingly +see you again." + +"That's as you like, Mr. Beaton. We've had to be very frank, but I don't +see why we shouldn't be friends. Still, we needn't, if you don't like." + +"And I may come--I may come here--as--as usual?" + +"Why, if you can consistently," she said, with a smile, and she held out +her hand to him. + +He went home dazed, and feeling as if it were a bad joke that had been +put upon him. At least the affair went so deep that it estranged the +aspect of his familiar studio. Some of the things in it were not very +familiar; he had spent lately a great deal on rugs, on stuffs, on +Japanese bric-a-brac. When he saw these things in the shops he had felt +that he must have them; that they were necessary to him; and he was +partly in debt for them, still without having sent any of his earnings to +pay his father. As he looked at them now he liked to fancy something +weird and conscious in them as the silent witnesses of a broken life. +He felt about among some of the smaller objects on the mantel for his +pipe. Before he slept he was aware, in the luxury of his despair, of a +remote relief, an escape; and, after all, the understanding he had come +to with Alma was only the explicit formulation of terms long tacit +between them. Beaton would have been puzzled more than he knew if she +had taken him seriously. It was inevitable that he should declare +himself in love with her; but he was not disappointed at her rejection of +his love; perhaps not so much as he would have been at its acceptance, +though he tried to think otherwise, and to give himself airs of tragedy. +He did not really feel that the result was worse than what had gone +before, and it left him free. + +But he did not go to the Leightons again for so long a time that Mrs. +Leighton asked Alma what had happened. Alma told her. + +"And he won't come any more?" her mother sighed, with reserved censure. + +"Oh, I think he will. He couldn't very well come the next night. But he +has the habit of coming, and with Mr. Beaton habit is everything--even +the habit of thinking he's in love with some one." + +"Alma," said her mother, "I don't think it's very nice for a girl to let +a young man keep coming to see her after she's refused him." + +"Why not, if it amuses him and doesn't hurt the girl?" + +"But it does hurt her, Alma. It--it's indelicate. It isn't fair to him; +it gives him hopes." + +"Well, mamma, it hasn't happened in the given case yet. If Mr. Beaton +comes again, I won't see him, and you can forbid him the house." + +"If I could only feel sure, Alma," said her mother, taking up another +branch of the inquiry, "that you really knew your own mind, I should be +easier about it." + +"Then you can rest perfectly quiet, mamma. I do know my own mind; and, +what's worse, I know Mr. Beaton's mind." + +"What do you mean?" + +"I mean that he spoke to me the other night simply because Mr. +Fulkerson's engagement had broken him all up." + +"What expressions!" Mrs. Leighton lamented. + +"He let it out himself," Alma went on. "And you wouldn't have thought it +was very flattering yourself. When I'm made love to, after this, +I prefer to be made love to in an off-year, when there isn't another +engaged couple anywhere about." + +"Did you tell him that, Alma?" + +"Tell him that! What do you mean, mamma? I may be indelicate, but I'm +not quite so indelicate as that." + +"I didn't mean you were indelicate, really, Alma, but I wanted to warn +you. I think Mr. Beaton was very much in earnest." + +"Oh, so did he!" + +"And you didn't?" + +"Oh yes, for the time being. I suppose he's very much in earnest with +Miss Vance at times, and with Miss Dryfoos at others. Sometimes he's a +painter, and sometimes he's an architect, and sometimes he's a sculptor. +He has too many gifts--too many tastes." + +"And if Miss Vance and Miss Dryfoos--" + +"Oh, do say Sculpture and Architecture, mamma! It's getting so dreadfully +personal!" + +"Alma, you know that I only wish to get at your real feeling in the +matter." + +"And you know that I don't want to let you--especially when I haven't got +any real feeling in the matter. But I should think--speaking in the +abstract entirely--that if either of those arts was ever going to be in +earnest about him, it would want his exclusive devotion for a week at +least." + +"I didn't know," said Mrs. Leighton, "that he was doing anything now at +the others. I thought he was entirely taken up with his work on 'Every +Other Week.'" + +"Oh, he is! he is!" + +"And you certainly can't say, my dear, that he hasn't been very kind-- +very useful to you, in that matter." + +"And so I ought to have said yes out of gratitude? Thank you, mamma! I +didn't know you held me so cheap." + +"You know whether I hold you cheap or not, Alma. I don't want you to +cheapen yourself. I don't want you to trifle with any one. I want you +to be honest with yourself." + +"Well, come now, mamma! Suppose you begin. I've been perfectly honest +with myself, and I've been honest with Mr. Beaton. I don't care for him, +and I've told him I didn't; so he may be supposed to know it. If he +comes here after this, he'll come as a plain, unostentatious friend of +the family, and it's for you to say whether he shall come in that +capacity or not. I hope you won't trifle with him, and let him get the +notion that he's coming on any other basis." + +Mrs. Leighton felt the comfort of the critical attitude far too keenly to +abandon it for anything constructive. She only said, "You know very +well, Alma, that's a matter I can have nothing to do with." + +"Then you leave him entirely to me?" + +"I hope you will regard his right to candid and open treatment." + +"He's had nothing but the most open and candid treatment from me, mamma. +It's you that wants to play fast and loose with him. And, to tell you +the truth, I believe he would like that a good deal better; I believe +that, if there's anything he hates, it's openness and candor." +Alma laughed, and put her arms round her mother, who could not help +laughing a little, too. + + + + +II. + +The winter did not renew for Christine and Mela the social opportunity +which the spring had offered. After the musicale at Mrs. Horn's, they +both made their party-call, as Mela said, in due season; but they did not +find Mrs. Horn at home, and neither she nor Miss Vance came to see them +after people returned to town in the fall. They tried to believe for a +time that Mrs. Horn had not got their cards; this pretence failed them, +and they fell back upon their pride, or rather Christine's pride. Mela +had little but her good-nature to avail her in any exigency, and if Mrs. +Horn or Miss Vance had come to call after a year of neglect, she would +have received them as amiably as if they had not lost a day in coming. +But Christine had drawn a line beyond which they would not have been +forgiven; and she had planned the words and the behavior with which she +would have punished them if they had appeared then. Neither sister +imagined herself in anywise inferior to them; but Christine was +suspicious, at least, and it was Mela who invented the hypothesis of the +lost cards. As nothing happened to prove or to disprove the fact, she +said, "I move we put Coonrod up to gittun' it out of Miss Vance, at some +of their meetun's." + +"If you do," said Christine, " I'll kill you." + +Christine, however, had the visits of Beaton to console her, and, if +these seemed to have no definite aim, she was willing to rest in the +pleasure they gave her vanity; but Mela had nothing. Sometimes she even +wished they were all back on the farm. + +"It would be the best thing for both of you," said Mrs. Dryfoos, in +answer to such a burst of desperation. "I don't think New York is any +place for girls." + +"Well, what I hate, mother," said Mela, "is, it don't seem to be any +place for young men, either." She found this so good when she had said +it that she laughed over it till Christine was angry. + +"A body would think there had never been any joke before." + +"I don't see as it's a joke," said Mrs. Dryfoos. "It's the plain truth." + +"Oh, don't mind her, mother," said Mela. "She's put out because her old +Mr. Beaton ha'r't been round for a couple o' weeks. If you don't watch +out, that fellow 'll give you the slip yit, Christine, after all your +pains." + +"Well, there ain't anybody to give you the slip, Mela," Christine clawed +back. + +"No; I ha'n't ever set my traps for anybody." This was what Mela said +for want of a better retort; but it was not quite true. When Kendricks +came with Beaton to call after her father's dinner, she used all her +cunning to ensnare him, and she had him to herself as long as Beaton +stayed; Dryfoos sent down word that he was not very well and had gone to +bed. The novelty of Mela had worn off for Kendricks, and she found him, +as she frankly told him, not half as entertaining as he was at Mrs. +Horn's; but she did her best with him as the only flirtable material +which had yet come to her hand. It would have been her ideal to have the +young men stay till past midnight, and her father come down-stairs in his +stocking-feet and tell them it was time to go. But they made a visit of +decorous brevity, and Kendricks did not come again. She met him +afterward, once, as she was crossing the pavement in Union Square to get +into her coupe, and made the most of him; but it was necessarily very +little, and so he passed out of her life without having left any trace in +her heart, though Mela had a heart that she would have put at the +disposition of almost any young man that wanted it. Kendricks himself, +Manhattan cockney as he was, with scarcely more out look into the average +American nature than if he had been kept a prisoner in New York society +all his days, perceived a property in her which forbade him as a man of +conscience to trifle with her; something earthly good and kind, if it was +simple and vulgar. In revising his impressions of her, it seemed to him +that she would come even to better literary effect if this were +recognized in her; and it made her sacred, in spite of her willingness to +fool and to be fooled, in her merely human quality. After all, he saw +that she wished honestly to love and to be loved, and the lures she threw +out to that end seemed to him pathetic rather than ridiculous; he could +not join Beaton in laughing at her; and he did not like Beaton's laughing +at the other girl, either. It seemed to Kendricks, with the code of +honor which he mostly kept to himself because he was a little ashamed to +find there were so few others like it, that if Beaton cared nothing for +the other girl--and Christine appeared simply detestable to Kendricks-- +he had better keep away from her, and not give her the impression he was +in love with her. He rather fancied that this was the part of a +gentleman, and he could not have penetrated to that aesthetic and moral +complexity which formed the consciousness of a nature like Beaton's and +was chiefly a torment to itself; he could not have conceived of the +wayward impulses indulged at every moment in little things till the +straight highway was traversed and well-nigh lost under their tangle. +To do whatever one likes is finally to do nothing that one likes, even +though one continues to do what one will; but Kendricks, though a sage of +twenty-seven, was still too young to understand this. + +Beaton scarcely understood it himself, perhaps because he was not yet +twenty-seven. He only knew that his will was somehow sick; that it spent +itself in caprices, and brought him no happiness from the fulfilment of +the most vehement wish. But he was aware that his wishes grew less and +less vehement; he began to have a fear that some time he might have none +at all. It seemed to him that if he could once do something that was +thoroughly distasteful to himself, he might make a beginning in the right +direction; but when he tried this on a small scale, it failed, and it +seemed stupid. Some sort of expiation was the thing he needed, he was +sure; but he could not think of anything in particular to expiate; a man +could not expiate his temperament, and his temperament was what Beaton +decided to be at fault. He perceived that it went deeper than even fate +would have gone; he could have fulfilled an evil destiny and had done +with it, however terrible. His trouble was that he could not escape from +himself; and, for the most part, he justified himself in refusing to try. +After he had come to that distinct understanding with Alma Leighton, +and experienced the relief it really gave him, he thought for a while +that if it had fallen out otherwise, and she had put him in charge of her +destiny, he might have been better able to manage his own. But as it +was, he could only drift, and let all other things take their course. +It was necessary that he should go to see her afterward, to show her that +he was equal to the event; but he did not go so often, and he went rather +oftener to the Dryfooses; it was not easy to see Margaret Vance, except +on the society terms. With much sneering and scorning, he fulfilled the +duties to Mrs. Horn without which he knew he should be dropped from her +list; but one might go to many of her Thursdays without getting many +words with her niece. Beaton hardly knew whether he wanted many; the +girl kept the charm of her innocent stylishness; but latterly she wanted +to talk more about social questions than about the psychical problems +that young people usually debate so personally. Son of the working- +people as he was, Beaton had never cared anything about such matters; +he did not know about them or wish to know; he was perhaps too near them. +Besides, there was an embarrassment, at least on her part, concerning the +Dryfooses. She was too high-minded to blame him for having tempted her +to her failure with them by his talk about them; but she was conscious of +avoiding them in her talk. She had decided not to renew the effort she +had made in the spring; because she could not do them good as fellow- +creatures needing food and warmth and work, and she would not try to +befriend them socially; she had a horror of any such futile +sentimentality. She would have liked to account to Beaton in this way +for a course which she suspected he must have heard their comments upon, +but she did not quite know how to do it; she could not be sure how much +or how little he cared for them. Some tentative approaches which she +made toward explanation were met with such eager disclaim of personal +interest that she knew less than before what to think; and she turned the +talk from the sisters to the brother, whom it seemed she still continued +to meet in their common work among the poor. + +"He seems very different," she ventured. + +"Oh, quite," said Beaton. "He's the kind of person that you might +suppose gave the Catholics a hint for the cloistral life; he's a +cloistered nature--the nature that atones and suffers for. But he's +awfully dull company, don't you think? I never can get anything out of +him." + +"He's very much in earnest." + +"Remorselessly. We've got a profane and mundane creature there at the +office who runs us all, and it's shocking merely to see the contact of +the tyro natures. When Fulkerson gets to joking Dryfoos--he likes to put +his joke in the form of a pretence that Dryfoos is actuated by a selfish +motive, that he has an eye to office, and is working up a political +interest for himself on the East Side--it's something inexpressible." + +"I should think so," said Miss Vance, with such lofty disapproval that +Beaton felt himself included in it for having merely told what caused it. +He could not help saying, in natural rebellion, "Well, the man of one +idea is always a little ridiculous." + +"When his idea is right?" she demanded. "A right idea can't be +ridiculous." + +"Oh, I only said the man that held it was. He's flat; he has no relief, +no projection." + +She seemed unable to answer, and he perceived that he had silenced her to +his own, disadvantage. It appeared to Beaton that she was becoming a +little too exacting for comfort in her idealism. He put down the cup of +tea he had been tasting, and said, in his solemn staccato: "I must go. +Good-bye!" and got instantly away from her, with an effect he had of +having suddenly thought of something imperative. + +He went up to Mrs. Horn for a moment's hail and farewell, and felt +himself subtly detained by her through fugitive passages of conversation +with half a dozen other people. He fancied that at crises of this +strange interview Mrs. Horn was about to become confidential with him, +and confidential, of all things, about her niece. She ended by not +having palpably been so. In fact, the concern in her mind would have +been difficult to impart to a young man, and after several experiments +Mrs. Horn found it impossible to say that she wished Margaret could +somehow be interested in lower things than those which occupied her. +She had watched with growing anxiety the girl's tendency to various kinds +of self-devotion. She had dark hours in which she even feared her entire +withdrawal from the world in a life of good works. Before now, girls had +entered the Protestant sisterhoods, which appeal so potently to the young +and generous imagination, and Margaret was of just the temperament to be +influenced by them. During the past summer she had been unhappy at her +separation from the cares that had engrossed her more and more as their +stay in the city drew to an end in the spring, and she had hurried her +aunt back to town earlier in the fall than she would have chosen to come. +Margaret had her correspondents among the working-women whom she +befriended. Mrs. Horn was at one time alarmed to find that Margaret was +actually promoting a strike of the button-hole workers. This, of course, +had its ludicrous side, in connection with a young lady in good society, +and a person of even so little humor as Mrs. Horn could not help seeing +it. At the same time, she could not help foreboding the worst from it; +she was afraid that Margaret's health would give way under the strain, +and that if she did not go into a sisterhood she would at least go into a +decline. She began the winter with all such counteractive measures as +she could employ. At an age when such things weary, she threw herself +into the pleasures of society with the hope of dragging Margaret after +her; and a sympathetic witness must have followed with compassion her +course from ball to ball, from reception to reception, from parlor- +reading to parlor-reading, from musicale to musicale, from play to play, +from opera to opera. She tasted, after she had practically renounced +them, the bitter and the insipid flavors of fashionable amusement, in the +hope that Margaret might find them sweet, and now at the end she had to +own to herself that she had failed. It was coming Lent again, and the +girl had only grown thinner and more serious with the diversions that did +not divert her from the baleful works of beneficence on which Mrs. Horn +felt that she was throwing her youth away. Margaret could have borne +either alone, but together they were wearing her out. She felt it a duty +to undergo the pleasures her aunt appointed for her, but she could not +forego the other duties in which she found her only pleasure. + +She kept up her music still because she could employ it at the meetings +for the entertainment, and, as she hoped, the elevation of her working- +women; but she neglected the other aesthetic interests which once +occupied her; and, at sight of Beaton talking with her, Mrs. Horn caught +at the hope that he might somehow be turned to account in reviving +Margaret's former interest in art. She asked him if Mr. Wetmore had his +classes that winter as usual; and she said she wished Margaret could be +induced to go again: Mr. Wetmore always said that she did not draw very +well, but that she had a great deal of feeling for it, and her work was +interesting. She asked, were the Leightons in town again; and she +murmured a regret that she had not been able to see anything of them, +without explaining why; she said she had a fancy that if Margaret knew +Miss Leighton, and what she was doing, it might stimulate her, perhaps. +She supposed Miss Leighton was still going on with her art? Beaton said, +Oh yes, he believed so. + +But his manner did not encourage Mrs. Horn to pursue her aims in that +direction, and she said, with a sigh, she wished he still had a class; +she always fancied that Margaret got more good from his instruction than +from any one else's. + +He said that she was very good; but there was really nobody who knew half +as much as Wetmore, or could make any one understand half as much. +Mrs. Horn was afraid, she said, that Mr. Wetmore's terrible sincerity +discouraged Margaret; he would not let her have any illusions about the +outcome of what she was doing; and did not Mr. Beaton think that some +illusion was necessary with young people? Of course, it was very nice of +Mr. Wetmore to be so honest, but it did not always seem to be the wisest +thing. She begged Mr. Beaton to try to think of some one who would be a +little less severe. Her tone assumed a deeper interest in the people who +were coming up and going away, and Beaton perceived that he was +dismissed. + +He went away with vanity flattered by the sense of having been appealed +to concerning Margaret, and then he began to chafe at what she had said +of Wetmore's honesty, apropos of her wish that he still had a class +himself. Did she mean, confound her? that he was insincere, and would +let Miss Vance suppose she had more talent than she really had? The more +Beaton thought of this, the more furious he became, and the more he was +convinced that something like it had been unconsciously if not +consciously in her mind. He framed some keen retorts, to the general +effect that with the atmosphere of illusion preserved so completely at +home, Miss Vance hardly needed it in her art studies. Having just +determined never to go near Mrs. Horn's Thursdays again, he decided to go +once more, in order to plant this sting in her capacious but somewhat +callous bosom; and he planned how he would lead the talk up to the point +from which he should launch it. + +In the mean time he felt the need of some present solace, such as only +unqualified worship could give him; a cruel wish to feel his power in +some direction where, even if it were resisted, it could not be overcome, +drove him on. That a woman who was to Beaton the embodiment of +artificiality should intimate, however innocently--the innocence made it +all the worse--that he was less honest than Wetmore, whom he knew to be +so much more honest, was something that must be retaliated somewhere +before his self-respect could be restored. It was only five o'clock, and +he went on up-town to the Dryfooses', though he had been there only the +night before last. He asked for the ladies, and Mrs. Mandel received +him. + +"The young ladies are down-town shopping," she said, "but I am very glad +of the opportunity of seeing you alone, Mr. Beaton. You know I lived +several years in Europe." + +"Yes," said Beaton, wondering what that could have to do with her +pleasure in seeing him alone. "I believe so?" He involuntarily gave his +words the questioning inflection. + +"You have lived abroad, too, and so you won't find what I am going to ask +so strange. Mr. Beaton, why do you come so much to this house?" Mrs. +Mandel bent forward with an aspect of ladylike interest and smiled. + +Beaton frowned. "Why do I come so much?" + +"Yes." + +"Why do I--Excuse me, Mrs. Mandel, but will you allow me to ask why you +ask?" + +"Oh, certainly. There's no reason why I shouldn't say, for I wish you to +be very frank with me. I ask because there are two young ladies in this +house; and, in a certain way, I have to take the place of a mother to +them. I needn't explain why; you know all the people here, and you +understand. I have nothing to say about them, but I should not be +speaking to you now if they were not all rather helpless people. They do +not know the world they have come to live in here, and they cannot help +themselves or one another. But you do know it, Mr. Beaton, and I am sure +you know just how much or how little you mean by coming here. You are +either interested in one of these young girls or you are not. If you +are, I have nothing more to say. If you are not--" Mrs. Mandel continued +to smile, but the smile had grown more perfunctory, and it had an icy +gleam. + +Beaton looked at her with surprise that he gravely kept to himself. He +had always regarded her as a social nullity, with a kind of pity, to be +sure, as a civilized person living among such people as the Dryfooses, +but not without a humorous contempt; he had thought of her as Mandel, and +sometimes as Old Mandel, though she was not half a score of years his +senior, and was still well on the sunny side of forty. He reddened, and +then turned an angry pallor. "Excuse me again, Mrs. Mandel. Do you ask +this from the young ladies?" + +"Certainly not," she said, with the best temper, and with something in +her tone that convicted Beaton of vulgarity, in putting his question of +her authority in the form of a sneer. "As I have suggested, they would +hardly know how to help themselves at all in such a matter. I have no +objection to saying that I ask it from the father of the young ladies. +Of course, in and for myself I should have no right to know anything +about your affairs. I assure you the duty of knowing isn't very +pleasant." The little tremor in her clear voice struck Beaton as +something rather nice. + +"I can very well believe that, Mrs. Mandel," he said, with a dreamy +sadness in his own. He lifted his eyes and looked into hers. "If I told +you that I cared nothing about them in the way you intimate?" + +"Then I should prefer to let you characterize your own conduct in +continuing to come here for the year past, as you have done, and tacitly +leading them on to infer differently." They both mechanically kept up +the fiction of plurality in speaking of Christine, but there was no doubt +in the mind of either which of the young ladies the other meant. +A good many thoughts went through Beaton's mind, and none of them were +flattering. He had not been unconscious that the part he had played +toward this girl was ignoble, and that it had grown meaner as the fancy +which her beauty had at first kindled in him had grown cooler. He was +aware that of late he had been amusing himself with her passion in a way +that was not less than cruel, not because he wished to do so, but because +he was listless and wished nothing. He rose in saying: "I might be a +little more lenient than you think, Mrs. Mandel; but I won't trouble you +with any palliating theory. I will not come any more." + +He bowed, and Mrs. Mandel said, "Of course, it's only your action that I +am concerned with." + +She seemed to him merely triumphant, and he could not conceive what it +had cost her to nerve herself up to her too easy victory. He left Mrs. +Mandel to a far harder lot than had fallen to him, and he went away +hating her as an enemy who had humiliated him at a moment when he +particularly needed exalting. It was really very simple for him to stop +going to see Christine Dryfoos, but it was not at all simple for Mrs. +Mandel to deal with the consequences of his not coming. He only thought +how lightly she had stopped him, and the poor woman whom he had left +trembling for what she had been obliged to do embodied for him the +conscience that accused him of unpleasant things. + +"By heavens! this is piling it up," he said to himself through his set +teeth, realizing how it had happened right on top of that stupid insult +from Mrs. Horn. Now he should have to give up his place on 'Every Other +Week; he could not keep that, under the circumstances, even if some +pretence were not made to get rid of him; he must hurry and anticipate +any such pretence; he must see Fulkerson at once; he wondered where he +should find him at that hour. He thought, with bitterness so real that +it gave him a kind of tragical satisfaction, how certainly he could find +him a little later at Mrs. Leighton's; and Fulkerson's happiness became +an added injury. + +The thing had, of course, come about just at the wrong time. There never +had been a time when Beaton needed money more, when he had spent what he +had and what he expected to have so recklessly. He was in debt to +Fulkerson personally and officially for advance payments of salary. The +thought of sending money home made him break into a scoffing laugh, which +he turned into a cough in order to deceive the passers. What sort of +face should he go with to Fulkerson and tell him that he renounced his +employment on 'Every Other Week;' and what should he do when he had +renounced it? Take pupils, perhaps; open a class? A lurid conception of +a class conducted on those principles of shameless flattery at which Mrs. +Horn had hinted--he believed now she had meant to insult him--presented +itself. Why should not he act upon the suggestion? He thought with +loathing for the whole race of women--dabblers in art. How easy the +thing would be: as easy as to turn back now and tell that old fool's girl +that he loved her, and rake in half his millions. Why should not he do +that? No one else cared for him; and at a year's end, probably, one +woman would be like another as far as the love was concerned, and +probably he should not be more tired if the woman were Christine Dryfoos +than if she were Margaret Vance. He kept Alma Leighton out of the +question, because at the bottom of his heart he believed that she must be +forever unlike every other woman to him. + +The tide of his confused and aimless reverie had carried him far down- +town, he thought; but when he looked up from it to see where he was he +found himself on Sixth Avenue, only a little below Thirty-ninth Street, +very hot and blown; that idiotic fur overcoat was stifling. He could not +possibly walk down to Eleventh; he did not want to walk even to the +Elevated station at Thirty-fourth; he stopped at the corner to wait for a +surface-car, and fell again into his bitter fancies. After a while he +roused himself and looked up the track, but there was no car coming. He +found himself beside a policeman, who was lazily swinging his club by its +thong from his wrist. + +"When do you suppose a car will be along?" he asked, rather in a general +sarcasm of the absence of the cars than in any special belief that the +policeman could tell him. + +The policeman waited to discharge his tobacco-juice into the gutter. +"In about a week," he said, nonchalantly. + +"What's the matter?" asked Beaton, wondering what the joke could be. + +"Strike," said the policeman. His interest in Beaton's ignorance seemed +to overcome his contempt of it. "Knocked off everywhere this morning +except Third Avenue and one or two cross-town lines." He spat again and +kept his bulk at its incline over the gutter to glance at a group of men +on the corner below: They were neatly dressed, and looked like something +better than workingmen, and they had a holiday air of being in their best +clothes. + +"Some of the strikers?" asked Beaton. + +The policeman nodded. + +"Any trouble yet?" + +"There won't be any trouble till we begin to move the cars," said the +policeman. + +Beaton felt a sudden turn of his rage toward the men whose action would +now force him to walk five blocks and mount the stairs of the Elevated +station. "If you'd take out eight or ten of those fellows," he said, +ferociously, "and set them up against a wall and shoot them, you'd save a +great deal of bother." + +"I guess we sha'n't have to shoot much," said the policeman, still +swinging his locust. "Anyway, we shant begin it. If it comes to a +fight, though," he said, with a look at the men under the scooping rim of +his helmet, "we can drive the whole six thousand of 'em into the East +River without pullin' a trigger." + +"Are there six thousand in it?" + +"About." + +"What do the infernal fools expect to live on?" + +"The interest of their money, I suppose," said the officer, with a grin +of satisfaction in his irony. "It's got to run its course. Then they'll +come back with their heads tied up and their tails between their legs, +and plead to be taken on again." + +"If I was a manager of the roads," said Beaton, thinking of how much he +was already inconvenienced by the strike, and obscurely connecting it as +one of the series with the wrongs he had suffered at the hands of Mrs. +Horn and Mrs. Mandel, "I would see them starve before I'd take them back +--every one of them." + +"Well," said the policeman, impartially, as a man might whom the +companies allowed to ride free, but who had made friends with a good many +drivers and conductors in the course of his free riding, "I guess that's +what the roads would like to do if they could; but the men are too many +for them, and there ain't enough other men to take their places." + +"No matter," said Beaton, severely. "They can bring in men from other +places." + +"Oh, they'll do that fast enough," said the policeman. + +A man came out of the saloon on the corner where the strikers were +standing, noisy drunk, and they began, as they would have said, to have +some fun with him. The policeman left Beaton, and sauntered slowly down +toward the group as if in the natural course of an afternoon ramble. On +the other side of the street Beaton could see another officer sauntering +up from the block below. Looking up and down the avenue, so silent of +its horse-car bells, he saw a policeman at every corner. It was rather +impressive. + + + + +III. + +The strike made a good deal of talk in it he office of 'Every Other Week' +that is, it made Fulkerson talk a good deal. He congratulated himself +that he was not personally incommoded by it, like some of the fellows who +lived uptown, and had not everything under one roof, as it were. He +enjoyed the excitement of it, and he kept the office boy running out to +buy the extras which the newsmen came crying through the street almost +every hour with a lamentable, unintelligible noise. He read not only the +latest intelligence of the strike, but the editorial comments on it, +which praised the firm attitude of both parties, and the admirable +measures taken by the police to preserve order. Fulkerson enjoyed the +interviews with the police captains and the leaders of the strike; he +equally enjoyed the attempts of the reporters to interview the road +managers, which were so graphically detailed, and with such a fine +feeling for the right use of scare-heads as to have almost the value of +direct expression from them, though it seemed that they had resolutely +refused to speak. He said, at second-hand from the papers, that if the +men behaved themselves and respected the rights of property, they would +have public sympathy with them every time; but just as soon as they began +to interfere with the roads' right to manage their own affairs in their +own way, they must be put down with an iron hand; the phrase "iron hand" +did Fulkerson almost as much good as if it had never been used before. +News began to come of fighting between the police and the strikers when +the roads tried to move their cars with men imported from Philadelphia, +and then Fulkerson rejoiced at the splendid courage of the police. At +the same time, he believed what the strikers said, and that the trouble +was not made by them, but by gangs of roughs acting without their +approval. In this juncture he was relieved by the arrival of the State +Board of Arbitration, which took up its quarters, with a great many +scare-heads, at one of the principal hotels, and invited the roads and +the strikers to lay the matter in dispute before them; he said that now +we should see the working of the greatest piece of social machinery in +modern times. But it appeared to work only in the alacrity of the +strikers to submit their grievance. The road; were as one road in +declaring that there was nothing to arbitrate, and that they were merely +asserting their right to manage their own affairs in their own way. +One of the presidents was reported to have told a member of the Board, +who personally summoned him, to get out and to go about his business. +Then, to Fulkerson's extreme disappointment, the august tribunal, acting +on behalf of the sovereign people in the interest of peace, declared +itself powerless, and got out, and would, no doubt, have gone about its +business if it had had any. Fulkerson did not know what to say, perhaps +because the extras did not; but March laughed at this result. + +"It's a good deal like the military manoeuvre of the King of France and +his forty thousand men. I suppose somebody told him at the top of the +hill that there was nothing to arbitrate, and to get out and go about his +business, and that was the reason he marched down after he had marched up +with all that ceremony. What amuses me is to find that in an affair of +this kind the roads have rights and the strikers have rights, but the +public has no rights at all. The roads and the strikers are allowed to +fight out a private war in our midst as thoroughly and precisely a +private war as any we despise the Middle Ages for having tolerated-- +as any street war in Florence or Verona--and to fight it out at our pains +and expense, and we stand by like sheep and wait till they get tired. +It's a funny attitude for a city of fifteen hundred thousand +inhabitants." + +"What would you do?" asked Fulkerson, a good deal daunted by this view of +the case. + +"Do? Nothing. Hasn't the State Board of Arbitration declared itself +powerless? We have no hold upon the strikers; and we're so used to being +snubbed and disobliged by common carriers that we have forgotten our hold +on the roads and always allow them to manage their own affairs in their +own way, quite as if we had nothing to do with them and they owed us no +services in return for their privileges." + +"That's a good deal so," said Fulkerson, disordering his hair. "Well, +it's nuts for the colonel nowadays. He says if he was boss of this town +he would seize the roads on behalf of the people, and man 'em with +policemen, and run 'em till the managers had come to terms with the +strikers; and he'd do that every time there was a strike." + +"Doesn't that rather savor of the paternalism he condemned in Lindau?" +asked March. + +"I don't know. It savors of horse sense." + +"You are pretty far gone, Fulkerson. I thought you were the most engaged +man I ever saw; but I guess you're more father-in-lawed. And before +you're married, too." + +"Well, the colonel's a glorious old fellow, March. I wish he had the +power to do that thing, just for the fun of looking on while he waltzed +in. He's on the keen jump from morning till night, and he's up late and +early to see the row. I'm afraid he'll get shot at some of the fights; +he sees them all; I can't get any show at them: haven't seen a brickbat +shied or a club swung yet. Have you?" + +"No, I find I can philosophize the situation about as well from the +papers, and that's what I really want to do, I suppose. Besides, I'm +solemnly pledged by Mrs. March not to go near any sort of crowd, under +penalty of having her bring the children and go with me. Her theory is +that we must all die together; the children haven't been at school since +the strike began. There's no precaution that Mrs. March hasn't used. +She watches me whenever I go out, and sees that I start straight for this +office." + +Fulkerson laughed and said: "Well, it's probably the only thing that's +saved your life. Have you seen anything of Beaton lately?" + +"No. You don't mean to say he's killed!" + +"Not if he knows it. But I don't know-- What do you say, March? What's +the reason you couldn't get us up a paper on the strike?" + +"I knew it would fetch round to 'Every Other Week,' somehow." + +"No, but seriously. There 'll be plenty of news paper accounts. But you +could treat it in the historical spirit--like something that happened +several centuries ago; De Foe's Plague of London style. Heigh? What +made me think of it was Beaton. If I could get hold of him, you two +could go round together and take down its aesthetic aspects. It's a big +thing, March, this strike is. I tell you it's imposing to have a private +war, as you say, fought out this way, in the heart of New York, and New +York not minding, it a bit. See? Might take that view of it. With your +descriptions and Beaton's sketches--well, it would just be the greatest +card! Come! What do you say?" + +"Will you undertake to make it right with Mrs. March if I'm killed and +she and the children are not killed with me?" + +"Well, it would be difficult. I wonder how it would do to get Kendricks +to do the literary part?" + +"I've no doubt he'd jump at the chance. I've yet to see the form of +literature that Kendricks wouldn't lay down his life for." + +"Say!" March perceived that Fulkerson was about to vent another +inspiration, and smiled patiently. "Look here! What's the reason we +couldn't get one of the strikers to write it up for us?" + +"Might have a symposium of strikers and presidents," March suggested. + +"No; I'm in earnest. They say some of those fellows-especially the +foreigners--are educated men. I know one fellow--a Bohemian--that used +to edit a Bohemian newspaper here. He could write it out in his kind of +Dutch, and we could get Lindau to translate it." + +"I guess not," said March, dryly. + +"Why not? He'd do it for the cause, wouldn't he? Suppose you put it up +on him the next time you see him." + +"I don't see Lindau any more," said March. He added, "I guess he's +renounced me along with Mr. Dryfoos's money." + +"Pshaw! You don't mean he hasn't been round since?" + +"He came for a while, but he's left off coming now. I don't feel +particularly gay about it," March said, with some resentment of +Fulkerson's grin. "He's left me in debt to him for lessons to the +children." + +Fulkerson laughed out. "Well, he is the greatest old fool! Who'd 'a' +thought he'd 'a' been in earnest with those 'brincibles' of his? But I +suppose there have to be just such cranks; it takes all kinds to make a +world." + +"There has to be one such crank, it seems," March partially assented. +"One's enough for me." + +"I reckon this thing is nuts for Lindau, too," said Fulkerson. "Why, it +must act like a schooner of beer on him all the while, to see 'gabidal' +embarrassed like it is by this strike. It must make old Lindau feel like +he was back behind those barricades at Berlin. Well, he's a splendid old +fellow; pity he drinks, as I remarked once before." + +When March left the office he did not go home so directly as he came, +perhaps because Mrs. March's eye was not on him. He was very curious +about some aspects of the strike, whose importance, as a great social +convulsion, he felt people did not recognize; and, with his temperance in +everything, he found its negative expressions as significant as its more +violent phases. He had promised his wife solemnly that he would keep +away ,from these, and he had a natural inclination to keep his promise; +he had no wish to be that peaceful spectator who always gets shot when +there is any firing on a mob. He interested himself in the apparent +indifference of the mighty city, which kept on about its business as +tranquilly as if the private war being fought out in its midst were a +vague rumor of Indian troubles on the frontier; and he realized how there +might once have been a street feud of forty years in Florence without +interfering materially with the industry and prosperity of the city. +On Broadway there was a silence where a jangle and clatter of horse-car +bells and hoofs had been, but it was not very noticeable; and on the +avenues, roofed by the elevated roads, this silence of the surface tracks +was not noticeable at all in the roar of the trains overhead. Some of +the cross-town cars were beginning to run again, with a policeman on the +rear of each; on the Third Avenge line, operated by non-union men, who +had not struck, there were two policemen beside the driver of every car, +and two beside the conductor, to protect them from the strikers. But +there were no strikers in sight, and on Second Avenue they stood quietly +about in groups on the corners. While March watched them at a safe +distance, a car laden with policemen came down the track, but none of the +strikers offered to molest it. In their simple Sunday best, March +thought them very quiet, decent-looking people, and he could well believe +that they had nothing to do with the riotous outbreaks in other parts of +the city. He could hardly believe that there were any such outbreaks; he +began more and more to think them mere newspaper exaggerations in the +absence of any disturbance, or the disposition to it, that he could see. +He walked on to the East River + +Avenues A, B, and C presented the same quiet aspect as Second Avenue; +groups of men stood on the corners, and now and then a police-laden car +was brought unmolested down the tracks before them; they looked at it and +talked together, and some laughed, but there was no trouble. + +March got a cross-town car, and came back to the West Side. A policeman, +looking very sleepy and tired, lounged on the platform. + +"I suppose you'll be glad when this cruel war is over," March suggested, +as he got in. + +The officer gave him a surly glance and made him no answer. + +His behavior, from a man born to the joking give and take of our life, +impressed March. It gave him a fine sense of the ferocity which he had +read of the French troops putting on toward the populace just before the +coup d'etat; he began to feel like the populace; but he struggled with +himself and regained his character of philosophical observer. In this +character he remained in the car and let it carry him by the corner where +he ought to have got out and gone home, and let it keep on with him to +one of the farthermost tracks westward, where so much of the fighting was +reported to have taken place. But everything on the way was as quiet as +on the East Side. + +Suddenly the car stopped with so quick a turn of the brake that he was +half thrown from his seat, and the policeman jumped down from the +platform and ran forward. + + + + +IV + +Dryfoos sat at breakfast that morning with Mrs. Mandel as usual to pour +out his coffee. Conrad had gone down-town; the two girls lay abed much +later than their father breakfasted, and their mother had gradually grown +too feeble to come down till lunch. Suddenly Christine appeared at the +door. Her face was white to the edges of her lips, and her eyes were +blazing. + +Look here, father! Have you been saying anything to Mr. Beaton?" + +The old man looked up at her across his coffee-cup through his frowning +brows. "No." + +Mrs. Mandel dropped her eyes, and the spoon shook in her hand. + +"Then what's the reason he don't come here any more?" demanded the girl; +and her glance darted from her father to Mrs. Mandel. "Oh, it's you, is +it? I'd like to know who told you to meddle in other people's business?" + +"I did," said Dryfoos, savagely. "I told her to ask him what he wanted +here, and he said he didn't want anything, and he stopped coming. That's +all. I did it myself." + +"Oh, you did, did you?" said the girl, scarcely less insolently than she +had spoken to Mrs. Mandel. "I should like to know what you did it for? +I'd like to know what made you think I wasn't able to take care of +myself. I just knew somebody had been meddling, but I didn't suppose it +was you. I can manage my own affairs in my own way, if you please, and +I'll thank you after this to leave me to myself in what don't concern +you." + +"Don't concern me? You impudent jade!" her father began. + +Christine advanced from the doorway toward the table; she had her hands +closed upon what seemed trinkets, some of which glittered and dangled +from them. She said, "Will you go to him and tell him that this +meddlesome minx, here, had no business to say anything about me to him, +and you take it all back?" + +"No!" shouted the old man. "And if--" + +"That's all I want of you!" the girl shouted in her turn. "Here are your +presents." With both hands she flung the jewels-pins and rings and +earrings and bracelets--among the breakfast-dishes, from which some of +them sprang to the floor. She stood a moment to pull the intaglio ring +from the finger where Beaton put it a year ago, and dashed that at her +father's plate. Then she whirled out of the room, and they heard her +running up-stairs. + +The old man made a start toward her, but he fell back in his chair before +she was gone, and, with a fierce, grinding movement of his jaws, +controlled himself. "Take-take those things up," he gasped to Mrs. +Mandel. He seemed unable to rise again from his chair; but when she +asked him if he were unwell, he said no, with an air of offence, and got +quickly to his feet. He mechanically picked up the intaglio ring from +the table while he stood there, and put it on his little finger; his hand +was not much bigger than Christine's. "How do you suppose she found it +out?" he asked, after a moment. + +"She seems to have merely suspected it," said Mrs. Mandel , in a tremor, +and with the fright in her eyes which Christine's violence had brought +there. + +"Well, it don't make any difference. She had to know, somehow, and now +she knows." He started toward the door of the library, as if to go into +the hall, where his hat and coat hung. + +"Mr. Dryfoos," palpitated Mrs. Mandel, "I can't remain here, after the +language your daughter has used to me--I can't let you leave me--I--I'm +afraid of her--" + +"Lock yourself up, then," said the old man, rudely. He added, from the +hall before lie went out, "I reckon she'll quiet down now." + +He took the Elevated road. The strike seemed a vary far-off thing, +though the paper he bought to look up the stockmarket was full of noisy +typography about yesterday's troubles on the surface lines. Among the +millions in Wall Street there was some joking and some swearing, but not +much thinking, about the six thousand men who had taken such chances in +their attempt to better their condition. Dryfoos heard nothing of the +strike in the lobby of the Stock Exchange, where he spent two or three +hours watching a favorite stock of his go up and go down under the +betting. By the time the Exchange closed it had risen eight points, and +on this and some other investments he was five thousand dollars richer +than he had been in the morning. But he had expected to be richer still, +and he was by no means satisfied with his luck. All through the +excitement of his winning and losing had played the dull, murderous rage +he felt toward they child who had defied him, and when the game was over +and he started home his rage mounted into a sort of frenzy; he would +teach her, he would break her. He walked a long way without thinking, +and then waited for a car. None came, and he hailed a passing coupe. + +"What has got all the cars?" he demanded of the driver, who jumped down +from his box to open the door for him and get his direction. + +"Been away?" asked the driver. "Hasn't been any car along for a week. +Strike." + +"Oh yes," said Dryfoos. He felt suddenly giddy, and he remained staring +at the driver after he had taken his seat. + +The man asked, "Where to?" + +Dryfoos could not think of his street or number, and he said, with +uncontrollable fury: "I told you once! Go up to West Eleventh, and drive +along slow on the south side; I'll show you the place." + +He could not remember the number of 'Every Other Week' office, where he +suddenly decided to stop before he went home. He wished to see +Fulkerson, and ask him something about Beaton: whether he had been about +lately, and whether he had dropped any hint of what had happened +concerning Christine; Dryfoos believed that Fulkerson was in the fellow's +confidence. + +There was nobody but Conrad in the counting-room, whither Dryfoos +returned after glancing into Fulkerson's empty office. "Where's +Fulkerson?" he asked, sitting down with his hat on. + +"He went out a few moments ago," said Conrad, glancing at the clock. +"I'm afraid he isn't coming back again today, if you wanted to see him." + +Dryfoos twisted his head sidewise and upward to indicate March's room. +"That other fellow out, too?" + +"He went just before Mr. Fulkerson," answered Conrad. + +"Do you generally knock off here in the middle of the afternoon ?" asked +the old man. + +"No," said Conrad, as patiently as if his father had not been there a +score of times and found the whole staff of Every Other leek at work +between four and five. "Mr. March, you know, always takes a good deal of +his work home with him, and I suppose Mr. Fulkerson went out so early +because there isn't much doing to-day. Perhaps it's the strike that +makes it dull." + +"The strike-yes! It's a pretty piece of business to have everything +thrown out because a parcel of lazy hounds want a chance to lay off and +get drunk." Dryfoos seemed to think Conrad would make some answer to +this, but the young man's mild face merely saddened, and he said nothing. +"I've got a coupe out there now that I had to take because I couldn't get +a car. If I had my way I'd have a lot of those vagabonds hung. They're +waiting to get the city into a snarl, and then rob the houses--pack of +dirty, worthless whelps. They ought to call out the militia, and fire +into 'em. Clubbing is too good for them." Conrad was still silent, and +his father sneered, "But I reckon you don't think so." + +"I think the strike is useless," said Conrad. + +"Oh, you do, do you? Comin' to your senses a little. Gettin' tired +walkin' so much. I should like to know what your gentlemen over there on +the East Side think about the strike, anyway." + +The young fellow dropped his eyes. "I am not authorized to speak for +them." + +"Oh, indeed! And perhaps you're not authorized to speak for yourself?" + +"Father, you know we don't agree about these things. I'd rather not +talk--" + +"But I'm goin' to make you talk this time!" cried Dryfoos, striking the +arm of the chair he sat in with the side of his fist. A maddening +thought of Christine came over him. "As long as you eat my bread, you +have got to do as I say. I won't have my children telling me what I +shall do and sha'n't do, or take on airs of being holier than me. Now, +you just speak up! Do you think those loafers are right, or don't you? +Come!" + +Conrad apparently judged it best to speak. "I think they were very +foolish to strike--at this time, when the Elevated roads can do the +work." + +"Oh, at this time, heigh! And I suppose they think over there on the +East Side that it 'd been wise to strike before we got the Elevated." +Conrad again refused to answer, and his father roared, "What do you +think?" + +"I think a strike is always bad business. It's war; but sometimes there +don't seem any other way for the workingmen to get justice. They say +that sometimes strikes do raise the wages, after a while." + +"Those lazy devils were paid enough already," shrieked the old man. + +"They got two dollars a day. How much do you think they ought to 'a' +got? Twenty?" + +Conrad hesitated, with a beseeching look at his father. But he decided +to answer. "The men say that with partial work, and fines, and other +things, they get sometimes a dollar, and sometimes ninety cents a day." + +"They lie, and you know they lie," said his father, rising and coming +toward him. "And what do you think the upshot of it all will be, after +they've ruined business for another week, and made people hire hacks, and +stolen the money of honest men? How is it going to end?" + +"They will have to give in." + +"Oh, give in, heigh! And what will you say then, I should like to know? +How will you feel about it then? Speak!" + +"I shall feel as I do now. I know you don't think that way, and I don't +blame you--or anybody. But if I have got to say how I shall feel, why, I +shall feel sorry they didn't succeed, for I believe they have a righteous +cause, though they go the wrong way to help themselves." + +His father came close to him, his eyes blazing, his teeth set. "Do you +dare so say that to me?" + +"Yes. I can't help it. I pity them; my whole heart is with those poor +men." + +"You impudent puppy!" shouted the old man. He lifted his hand and struck +his son in the face. Conrad caught his hand with his own left, and, +while the blood began to trickle from a wound that Christine's intaglio +ring had made in his temple, he looked at him with a kind of grieving +wonder, and said, " Father!" + +The old man wrenched his fist away and ran out of the house. He +remembered his address now, and he gave it as he plunged into the coupe. +He trembled with his evil passion, and glared out of the windows at the +passers as he drove home; he only saw Conrad's mild, grieving, wondering +eyes, and the blood slowly trickling from the wound in his temple. + +Conrad went to the neat-set bowl in Fulkerson's comfortable room and +washed the blood away, and kept bathing the wound with the cold water +till it stopped bleeding. The cut was not deep, and he thought he would +not put anything on it. After a while he locked up the office and +started out, be hardly knew where. But he walked on, in the direction he +had taken, till he found himself in Union Square, on the pavement in +front of Brentano's. It seemed to him that he heard some one calling +gently to him, "Mr. Dryfoos!" + + + + +V. + +Conrad looked confusedly around, and the same voice said again, "Mr. +Dryfoos!" and he saw that it was a lady speaking to him from a coupe +beside the curbing, and then he saw that it was Miss Vance. + +She smiled when, he gave signs of having discovered her, and came up to +the door of her carriage. "I am so glad to meet you. I have been +longing to talk to somebody; nobody seems to feel about it as I do. Oh, +isn't it horrible? Must they fail? I saw cars running on all the lines +as I came across; it made me sick at heart. Must those brave fellows +give in? And everybody seems to hate them so--I can't bear it." Her +face was estranged with excitement, and there were traces of tears on it. +"You must think me almost crazy to stop you in the street this way; but +when I caught sight of you I had to speak. I knew you would sympathize-- +I knew you would feel as I do. Oh, how can anybody help honoring those +poor men for standing by one another as they do? They are risking all +they have in the world for the sake of justice! Oh, they are true heroes! +They are staking the bread of their wives and children on the dreadful +chance they've taken! But no one seems to understand it. No one seems to +see that they are willing to suffer more now that other poor men may +suffer less hereafter. And those wretched creatures that are coming in +to take their places--those traitors--" + +"We can't blame them for wanting to earn a living, Miss Vance," said +Conrad. + +"No, no! I don't blame them. Who am I, to do such a thing? It's we +--people like me, of my class--who make the poor betray one another. +But this dreadful fighting--this hideous paper is full of it!" She held +up an extra, crumpled with her nervous reading. "Can't something be done +to stop it? Don't you think that if some one went among them, and tried +to make them see how perfectly hopeless it was to resist the companies +and drive off the new men, he might do some good? I have wanted to go +and try; but I am a woman, and I mustn't! I shouldn't be afraid of the +strikers, but I'm afraid of what people would say!" Conrad kept pressing +his handkerchief to the cut in his temple, which he thought might be +bleeding, and now she noticed this. "Are you hurt, Mr. Dryfoos? +You look so pale." + +"No, it's nothing--a little scratch I've got." + +"Indeed, you look pale. Have you a carriage? How will you get home? +Will you get in here with me and let me drive you?" + +"No, no," said Conrad, smiling at her excitement. "I'm perfectly well--" + +"And you don't think I'm foolish and wicked for stopping you here and +talking in this way? But I know you feel as I do!" + +"Yes, I feel as you do. You are right--right in every way--I mustn't +keep you--Good-bye." He stepped back to bow, but she put her beautiful +hand out of the window, and when he took it she wrung his hand hard. + +"Thank you, thank you! You are good and you are just! But no one can do +anything. It's useless!" + +The type of irreproachable coachman on the box whose respectability had +suffered through the strange behavior of his mistress in this interview +drove quickly off at her signal, and Conrad stood a moment looking after +the carriage. His heart was full of joy; it leaped; he thought it would +burst. As he turned to walk away it seemed to him as if he mounted upon +the air. The trust she had shown him, the praise she had given him, that +crush of the hand: he hoped nothing, he formed no idea from it, but it +all filled him with love that cast out the pain and shame he had been +suffering. He believed that he could never be unhappy any more; the +hardness that was in his mind toward his father went out of it; he saw +how sorely he had tried him; he grieved that he had done it, but the +means, the difference of his feeling about the cause of their quarrel, +he was solemnly glad of that since she shared it. He was only sorry for +his father. "Poor father!" he said under his breath as he went along. +He explained to her about his father in his reverie, and she pitied his +father, too. + +He was walking over toward the West Side, aimlessly at first, and then at +times with the longing to do something to save those mistaken men from +themselves forming itself into a purpose. Was not that what she meant +when she bewailed her woman's helplessness? She must have wished him to +try if he, being a man, could not do something; or if she did not, still +he would try, and if she heard of it she would recall what she had said +and would be glad he had understood her so. Thinking of her pleasure in +what he was going to do, he forgot almost what it was; but when he came +to a street-car track he remembered it, and looked up and down to see if +there were any turbulent gathering of men whom he might mingle with and +help to keep from violence. He saw none anywhere; and then suddenly, as +if at the same moment, for in his exalted mood all events had a dream- +like simultaneity, he stood at the corner of an avenue, and in the middle +of it, a little way off, was a street-car, and around the car a tumult of +shouting, cursing, struggling men. The driver was lashing his horses +forward, and a policeman was at their heads, with the conductor, pulling +them; stones, clubs, brickbats hailed upon the car, the horses, the men +trying to move them. The mob closed upon them in a body, and then a +patrol-wagon whirled up from the other side, and a squad of policemen +leaped out and began to club the rioters. Conrad could see how they +struck them under the rims of their hats; the blows on their skulls +sounded as if they had fallen on stone; the rioters ran in all +directions. + +One of the officers rushed up toward the corner where Conrad stood, and +then he saw at his side a tall, old man, with a long, white beard, who +was calling out at the policemen: "Ah, yes! Glup the strikerss--gif it to +them! Why don't you co and glup the bresidents that insoalt your lawss, +and gick your Boart of Arpidration out-of-toors? Glup the strikerss-- +they cot no friendts! They cot no money to pribe you, to dreat you!" + +The officer lifted his club, and the old man threw his left arm up to +shield his head. Conrad recognized Zindau, and now he saw the empty +sleeve dangle in the air over the stump of his wrist. He heard a shot in +that turmoil beside the car, and something seemed to strike him in the +breast. He was going to say to the policeman: "Don't strike him! He's +an old soldier! You see he has no hand!" but he could not speak, he +could not move his tongue. The policeman stood there; he saw his face: +it was not bad, not cruel; it was like the face of a statue, fixed, +perdurable--a mere image of irresponsible and involuntary authority. +Then Conrad fell forward, pierced through the heart by that shot fired +from the car. + +March heard the shot as he scrambled out of his car, and at the same +moment he saw Lindau drop under the club of the policeman, who left him +where he fell and joined the rest of the squad in pursuing the rioters. +The fighting round the car in the avenue ceased; the driver whipped his +horses into a gallop, and the place was left empty. + +March would have liked to run; he thought how his wife had implored him +to keep away from the rioting; but he could not have left Lindau lying +there if he would. Something stronger than his will drew him to the +spot, and there he saw Conrad, dead beside the old man. + + + + +VI. + +In the cares which Mrs. March shared with her husband that night she was +supported partly by principle, but mainly by the, potent excitement which +bewildered Conrad's family and took all reality from what had happened. +It was nearly midnight when the Marches left them and walked away toward +the Elevated station with Fulkerson. Everything had been done, by that +time, that could be done; and Fulkerson was not without that satisfaction +in the business-like despatch of all the details which attends each step +in such an affair and helps to make death tolerable even to the most +sorely stricken. We are creatures of the moment; we live from one little +space to another; and only one interest at a time fills these. Fulkerson +was cheerful when they got into the street, almost gay; and Mrs. March +experienced a rebound from her depression which she felt that she ought +not to have experienced. But she condoned the offence a little in +herself, because her husband remained so constant in his gravity; and, +pending the final accounting he must make her for having been where he +could be of so much use from the first instant of the calamity, she was +tenderly, gratefully proud of all the use he had been to Conrad's family, +and especially his miserable old father. To her mind, March was the +principal actor in the whole affair, and much more important in having +seen it than those who had suffered in it. In fact, he had suffered +incomparably. + + +"Well, well," said Fulkerson. "They'll get along now. We've done all we +could, and there's nothing left but for them to bear it. Of course it's +awful, but I guess it 'll come out all right. I mean," he added, +"they'll pull through now." + +"I suppose," said March, "that nothing is put on us that we can't bear. +But I should think," he went on, musingly, "that when God sees what we +poor finite creatures can bear, hemmed round with this eternal darkness +of death, He must respect us." + +"Basil!" said his wife. But in her heart she drew nearer to him for the +words she thought she ought to rebuke him for. + +"Oh, I know," he said, "we school ourselves to despise human nature. +But God did not make us despicable, and I say, whatever end He meant us +for, He must have some such thrill of joy in our adequacy to fate as a +father feels when his son shows himself a man. When I think what we can +be if we must, I can't believe the least of us shall finally perish." + +"Oh, I reckon the Almighty won't scoop any of us," said Fulkerson, with a +piety of his own. + +"That poor boy's father!" sighed Mrs. March. "I can't get his face out +of my sight. He looked so much worse than death." + +"Oh, death doesn't look bad," said March. "It's life that looks so in +its presence. Death is peace and pardon. I only wish poor old Lindau +was as well out of it as Conrad there." + +"Ah, Lindau! He has done harm enough," said Mrs. March. "I hope he will +be careful after this." + +March did not try to defend Lindau against her theory of the case, which +inexorably held him responsible for Conrad's death. + +"Lindau's going to come out all right, I guess," said Fulkerson. "He was +first-rate when I saw him at the hospital to-night." He whispered in +March's ear, at a chance he got in mounting the station stairs: "I didn't +like to tell you there at the house, but I guess you'd better know. They +had to take Lindau's arm off near the shoulder. Smashed all to pieces by +the clubbing." + +In the house, vainly rich and foolishly unfit for them, the bereaved +family whom the Marches had just left lingered together, and tried to get +strength to part for the night. They were all spent with the fatigue +that comes from heaven to such misery as theirs, and they sat in a torpor +in which each waited for the other to move, to speak. + +Christine moved, and Mela spoke. Christine rose and went out of the room +without saying a word, and they heard her going up-stairs. Then Mela +said: + +"I reckon the rest of us better be goun' too, father. Here, let's git +mother started." + +She put her arm round her mother, to lift her from her chair, but the old +man did not stir, and Mela called Mrs. Mandel from the next room. +Between them they raised her to her feet. + +"Ain't there anybody agoin' to set up with it?" she asked, in her hoarse +pipe. "It appears like folks hain't got any feelin's in New York. +Woon't some o' the neighbors come and offer to set up, without waitin' to +be asked?" + +"Oh, that's all right, mother. The men 'll attend to that. Don't you +bother any," Mela coaxed, and she kept her arm round her mother, with +tender patience. + +"Why, Mely, child! I can't feel right to have it left to hirelin's so. +But there ain't anybody any more to see things done as they ought. If +Coonrod was on'y here--" + +"Well, mother, you are pretty mixed!" said Mela, with a strong tendency +to break into her large guffaw. But she checked herself and said: +"I know just how you feel, though. It keeps acomun' and agoun'; and it's +so and it ain't so, all at once; that's the plague of it. Well, father! +Ain't you goun' to come?" + +"I'm goin' to stay, Mela," said the old man, gently, without moving. +"Get your mother to bed, that's a good girl." + +"You goin' to set up with him, Jacob?" asked the old woman. + +"Yes, 'Liz'beth, I'll set up. You go to bed." + +"Well, I will, Jacob. And I believe it 'll do you good to set up. +I wished I could set up with you; but I don't seem to have the stren'th +I did when the twins died. I must git my sleep, so's to--I don't like +very well to have you broke of your rest, Jacob, but there don't appear +to be anybody else. You wouldn't have to do it if Coonrod was here. +There I go ag'in! Mercy! mercy!" + +"Well, do come along, then, mother," said Mela; and she got her out of +the room, with Mrs. Mandel's help, and up the stairs. + +From the top the old woman called down, "You tell Coonrod--" She stopped, +and he heard her groan out, "My Lord! my Lord!" + +He sat, one silence in the dining-room, where they had all lingered +together, and in the library beyond the hireling watcher sat, another +silence. The time passed, but neither moved, and the last noise in the +house ceased, so that they heard each other breathe, and the vague, +remote rumor of the city invaded the inner stillness. It grew louder +toward morning, and then Dryfoos knew from the watcher's deeper breathing +that he had fallen into a doze. + +He crept by him to the drawing-room, where his son was; the place was +full of the awful sweetness of the flowers that Fulkerson had brought, +and that lay above the pulseless breast. The old man turned up a burner +in the chandelier, and stood looking on the majestic serenity of the dead +face. + +He could not move when he saw his wife coming down the stairway in the +hall. She was in her long, white flannel bed gown, and the candle she +carried shook with her nervous tremor. He thought she might be walking +in her sleep, but she said, quite simply, "I woke up, and I couldn't git +to sleep ag'in without comin' to have a look." She stood beside their +dead son with him. "well, he's beautiful, Jacob. He was the prettiest +baby! And he was always good, Coonrod was; I'll say that for him. +I don't believe he ever give me a minute's care in his whole life. +I reckon I liked him about the best of all the children; but I don't know +as I ever done much to show it. But you was always good to him, Jacob; +you always done the best for him, ever since he was a little feller. +I used to be afraid you'd spoil him sometimes in them days; but I guess +you're glad now for every time you didn't cross him. I don't suppose +since the twins died you ever hit him a lick." She stooped and peered +closer at the face. "Why, Jacob, what's that there by his pore eye +Dryfoos saw it, too, the wound that he had feared to look for, and that +now seemed to redden on his eight. He broke into a low, wavering cry, +like a child's in despair, like an animal's in terror, like a soul's in +the anguish of remorse. + + + + +VII. + +The evening after the funeral, while the Marches sat together talking it +over, and making approaches, through its shadow, to the question of their +own future, which it involved, they were startled by the twitter of the +electric bell at their apartment door. It was really not so late as the +children's having gone to bed made it seem; but at nine o'clock it was +too late for any probable visitor except Fulkerson. It might be he, and +March was glad to postpone the impending question to his curiosity +concerning the immediate business Fulkerson might have with him. He went +himself to the door, and confronted there a lady deeply veiled in black +and attended by a very decorous serving-woman. + +"Are you alone, Mr. March--you and Mrs. March ?" asked the lady, behind +her veil; and, as he hesitated, she said: "You don't know me! Miss +Vance"; and she threw back her veil, showing her face wan and agitated in +the dark folds. "I am very anxious to see you--to speak with you both. +May I come in?" + +"Why, certainly, Miss Vance," he answered, still too much stupefied by +her presence to realize it. + +She promptly entered, and saying, with a glance at the hall chair by the +door, "My maid can sit here?" followed him to the room where he had left +his wife. + +Mrs. March showed herself more capable of coping with the fact. She +welcomed Miss Vance with the liking they both felt for the girl, and with +the sympathy which her troubled face inspired. + +"I won't tire you with excuses for coming, Mrs. March," she said, "for it +was the only thing left for me to do; and I come at my aunt's +suggestion." She added this as if it would help to account for her more +on the conventional plane, and she had the instinctive good taste to +address herself throughout to Mrs. March as much as possible, though what +she had to say was mainly for March. "I don't know how to begin--I don't +know how to speak of this terrible affair. But you know what I mean. +I feel as if I had lived a whole lifetime since it happened. I don't +want you to pity me for it," she said, forestalling a politeness from +Mrs. March. "I'm the last one to be thought of, and you mustn't mind me +if I try to make you. I came to find out all of the truth that I can, +and when I know just what that is I shall know what to do. I have read +the inquest; it's all burned into my brain. But I don't care for that-- +for myself: you must let me say such things without minding me. I know +that your husband--that Mr. March was there; I read his testimony; and I +wished to ask him--to ask him--" She stopped and looked distractedly +about. "But what folly! He must have said everything he knew--he had +to." Her eves wandered to him from his wife, on whom she had kept them +with instinctive tact. + +"I said everything--yes," he replied. "But if you would like to know--" + +"Perhaps I had better tell you something first. I had just parted with +him--it couldn't have been more than half an hour--in front of +Brentano's; he must have gone straight to his death. We were talking, +and I--I said, Why didn't some one go among the strikers and plead with +them to be peaceable, and keep them from attacking the new men. I knew +that he felt as I did about the strikers: that he was their friend. Did +you see--do you know anything that makes you think he had been trying to +do that?" + +"I am sorry," March began, "I didn't see him at all till--till I saw him +lying dead." + +"My husband was there purely by accident," Mrs. March put in. "I had +begged and entreated him not to go near the striking anywhere. And he +had just got out of the car, and saw the policeman strike that wretched +Lindau--he's been such an anxiety to me ever since we have had anything +to do with him here; my husband knew him when he was a boy in the West. +Mr. March came home from it all perfectly prostrated; it made us all +sick! Nothing so horrible ever came into our lives before. I assure you +it was the most shocking experience." + +Miss Vance listened to her with that look of patience which those who +have seen much of the real suffering of the world--the daily portion of +the poor--have for the nervous woes of comfortable people. March hung +his head; he knew it would be useless to protest that his share of the +calamity was, by comparison, infinitesimally small. + +After she had heard Mrs. March to the end even of her repetitions, Miss +Vance said, as if it were a mere matter of course that she should have +looked the affair up, "Yes, I have seen Mr. Lindau at the hospital--" + +"My husband goes every day to see him," Mrs. March interrupted, to give. +a final touch to the conception of March's magnanimity throughout. + +"The poor man seems to have been in the wrong at the time," said Miss +Vance. + +"I could almost say he had earned the right to be wrong. He's a man of +the most generous instincts, and a high ideal of justice, of equity--too +high to be considered by a policeman with a club in his hand," said +March, with a bold defiance of his wife's different opinion of Lindau. +"It's the policeman's business, I suppose, to club the ideal when he +finds it inciting a riot." + +"Oh, I don't blame Mr. Lindau ; I don't blame the policeman; he was as +much a mere instrument as his club was. I am only trying to find out how +much I am to blame myself. I had no thought of Mr. Dryfoos's going +there--of his attempting to talk with the strikers and keep them quiet; +I was only thinking, as women do, of what I should try to do if I were a +man. + +But perhaps he understood me to ask him to go--perhaps my words sent him +to his death." + +She had a sort of calm in her courage to know the worst truth as to her +responsibility that forbade any wish to flatter her out of it. "I'm +afraid," said March, "that is what can never be known now." After a +moment he added: "But why should you wish to know? If he went there as a +peacemaker, he died in a good cause, in such a way as he would wish to +die, I believe." + +"Yes," said the girl; " I have thought of that. But death is awful; we +must not think patiently, forgivingly of sending any one to their death +in the best cause." "I fancy life was an awful thing to Conrad Dryfoos," +March replied. "He was thwarted and disappointed, without even pleasing +the ambition that thwarted and disappointed him. That poor old man, his +father, warped him from his simple, lifelong wish to be a minister, and +was trying to make a business man of him. If it will be any consolation +to you to know it, Miss Vance, I can assure you that he was very unhappy, +and I don't see how he could ever have been happy here." + +"It won't," said the girl, steadily. "If people are born into this +world, it's because they were meant to live in it. It isn't a question +of being happy here; no one is happy, in that old, selfish way, or can +be; but he could have been of great use." + +"Perhaps he was of use in dying. Who knows? He may have been trying to +silence Lindau." + +"Oh, Lindau wasn't worth it!" cried Mrs. March. + +Miss Vance looked at her as if she did not quite understand. Then she +turned to March. "He might have been unhappy, as we all are; but I know +that his life here would have had a higher happiness than we wish for or +aim for." The tears began to run silently down her cheeks. + +"He looked strangely happy that day when he left me. He had hurt himself +somehow, and his face was bleeding from a scratch; he kept his +handkerchief up; he was pale, but such a light came into his face when he +shook hands--ah, I know he went to try and do what I said!" They were +all silent, while she dried her eyes and then put her handkerchief back +into the pocket from which she had suddenly pulled it, with a series of +vivid, young-ladyish gestures, which struck March by their incongruity +with the occasion of their talk, and yet by their harmony with the rest +of her elegance. "I am sorry, Miss Vance)" be began, "that I can't +really tell you anything more--" + +"You are very kind," she said, controlling herself and rising quickly. +"I thank you--thank you both very much." She turned to Mrs. March and +shook hands with her and then with him. "I might have known--I did know +that there wasn't anything more for you to tell. But at least I've found +out from you that there was nothing, and now I can begin to bear what I +must. How are those poor creatures--his mother and father, his sisters? +Some day, I hope, I shall be ashamed to have postponed them to the +thought of myself; but I can't pretend to be yet. I could not come to +the funeral; I wanted to." + +She addressed her question to Mrs. March, who answered: "I can +understand. But they were pleased with the flowers you sent; people are, +at such times, and they haven't many friends." + +"Would you go to see them?" asked the girl. "Would you tell them what +I've told you?" + +Mrs. March looked at her husband. + +"I don't see what good it would do. They wouldn't understand. But if it +would relieve you--" + +"I'll wait till it isn't a question of self-relief," said the girl. +"Good-bye!" + +She left them to long debate of the event. At the end Mrs. March said, +"She is a strange being; such a mixture of the society girl and the +saint." + +Her husband answered: "She's the potentiality of several kinds of +fanatic. She's very unhappy, and I don't see how she's to be happier +about that poor fellow. I shouldn't be surprised if she did inspire him +to attempt something of that kind." + +"Well, you got out of it very well, Basil. I admired the way you +managed. I was afraid you'd say something awkward." + +"Oh, with a plain line of truth before me, as the only possible thing, +I can get on pretty well. When it comes to anything decorative, I'd +rather leave it to you, Isabel." + +She seemed insensible of his jest. "Of course, he was in love with her. +That was the light that came into his face when he was going to do what +he thought she wanted him to do." + +"And she--do you think that she was--" + +"What an idea! It would have been perfectly grotesque!" + + + + +VIII. + +Their affliction brought the Dryfooses into humaner relations with the +Marches, who had hitherto regarded them as a necessary evil, as the +odious means of their own prosperity. Mrs. March found that the women of +the family seemed glad of her coming, and in the sense of her usefulness +to them all she began to feel a kindness even for Christine. But she +could not help seeing that between the girl and her father there was an +unsettled account, somehow, and that it was Christine and not the old man +who was holding out. She thought that their sorrow had tended to refine +the others. Mela was much more subdued, and, except when she abandoned +herself to a childish interest in her mourning, she did nothing to shock +Mrs. March's taste or to seem unworthy of her grief. She was very good +to her mother, whom the blow had left unchanged, and to her father, whom +it had apparently fallen upon with crushing weight. Once, after visiting +their house, Mrs. March described to March a little scene between Dryfoos +and Mela, when he came home from Wall Street, and the girl met him at the +door with a kind of country simpleness, and took his hat and stick, and +brought him into the room where Mrs. March sat, looking tired and broken. +She found this look of Dryfoos's pathetic, and dwelt on the sort of +stupefaction there was in it; he must have loved his son more than they +ever realized. " Yes," said March, " I suspect he did. He's never been +about the place since that day; he was always dropping in before, on his +way up-town. He seems to go down to Wall Street every day, just as +before, but I suppose that's mechanical; he wouldn't know what else to +do; I dare say it's best for him. The sanguine Fulkerson is getting a +little anxious about the future of 'Every Other Week.' Now Conrad's +gone, he isn't sure the old man will want to keep on with it, or whether +he'll have to look up another Angel. He wants to get married, I imagine, +and he can't venture till this point is settled." + +"It's a very material point to us too, Basil," said Mrs. March. + +"Well, of course. I hadn't overlooked that, you may be sure. One of the +things that Fulkerson and I have discussed is a scheme for buying the +magazine. Its success is pretty well assured now, and I shouldn't be +afraid to put money into it--if I had the money." + +"I couldn't let you sell the house in Boston, Basil!" + +"And I don't want to. I wish we could go back and live in it and get the +rent, too! It would be quite a support. But I suppose if Dryfoos won't +keep on, it must come to another Angel. I hope it won't be a literary +one, with a fancy for running my department." + +"Oh, I guess whoever takes the magazine will be glad enough to keep you!" + +"Do you think so? Well, perhaps. But I don't believe Fulkerson would +let me stand long between him and an Angel of the right description." + +"Well, then, I believe he would. And you've never seen anything, Basil, +to make you really think that Mr. Fulkerson didn't appreciate you to the +utmost." + +"I think I came pretty near an undervaluation in that Lindau trouble. +I shall always wonder what put a backbone into Fulkerson just at that +crisis. Fulkerson doesn't strike me as the stuff of a moral hero." + +"At any rate, he was one," said Mrs. March, "and that's quite enough for +me." + +March did not answer. "What a noble thing life is, anyway! Here I am, +well on the way to fifty, after twenty-five years of hard work, looking +forward to the potential poor-house as confidently as I did in youth. +We might have saved a little more than we have saved; but the little more +wouldn't avail if I were turned out of my place now; and we should have +lived sordidly to no purpose. Some one always has you by the throat, +unless you have some one else in your grip. I wonder if that's the +attitude the Almighty intended His respectable creatures to take toward +one another! I wonder if He meant our civilization, the battle we fight +in, the game we trick in! I wonder if He considers it final, and if the +kingdom of heaven on earth, which we pray for--" + +"Have you seen Lindau to-day?" Mrs. March asked. + +"You inferred it from the quality of my piety?" March laughed, and then +suddenly sobered. "Yes, I saw him. It's going rather hard with him, +I'm afraid. The amputation doesn't heal very well; the shock was very +great, and he's old. It 'll take time. There's so much pain that they +have to keep him under opiates, and I don't think he fully knew me. At +any rate, I didn't get my piety from him to-day." + +"It's horrible! Horrible!" said Mrs. March. "I can't get over it! +After losing his hand in the war, to lose his whole arm now in this way! +It does seem too cruel! Of course he oughtn't to have been there; we can +say that. But you oughtn't to have been there, either, Basil." + +"Well, I wasn't exactly advising the police to go and club the railroad +presidents." + +"Neither was poor Conrad Dryfoos." + +"I don't deny it. All that was distinctly the chance of life and death. +That belonged to God; and no doubt it was law, though it seems chance. +But what I object to is this economic chance-world in which we live, and +which we men seem to have created. It ought to be law as inflexible in +human affairs as the order of day and night in the physical world that if +a man will work he shall both rest and eat, and shall not be harassed +with any question as to how his repose and his provision shall come. +Nothing less ideal than this satisfies the reason. But in our state of +things no one is secure of this. No one is sure of finding work; no one +is sure of not losing it. I may have my work taken away from me at any +moment by the caprice, the mood, the indigestion of a man who has not the +qualification for knowing whether I do it well, or ill. At my time of +life--at every time of life--a man ought to feel that if he will keep on +doing his duty he shall not suffer in himself or in those who are dear to +him, except through natural causes. But no man can feel this as things +are now; and so we go on, pushing and pulling, climbing and crawling, +thrusting aside and trampling underfoot; lying, cheating, stealing; and +then we get to the end, covered with blood and dirt and sin and shame, +and look back over the way we've come to a palace of our own, or the +poor-house, which is about the only possession we can claim in common +with our brother-men, I don't think the retrospect can be pleasing." + +"I know, I know!" said his wife. "I think of those things, too, Basil. +Life isn't what it seems when you look forward to it. But I think people +would suffer less, and wouldn't have to work so hard, and could make all +reasonable provision for the future, if they were not so greedy and so +foolish." + +"Oh, without doubt! We can't put it all on the conditions; we must put +some of the blame on character. But conditions make character; and +people are greedy and foolish, and wish to have and to shine, because +having and shining are held up to them by civilization as the chief good +of life. We all know they are not the chief good, perhaps not good at +all; but if some one ventures to say so, all the rest of us call him a +fraud and a crank, and go moiling and toiling on to the palace or the +poor-house. We can't help it. If one were less greedy or less foolish, +some one else would have and would shine at his expense. We don't moil +and toil to ourselves alone; the palace or the poor-house is not merely +for ourselves, but for our children, whom we've brought up in the +superstition that having and shining is the chief good. We dare not +teach them otherwise, for fear they may falter in the fight when it comes +their turn, and the children of others will crowd them out of the palace +into the poor-house. If we felt sure that honest work shared by all +would bring them honest food shared by all, some heroic few of us, who +did not wish our children to rise above their fellows--though we could +not bear to have them fall below--might trust them with the truth. But +we have no such assurance, and so we go on trembling before Dryfooses and +living in gimcrackeries." + +"Basil, Basil! I was always willing to live more simply than you. You +know I was!" + +"I know you always said so, my dear. But how many bell-ratchets and +speaking-tubes would you be willing to have at the street door below? +I remember that when we were looking for a flat you rejected every +building that had a bell-ratchet or a speaking-tube, and would have +nothing to do with any that had more than an electric button; you wanted +a hall-boy, with electric buttons all over him. I don't blame you. I +find such things quite as necessary as you do." + +"And do you mean to say, Basil," she asked, abandoning this unprofitable +branch of the inquiry, "that you are really uneasy about your place? +that you are afraid Mr. Dryfoos may give up being an Angel, and Mr. +Fulkerson may play you false?" + +"Play me false? Oh, it wouldn't be playing me false. It would be merely +looking out for himself, if the new Angel had editorial tastes and wanted +my place. It's what any one would do." + +"You wouldn't do it, Basil!" + +"Wouldn't I? Well, if any one offered me more salary than 'Every Other +Week' pays--say, twice as much--what do you think my duty to my suffering +family would be? It's give and take in the business world, Isabel; +especially take. But as to being uneasy, I'm not, in the least. I've +the spirit of a lion, when it comes to such a chance as that. When I see +how readily the sensibilities of the passing stranger can be worked in +New York, I think of taking up the role of that desperate man on Third +Avenue who went along looking for garbage in the gutter to eat. I think +I could pick up at least twenty or thirty cents a day by that little +game, and maintain my family in the affluence it's been accustomed to." + +"Basil!" cried his wife. "You don't mean to say that man was an +impostor! And I've gone about, ever since, feeling that one such case in +a million, the bare possibility of it, was enough to justify all that +Lindau said about the rich and the poor!" + +March laughed teasingly. "Oh, I don't say he was an impostor. Perhaps +he really was hungry; but, if he wasn't, what do you think of a +civilization that makes the opportunity of such a fraud? that gives us +all such a bad conscience for the need which is that we weaken to the +need that isn't? Suppose that poor fellow wasn't personally founded on +fact: nevertheless, he represented the truth; he was the ideal of the +suffering which would be less effective if realistically treated. That +man is a great comfort to me. He probably rioted for days on that +quarter I gave him; made a dinner very likely, or a champagne supper; and +if 'Every Other Week' wants to get rid of me, I intend to work that +racket. You can hang round the corner with Bella, and Tom can come up to +me in tears, at stated intervals, and ask me if I've found anything yet. +To be sure, we might be arrested and sent up somewhere. But even in that +extreme case we should be provided for. Oh no, I'm not afraid of losing +my place! I've merely a sort of psychological curiosity to know how men +like Dryfoos and Fulkerson will work out the problem before them." + + + + +IX. + +It was a curiosity which Fulkerson himself shared, at least concerning +Dryfoos. "I don't know what the old man's going to do," he said to March +the day after the Marches had talked their future over. "Said anything +to you yet?" + +"No, not a word." + +"You're anxious, I suppose, same as I am. Fact is," said Fulkerson, +blushing a little, "I can't ask to have a day named till I know where I +am in connection with the old man. I can't tell whether I've got to look +out for something else or somebody else. Of course, it's full soon yet." + +"Yes," March said, "much sooner than it seems to us. We're so anxious +about the future that we don't remember how very recent the past is." + +"That's something so. The old man's hardly had time yet to pull himself +together. Well, I'm glad you feel that way about it, March. I guess +it's more of a blow to him than we realize. He was a good deal bound up +in Coonrod, though he didn't always use him very well. Well, I reckon +it's apt to happen so oftentimes; curious how cruel love can be. Heigh? +We're an awful mixture, March!" + +"Yes, that's the marvel and the curse, as Browning says." + +"Why, that poor boy himself," pursued Fulkerson, had streaks of the mule +in him that could give odds to Beaton, and he must have tried the old man +by the way he would give in to his will and hold out against his +judgment. I don't believe he ever budged a hairs-breadth from his +original position about wanting to be a preacher and not wanting to be a +business man. Well, of course! I don't think business is all in all; +but it must have made the old man mad to find that without saying +anything, or doing anything to show it, and after seeming to come over to +his ground, and really coming, practically, Coonrod was just exactly +where he first planted himself, every time." + +"Yes, people that have convictions are difficult. Fortunately, they're +rare." + +"Do you think so? It seems to me that everybody's got convictions. +Beaton himself, who hasn't a principle to throw at a dog, has got +convictions the size of a barn. They ain't always the same ones, I know, +but they're always to the same effect, as far as Beaton's being Number +One is concerned. The old man's got convictions or did have, unless this +thing lately has shaken him all up--and he believes that money will do +everything. Colonel Woodburn's got convictions that he wouldn't part +with for untold millions. Why, March, you got convictions yourself!" + +"Have I?" said March. "I don't know what they are." + +"Well, neither do I; but I know you were ready to kick the trough over +for them when the old man wanted us to bounce Lindau that time." + +"Oh yes," said March; he remembered the fact; but he was still uncertain +just what the convictions were that he had been so stanch for. + +"I suppose we could have got along without you," Fulkerson mused aloud. +"It's astonishing how you always can get along in this world without the +man that is simply indispensable. Makes a fellow realize that he could +take a day off now and then without deranging the solar system a great +deal. Now here's Coonrod--or, rather, he isn't. But that boy managed +his part of the schooner so well that I used to tremble when I thought of +his getting the better of the old man and going into a convent or +something of that kind; and now here he is, snuffed out in half a second, +and I don't believe but what we shall be sailing along just as chipper as +usual inside of thirty days. I reckon it will bring the old man to the +point when I come to talk with him about who's to be put in Coonrod's +place. I don't like very well to start the subject with him; but it's +got to be done some time." + +"Yes," March admitted. "It's terrible to think how unnecessary even the +best and wisest of us is to the purposes of Providence. When I looked at +that poor young fellow's face sometimes--so gentle and true and pure-- +I used to think the world was appreciably richer for his being in it. +But are we appreciably poorer for his being out of it now?" + +"No, I don't reckon we are," said Fulkerson. "And what a lot of the raw +material of all kinds the Almighty must have, to waste us the way He +seems to do. Think of throwing away a precious creature like Coonrod +Dryfoos on one chance in a thousand of getting that old fool of a Lindau +out of the way of being clubbed! For I suppose that was what Coonrod was +up to. Say! Have you been round to see Lindau to-day?" + +Something in the tone or the manner of Fulkerson startled March. "No! +I haven't seen him since yesterday." + +"Well, I don't know," said Fulkerson. "I guess I saw him a little while +after you did, and that young doctor there seemed to feel kind of worried +about him. + +Or not worried, exactly; they can't afford to let such things worry them, +I suppose; but--" + +"He's worse?" asked March. + +"Oh, he didn't say so. But I just wondered if you'd seen him to-day." + +"I think I'll go now," said March, with a pang at heart. He had gone +every day to see Lindau, but this day he had thought he would not go, and +that was why his heart smote him. He knew that if he were in Lindau's +place Lindau would never have left his side if he could have helped it. +March tried to believe that the case was the same, as it stood now; it +seemed to him that he was always going to or from the hospital; he said +to himself that it must do Lindau harm to be visited so much. But be +knew that this was not true when he was met at the door of the ward where +Lindau lay by the young doctor, who had come to feel a personal interest +in March's interest in Lindau. + +He smiled without gayety, and said, " He's just going." + +"What! Discharged?" + +"Oh no. He has been failing very fast since you saw him yesterday, and +now--" They had been walking softly and talking softly down the aisle +between the long rows of beds. "Would you care to see him?" + +The doctor made a slight gesture toward the white canvas screen which in +such places forms the death-chamber of the poor and friendless. "Come +round this way--he won't know you! I've got rather fond of the poor old +fellow. He wouldn't have a clergyman--sort of agnostic, isn't he? A +good many of these Germans are--but the young lady who's been coming to +see him--" + +They both stopped. Lindau's grand, patriarchal head, foreshortened to +their view, lay white upon the pillow, and his broad, white beard flowed +upon the sheet, which heaved with those long last breaths. Beside his +bed Margaret Vance was kneeling; her veil was thrown back, and her face +was lifted; she held clasped between her hands the hand of the dying man; +she moved her lips inaudibly. + + + + +X. + + +In spite of the experience of the whole race from time immemorial, when +death comes to any one we know we helplessly regard it as an incident of +life, which will presently go on as before. Perhaps this is an +instinctive perception of the truth that it does go on somewhere; but we +have a sense of death as absolutely the end even for earth only if it +relates to some one remote or indifferent to us. March tried to project +Lindau to the necessary distance from himself in order to realize the +fact in his case, but he could not, though the man with whom his youth +had been associated in a poetic friendship had not actually reentered the +region of his affection to the same degree, or in any like degree. The +changed conditions forbade that. He had a soreness of heart concerning +him; but he could not make sure whether this soreness was grief for his +death, or remorse for his own uncandor with him about Dryfoos, or a +foreboding of that accounting with his conscience which he knew his wife +would now exact of him down to the last minutest particular of their +joint and several behavior toward Lindau ever since they had met him in +New York. + +He felt something knock against his shoulder, and he looked up to have +his hat struck from his head by a horse's nose. He saw the horse put his +foot on the hat, and he reflected, "Now it will always look like an +accordion," and he heard the horse's driver address him some sarcasms +before he could fully awaken to the situation. He was standing +bareheaded in the middle of Fifth Avenue and blocking the tide of +carriages flowing in either direction. Among the faces put out of the +carriage windows he saw that of Dryfoos looking from a coupe. The old +man knew him, and said, "Jump in here, Mr. March"; and March, who had +mechanically picked up his hat, and was thinking, " Now I shall have to +tell Isabel about this at once, and she will never trust me on the street +again without her," mechanically obeyed. Her confidence in him had been +undermined by his being so near Conrad when he was shot; and it went +through his mind that he would get Dryfoos to drive him to a hatter's, +where he could buy a new hat, and not be obliged to confess his narrow +escape to his wife till the incident was some days old and she could bear +it better. It quite drove Lindau's death out of his mind for the moment; +and when Dryfoos said if he was going home he would drive up to the first +cross-street and turn back with him, March said he would be glad if he +would take him to a hat-store. The old man put his head out again and +told the driver to take them to the Fifth Avenue Hotel. "There's a hat- +store around there somewhere, seems to me," he said; and they talked of +March's accident as well as they could in the rattle and clatter of the +street till they reached the place. March got his hat, passing a joke +with the hatter about the impossibility of pressing his old hat over +again, and came out to thank Dryfoos and take leave of him. + +"If you ain't in any great hurry," the old man said, "I wish you'd get in +here a minute. I'd like to have a little talk with you." + +"Oh, certainly," said March, and he thought: "It's coming now about what +he intends to do with 'Every Other Week.' Well, I might as well have all +the misery at once and have it over." + +Dryfoos called up to his driver, who bent his head down sidewise to +listen: "Go over there on Madison Avenue, onto that asphalt, and keep +drivin' up and down till I stop you. I can't hear myself think on these +pavements," he said to March. But after they got upon the asphalt, and +began smoothly rolling over it, he seemed in no haste to begin. At last +he said, "I wanted to talk with you about that--that Dutchman that was at +my dinner--Lindau," and March's heart gave a jump with wonder whether he +could already have heard of Lindau's death; but in an instant he +perceived that this was impossible. "I been talkin' with Fulkerson about +him, and he says they had to take the balance of his arm off." + +March nodded; it seemed to him he could not speak. He could not make out +from the close face of the old man anything of his motive. It was set, +but set as a piece of broken mechanism is when it has lost the power to +relax itself. There was no other history in it of what the man had +passed through in his son's death. + +"I don't know," Dryfoos resumed, looking aside at the cloth window-strap, +which he kept fingering, "as you quite understood what made me the +maddest. I didn't tell him I could talk Dutch, because I can't keep it +up with a regular German; but my father was Pennsylvany Dutch, and I +could understand what he was saying to you about me. I know I had no +business to understood it, after I let him think I couldn't but I did, +and I didn't like very well to have a man callin' me a traitor and a +tyrant at my own table. Well, I look at it differently now, and I reckon +I had better have tried to put up with it; and I would, if I could have +known--" He stopped with a quivering lip, and then went on: "Then, again, +I didn't like his talkin' that paternalism of his. I always heard it was +the worst kind of thing for the country; I was brought up to think the +best government was the one that governs the least; and I didn't want to +hear that kind of talk from a man that was livin' on my money. +I couldn't bear it from him. Or I thought I couldn't before--before--" +He stopped again, and gulped. "I reckon now there ain't anything I +couldn't bear." March was moved by the blunt words and the mute stare +forward with which they ended. "Mr. Dryfoos, I didn't know that you +understood Lindau's German, or I shouldn't have allowed him he wouldn't +have allowed himself--to go on. He wouldn't have knowingly abused his +position of guest to censure you, no matter how much he condemned you." +"I don't care for it now," said Dryfoos. "It's all past and gone, as far +as I'm concerned; but I wanted you to see that I wasn't tryin' to punish +him for his opinions, as you said." + +"No; I see now," March assented, though he thought, his position still +justified. "I wish--" + +"I don't know as I understand much about his opinions, anyway; but I +ain't ready to say I want the men dependent on me to manage my business +for me. I always tried to do the square thing by my hands; and in that +particular case out there I took on all the old hands just as fast as +they left their Union. As for the game I came on them, it was dog eat +dog, anyway." + +March could have laughed to think how far this old man was from even +conceiving of Lindau's point'of view, and how he was saying the worst of +himself that Lindau could have said of him. No one could have +characterized the kind of thing he had done more severely than he when he +called it dog eat dog. + +"There's a great deal to be said on both sides," March began, hoping to +lead up through this generality to the fact of Lindau's death; but the +old man went on: + +"Well, all I wanted him to know is that I wasn't trying to punish him for +what he said about things in general. You naturally got that idea, I +reckon; but I always went in for lettin' people say what they please and +think what they please; it's the only way in a free country." + +"I'm afraid, Mr. Dryfoos, that it would make little difference to Lindau +now--" + +"I don't suppose he bears malice for it," said Dryfoos, " but what I want +to do is to have him told so. He could understand just why I didn't want +to be called hard names, and yet I didn't object to his thinkin' whatever +he pleased. I'd like him to know--" + +"No one can speak to him, no one can tell him," March began again, but +again Dryfoos prevented him from going on. + +"I understand it's a delicate thing; and I'm not askin' you to do it. +What I would really like to do--if you think he could be prepared for it, +some way, and could stand it--would be to go to him myself, and tell him +just what the trouble was. I'm in hopes, if I done that, he could see +how I felt about it." + +A picture of Dryfoos going to the dead Lindau with his vain regrets +presented itself to March, and he tried once more to make the old man +understand. "Mr. Dryfoos," be said, "Lindau is past all that forever," +and he felt the ghastly comedy of it when Dryfoos continued, without +heeding him + +"I got a particular reason why I want him to believe it wasn't his ideas +I objected to--them ideas of his about the government carryin' everything +on and givin' work. I don't understand 'em exactly, but I found a +writin'--among--my son's-things" (he seemed to force the words through +his teeth), "and I reckon he--thought--that way. Kind of a diary--where +he --put down-his thoughts. My son and me--we differed about a good- +many things." His chin shook, and from time to time he stopped. "I +wasn't very good to him, I reckon; I crossed him where I guess I got no +business to cross him; but I thought everything of--Coonrod. He was the +best boy, from a baby, that ever was; just so patient and mild, and done +whatever he was told. I ought to 'a' let him been a preacher! Oh, my +son! my son!" The sobs could not be kept back any longer; they shook the +old man with a violence that made March afraid for him; but he controlled +himself at last with a series of hoarse sounds like barks. "Well, it's +all past and gone! But as I understand you from what you saw, when +Coonrod was--killed, he was tryin' to save that old man from trouble?" + +Yes, yes! It seemed so to me." + +"That 'll do, then! I want you to have him come back and write for the +book when he gets well. I want you to find out and let me know if +there's anything I can do for him. I'll feel as if I done it--for my-- +son. I'll take him into my own house, and do for him there, if you say +so, when he gets so he can be moved. I'll wait on him myself. It's what +Coonrod 'd do, if he was here. I don't feel any hardness to him because +it was him that got Coonrod killed, as you might say, in one sense of the +term; but I've tried to think it out, and I feel like I was all the more +beholden to him because my son died tryin' to save him. Whatever I do, +I'll be doin' it for Coonrod, and that's enough for me." He seemed to +have finished, and he turned to March as if to hear what he had to say. + +March hesitated. "I'm afraid, Mr. Dryfoos--Didn't Fulkerson tell you +that Lindau was very sick?" + +"Yes, of course. But he's all right, he said." + +Now it had to come, though the fact had been latterly playing fast and +loose with March's consciousness. Something almost made him smile; the +willingness he had once felt to give this old man pain; then he consoled +himself by thinking that at least he was not obliged to meet Dryfoos's +wish to make atonement with the fact that Lindau had renounced him, and +would on no terms work for such a man as he, or suffer any kindness from +him. In this light Lindau seemed the harder of the two, and March had +the momentary force to say + +"Mr. Dryfoos--it can't be. Lindau--I have just come from him--is dead." + + + + +XI. + +"How did he take it? How could he bear it? Oh, Basil! I wonder you +could have the heart to say it to him. It was cruel!" + +"Yes, cruel enough, my dear," March owned to his wife, when they talked +the matter over on his return home. He could not wait till the children +were out of the way, and afterward neither he nor his wife was sorry that +he had spoken of it before them. The girl cried plentifully for her old +friend who was dead, and said she hated Mr. Dryfoos, and then was sorry +for him, too; and the boy listened to all, and spoke with a serious sense +that pleased his father. "But as to how he took it," March went on to +answer his wife's question about Dryfoos--"how do any of us take a thing +that hurts? Some of us cry out, and some of us don't. Dryfoos drew a +kind of long, quivering breath, as a child does when it grieves--there's +something curiously simple and primitive about him--and didn't say +anything. After a while he asked me how he could see the people at the +hospital about the remains; I gave him my card to the young doctor there +that had charge of Lindau. I suppose he was still carrying forward his +plan of reparation in his mind--to the dead for the dead. But how +useless! If he could have taken the living Lindau home with him, and +cared for him all his days, what would it have profited the gentle +creature whose life his worldly ambition vexed and thwarted here? +He might as well offer a sacrifice at Conrad's grave. Children," said +March, turning to them, "death is an exile that no remorse and no love +can reach. Remember that, and be good to every one here on earth, for +your longing to retrieve any harshness or unkindness to the dead will be +the very ecstasy of anguish to you. I wonder," he mused, "if one of the +reasons why we're shut up to our ignorance of what is to be hereafter +isn't because if we were sure of another world we might be still more +brutal to one another here, in the hope of making reparation somewhere +else. Perhaps, if we ever come to obey the law of love on earth, the +mystery of death will be taken away." + +"Well"--the ancestral Puritanism spoke in Mrs. March--" these two old men +have been terribly punished. They have both been violent and wilful, and +they have both been punished. No one need ever tell me there is not a +moral government of the universe!" + +March always disliked to hear her talk in this way, which did both her +head and heart injustice. "And Conrad," he said, "what was he punished +for?" + +"He?" she answered, in an exaltation--" he suffered for the sins of +others." + +"Ah, well, if you put it in that way, yes. That goes on continually. +That's another mystery." + +He fell to brooding on it, and presently he heard his son saying, +"I suppose, papa, that Mr. Lindau died in a bad cause?" + +March was startled. He had always been so sorry for Lindau, and admired +his courage and generosity so much, that he had never fairly considered +this question. "Why, yes," he answered; "he died in the cause of +disorder; he was trying to obstruct the law. No doubt there was a wrong +there, an inconsistency and an injustice that he felt keenly; but it +could not be reached in his way without greater wrong." + +"Yes; that's what I thought," said the boy. "And what's the use of our +ever fighting about anything in America? I always thought we could vote +anything we wanted." + +"We can, if we're honest, and don't buy and sell one another's votes," +said his father. "And men like Lindau, who renounce the American means +as hopeless, and let their love of justice hurry them into sympathy with +violence--yes, they are wrong; and poor Lindau did die in a bad cause, as +you say, Tom." + +"I think Conrad had no business there, or you, either, Basil," said his +wife. + +"Oh, I don't defend myself," said March. "I was there in the cause of +literary curiosity and of conjugal disobedience. But Conrad--yes, he had +some business there: it was his business to suffer there for the sins of +others. Isabel, we can't throw aside that old doctrine of the Atonement +yet. The life of Christ, it wasn't only in healing the sick and going +about to do good; it was suffering for the sins of others. That's as +great a mystery as the mystery of death. Why should there be such a +principle in the world? But it's been felt, and more or less dumbly, +blindly recognized ever since Calvary. If we love mankind, pity them, +we even wish to suffer for them. That's what has created the religious +orders in all times--the brotherhoods and sisterhoods that belong to our +day as much as to the mediaeval past. That's what is driving a girl like +Margaret Vance, who has everything that the world can offer her young +beauty, on to the work of a Sister of Charity among the poor and the +dying." + +"Yes, yes!" cried Mrs. March. "How--how did she look there, Basil?" She +had her feminine misgivings; she was not sure but the girl was something +of a poseuse, and enjoyed the picturesqueness, as well as the pain; and +she wished to be convinced that it was not so. + +"Well," she said, when March had told again the little there was to tell, +"I suppose it must be a great trial to a woman like Mrs. Horn to have her +niece going that way." + +"The way of Christ?" asked March, with a smile. + +"Oh, Christ came into the world to teach us how to live rightly in it, +too. If we were all to spend our time in hospitals, it would be rather +dismal for the homes. But perhaps you don't think the homes are worth +minding?" she suggested, with a certain note in her voice that he knew. + +He got up and kissed her. "I think the gimcrackeries are." He took the +hat he had set down on the parlor table on coming in, and started to put +it in the hall, and that made her notice it. + +"You've been getting a new hat!" + +"Yes," he hesitated; " the old one had got--was decidedly shabby." + +"Well, that's right. I don't like you to wear them too long. Did you +leave the old one to be pressed?" + +"Well, the hatter seemed to think it was hardly worth pressing," said +March. He decided that for the present his wife's nerves had quite all +they could bear. + + + + +XII. + +It was in a manner grotesque, but to March it was all the more natural +for that reason, that Dryfoos should have Lindau's funeral from his +house. He knew the old man to be darkly groping, through the payment of +these vain honors to the dead, for some atonement to his son, and he +imagined him finding in them such comfort as comes from doing all one +can, even when all is useless. + +No one knew what Lindau's religion was, and in default they had had the +Anglican burial service read over him; it seems so often the refuge of +the homeless dead. Mrs. Dryfoos came down for the ceremony. She +understood that it was for Coonrod's sake that his father wished the +funeral to be there; and she confided to Mrs. March that she believed +Coonrod would have been pleased. "Coonrod was a member of the 'Piscopal +Church; and fawther's doin' the whole thing for Coonrod as much as for +anybody. He thought the world of Coonrod, fawther did. Mela, she kind +of thought it would look queer to have two funerals from the same house, +hand-runnin', as you might call it, and one of 'em no relation, either; +but when she saw how fawther was bent on it, she give in. Seems as if +she was tryin' to make up to fawther for Coonrod as much as she could. +Mela always was a good child, but nobody can ever come up to Coonrod." + +March felt all the grotesqueness, the hopeless absurdity of Dryfoos's +endeavor at atonement in these vain obsequies to the man for whom he +believed his son to have died; but the effort had its magnanimity, its +pathos, and there was a poetry that appealed to him in the reconciliation +through death of men, of ideas, of conditions, that could only have gone +warring on in life. He thought, as the priest went on with the solemn +liturgy, how all the world must come together in that peace which, +struggle and strive as we may, shall claim us at last. He looked at +Dryfoos, and wondered whether he would consider these rites a sufficient +tribute, or whether there was enough in him to make him realize their +futility, except as a mere sign of his wish to retrieve the past. He +thought how we never can atone for the wrong we do; the heart we have +grieved and wounded cannot kindle with pity for us when once it is +stilled; and yet we can put our evil from us with penitence, and somehow, +somewhere, the order of loving kindness, which our passion or our +wilfulness has disturbed, will be restored. + +Dryfoos, through Fulkerson, had asked all the more intimate contributors +of 'Every Other Week' to come. Beaton was absent, but Fulkerson had +brought Miss Woodburn, with her father, and Mrs. Leighton and Alma, to +fill up, as he said. Mela was much present, and was official with the +arrangement of the flowers and the welcome of the guests. She imparted +this impersonality to her reception of Kendricks, whom Fulkerson met in +the outer hall with his party, and whom he presented in whisper to them +all. Kendricks smiled under his breath, as it were, and was then mutely +and seriously polite to the Leightons. Alma brought a little bunch of +flowers, which were lost in those which Dryfoos had ordered to be +unsparingly provided. + +It was a kind of satisfaction to Mela to have Miss Vance come, and +reassuring as to how it would look to have the funeral there; Miss Vance +would certainly not have come unless it had been all right; she had come, +and had sent some Easter lilies. + +"Ain't Christine coming down?" Fulkerson asked Mela. + +"No, she ain't a bit well, and she ain't been, ever since Coonrod died. +I don't know, what's got over her," said Mela. She added, "Well, I +should 'a' thought Mr. Beaton would 'a' made out to 'a' come!" + +"Beaton's peculiar," said Fulkerson. "If he thinks you want him he takes +a pleasure in not letting you have him." + +"Well, goodness knows, I don't want him," said the girl. + +Christine kept her room, and for the most part kept her bed; but there +seemed nothing definitely the matter with her, and she would not let them +call a doctor. Her mother said she reckoned she was beginning to feel +the spring weather, that always perfectly pulled a body down in New York; +and Mela said if being as cross as two sticks was any sign of spring- +fever, Christine had it bad. She was faithfully kind to her, and +submitted to all her humors, but she recompensed herself by the freest +criticism of Christine when not in actual attendance on her. Christine +would not suffer Mrs. Mandel to approach her, and she had with her father +a sullen submission which was not resignation. For her, apparently, +Conrad had not died, or had died in vain. + +"Pshaw!" said Mela, one morning when she came to breakfast, "I reckon if +we was to send up an old card of Mr. Beaton's she'd rattle down-stairs +fast enough. If she's sick, she's love-sick. It makes me sick to see +her." + +Mela was talking to Mrs. Mandel, but her father looked up from his plate +and listened. Mela went on: "I don't know what's made the fellow quit +comun'. But he was an aggravatun' thing, and no more dependable than +water. It's just like Air. Fulkerson said, if he thinks you want him +he'll take a pleasure in not lettun' you have him. I reckon that's +what's the matter with Christine. I believe in my heart the girl 'll die +if she don't git him." + +Mela went on to eat her breakfast with her own good appetite. She now +always came down to keep her father company, as she said, and she did her +best to cheer and comfort him. At least she kept the talk going, and she +had it nearly all to herself, for Mrs. Mandel was now merely staying on +provisionally, and, in the absence of any regrets or excuses from +Christine, was looking ruefully forward to the moment when she must leave +even this ungentle home for the chances of the ruder world outside. + +The old man said nothing at table, but, when Mela went up to see if she +could do anything for Christine, he asked Mrs. Mandel again about all the +facts of her last interview with Beaton. + +She gave them as fully as she could remember them, and the old man made +no comment on them. But he went out directly after, and at the 'Every +Other Week' office he climbed the stairs to Fulkerson's room and asked +for Beaton's address. No one yet had taken charge of Conrad's work, and +Fulkerson was running the thing himself, as he said, till he could talk +with Dryfoos about it. The old man would not look into the empty room +where he had last seen his son alive; he turned his face away and hurried +by the door. + + + + +XIII. + +The course of public events carried Beaton's private affairs beyond the +reach of his simple first intention to renounce his connection with +'Every Other Week.' In fact, this was not perhaps so simple as it +seemed, and long before it could be put in effect it appeared still +simpler to do nothing about the matter--to remain passive and leave the +initiative to Dryfoos, to maintain the dignity of unconsciousness and let +recognition of any change in the situation come from those who had caused +the change. After all, it was rather absurd to propose making a purely +personal question the pivot on which his relations with 'Every Other +Week' turned. He took a hint from March's position and decided that he +did not know Dryfoos in these relations; he knew only Fulkerson, who had +certainly had nothing to do with Mrs. Mandel's asking his intentions. +As he reflected upon this he became less eager to look Fulkerson up and +make the magazine a partner of his own sufferings. This was the soberer +mood to which Beaton trusted that night even before he slept, and he +awoke fully confirmed in it. As he examined the offence done him in the +cold light of day, he perceived that it had not come either from Mrs. +Mandel, who was visibly the faltering and unwilling instrument of it, +or from Christine, who was altogether ignorant of it, but from Dryfoos, +whom he could not hurt by giving up his place. He could only punish +Fulkerson by that, and Fulkerson was innocent. Justice and interest +alike dictated the passive course to which Beaton inclined; and he +reflected that he might safely leave the punishment of Dryfoos to +Christine, who would find out what had happened, and would be able to +take care of herself in any encounter of tempers with her father. + +Beaton did not go to the office during the week that followed upon this +conclusion; but they were used there to these sudden absences of his, +and, as his work for the time was in train, nothing was made of his +staying away, except the sarcastic comment which the thought of him was +apt to excite in the literary department. He no longer came so much to +the Leightons, and Fulkerson was in no state of mind to miss any one +there except Miss Woodburn, whom he never missed. Beaton was left, then, +unmolestedly awaiting the course of destiny, when he read in the morning +paper, over his coffee at Maroni's, the deeply scare-headed story of +Conrad's death and the clubbing of Lindau. He probably cared as little +for either of them as any man that ever saw them; but he felt a shock, +if not a pang, at Conrad's fate, so out of keeping with his life and +character. He did not know what to do; and he did nothing. He was not +asked to the funeral, but he had not expected that, and, when Fulkerson +brought him notice that Lindau was also to be buried from Dryfoos's +house, it was without his usual sullen vindictiveness that he kept away. +In his sort, and as much as a man could who was necessarily so much taken +up with himself, he was sorry for Conrad's father; Beaton had a peculiar +tenderness for his own father, and he imagined how his father would feel +if it were he who had been killed in Conrad's place, as it might very +well have been; he sympathized with himself in view of the possibility; +and for once they were mistaken who thought him indifferent and merely +brutal in his failure to appear at Lindau's obsequies. + +He would really have gone if he had known how to reconcile his presence +in that house with the terms of his effective banishment from it; and he +was rather forgivingly finding himself wronged in the situation, when +Dryfoos knocked at the studio door the morning after Lindau's funeral. +Beaton roared out, "Come in!" as he always did to a knock if he had not +a model; if he had a model he set the door slightly ajar, and with his +palette on his thumb frowned at his visitor and told him he could not +come in. Dryfoos fumbled about for the knob in the dim passageway +outside, and Beaton, who had experience of people's difficulties with it, +suddenly jerked the door open. The two men stood confronted, and at +first sight of each other their quiescent dislike revived. Each would +have been willing to turn away from the other, but that was not possible. +Beaton snorted some sort of inarticulate salutation, which Dryfoos did +not try to return; he asked if he could see him alone for a minute or +two, and Beaton bade him come in, and swept some paint-blotched rags from +the chair which he told him to take. He noticed, as the old man sank +tremulously into it, that his movement was like that of his own father, +and also that he looked very much like Christine. Dryfoos folded his +hands tremulously on the top of his horn-handled stick, and he was rather +finely haggard, with the dark hollows round his black eyes and the fall +of the muscles on either side of his chin. He had forgotten to take his +soft, wide-brimmed hat off; and Beaton felt a desire to sketch him just +as he sat. + +Dryfoos suddenly pulled himself together from the dreary absence into +which he fell at first. "Young man," he began, "maybe I've come here on +a fool's errand," and Beaton rather fancied that beginning. + +But it embarrassed him a little, and he said, with a shy glance aside, "I +don't know what you mean." +"I reckon," Dryfoos answered, quietly, "you got your notion, though. +I set that woman on to speak to you the way she done. But if there was +anything wrong in the way she spoke, or if you didn't feel like she had +any right to question you up as if we suspected you of anything mean, I +want you to say so." + +Beaton said nothing, and the old man went on. + +"I ain't very well up in the ways of the world, and I don't pretend to +be. All I want is to be fair and square with everybody. I've made +mistakes, though, in my time--" He stopped, and Beaton was not proof +against the misery of his face, which was twisted as with some strong +physical ache. "I don't know as I want to make any more, if I can help +it. I don't know but what you had a right to keep on comin', and if you +had I want you to say so. Don't you be afraid but what I'll take it in +the right way. I don't want to take advantage of anybody, and I don't +ask you to say any more than that." + +Beaton did not find the humiliation of the man who had humiliated him so +sweet as he could have fancied it might be. He knew how it had come +about, and that it was an effect of love for his child; it did not matter +by what ungracious means she had brought him to know that he loved her +better than his own will, that his wish for her happiness was stronger +than his pride; it was enough that he was now somehow brought to give +proof of it. Beaton could not be aware of all that dark coil of +circumstance through which Dryfoos's present action evolved itself; +the worst of this was buried in the secret of the old man's heart, a worm +of perpetual torment. What was apparent to another was that he was +broken by the sorrow that had fallen upon him, and it was this that +Beaton respected and pitied in his impulse to be frank and kind in his +answer. + +"No, I had no right to keep coming to your house in the way I did, +unless--unless I meant more than I ever said." Beaton added: "I don't +say that what you did was usual--in this country, at any rate; but I +can't say you were wrong. Since you speak to me about the matter, it's +only fair to myself to say that a good deal goes on in life without much +thinking of consequences. That's the way I excuse myself." + +"And you say Mrs. Mandel done right?" asked Dryfoos, as if he wished +simply to be assured of a point of etiquette. + +"Yes, she did right. I've nothing to complain of." + +"That's all I wanted to know," said Dryfoos; but apparently he had not +finished, and he did not go, though the silence that Beaton now kept gave +him a chance to do so. He began a series of questions which had no +relation to the matter in hand, though they were strictly personal to +Beaton. "What countryman are you?" he asked, after a moment. + +"What countryman?" Beaton frowned back at him. + +"Yes, are you an American by birth?" + +"Yes; I was born in Syracuse." + +"Protestant?" + +"My father is a Scotch Seceder." + +"What business is your father in?" + +Beaton faltered and blushed; then he answered: + +"He's in the monument business, as he calls it. He's a tombstone +cutter." Now that he was launched, Beaton saw no reason for not +declaring, "My father's always been a poor man, and worked with his own +hands for his living." He had too slight esteem socially for Dryfoos to +conceal a fact from him that he might have wished to blink with others. + +"Well, that's right," said Dryfoos. "I used to farm it myself. I've got +a good pile of money together, now. At first it didn't come easy; but +now it's got started it pours in and pours in; it seems like there was no +end to it. I've got well on to three million; but it couldn't keep me +from losin' my son. It can't buy me back a minute of his life; not all +the money in the world can do it!" + +He grieved this out as if to himself rather than to Beaton, who, scarcely +ventured to say, "I know--I am very sorry--" + +"How did you come," Dryfoos interrupted, "to take up paintin'?" + +"Well, I don't know," said Beaton, a little scornfully. "You don't. +take a thing of that kind up, I fancy. I always wanted to paint." + +"Father try to stop you?" + +"No. It wouldn't have been of any use. Why--" + +"My son, he wanted to be a preacher, and I did stop him or I thought I +did. But I reckon he was a preacher, all the same, every minute of his +life. As you say, it ain't any use to try to stop a thing like that. +I reckon if a child has got any particular bent, it was given to it; +and it's goin' against the grain, it's goin' against the law, to try to +bend it some other way. There's lots of good business men, Mr. Beaton, +twenty of 'em to every good preacher?" + +"I imagine more than twenty," said Beaton, amused and touched through his +curiosity as to what the old man was driving at by the quaint simplicity +of his speculations. + +"Father ever come to the city?" + +"No; he never has the time; and my mother's an invalid." + +"Oh! Brothers and sisters?" + +"Yes; we're a large family." + +"I lost two little fellers--twins," said Dryfoos, sadly. "But we hain't +ever had but just the five. Ever take portraits?" + +"Yes," said Beaton, meeting this zigzag in the queries as seriously as +the rest. "I don't think I am good at it." + +Dryfoos got to his feet. "I wish you'd paint a likeness of my son. +You've seen him plenty of times. We won't fight about the price, don't +you be afraid of that." + +Beaton was astonished, and in a mistaken way he was disgusted. He saw +that Dryfoos was trying to undo Mrs. Mandel's work practically, and get +him to come again to his house; that he now conceived of the offence +given him as condoned, and wished to restore the former situation. He +knew that he was attempting this for Christine's sake, but he was not the +man to imagine that Dryfoos was trying not only to tolerate him, but to +like him; and, in fact, Dryfoos was not wholly conscious himself of this +end. What they both understood was that Dryfoos was endeavoring to get +at Beaton through Conrad's memory; but with one this was its dedication +to a purpose of self sacrifice, and with the other a vulgar and shameless +use of it. + +"I couldn't do it," said Beaton. "I couldn't think of attempting it." + +"Why not?" Dryfoos persisted. "We got some photographs of him; he +didn't like to sit very well; but his mother got him to; and you know how +he looked." + +"I couldn't do it--I couldn't. I can't even consider it. I'm very +sorry. I would, if it were possible. But it isn't possible." + +"I reckon if you see the photographs once" + +"It isn't that, Mr. Dryfoos. But I'm not in the way of that kind of +thing any more." + +"I'd give any price you've a mind to name--" + +"Oh, it isn't the money!" cried Beaton, beginning to lose control of +himself. + +The old man did not notice him. He sat with his head fallen forward, and +his chin resting on his folded hands. Thinking of the portrait, he saw +Conrad's face before him, reproachful, astonished, but all gentle as it +looked when Conrad caught his hand that day after he struck him; he heard +him say, "Father!" and the sweat gathered on his forehead. "Oh, my God!" +he groaned. "No; there ain't anything I can do now." + +Beaton did not know whether Dryfoos was speaking to him or not. He +started toward him. "Are you ill?" + +"No, there ain't anything the matter," said the old man. "But I guess +I'll lay down on your settee a minute." He tottered with Beaton's help +to the aesthetic couch covered with a tiger-skin, on which Beaton had +once thought of painting a Cleopatra; but he could never get the right +model. As the old man stretched himself out on it, pale and suffering, +he did not look much like a Cleopatra, but Beaton was struck with his +effectiveness, and the likeness between him and his daughter; she would +make a very good Cleopatra in some ways. All the time, while these +thoughts passed through his mind, he was afraid Dryfoos would die. +The old man fetched his breath in gasps, which presently smoothed and +lengthened into his normal breathing. Beaton got him a glass of wine, +and after tasting it he sat up. + +"You've got to excuse me," he said, getting back to his characteristic +grimness with surprising suddenness, when once he began to recover +himself. "I've been through a good deal lately; and sometimes it ketches +me round the heart like a pain." + +In his life of selfish immunity from grief, Beaton could not understand +this experience that poignant sorrow brings; he said to himself that +Dryfoos was going the way of angina pectoris; as he began shuffling off +the tiger-skin he said: "Had you better get up? Wouldn't you like me to +call a doctor?" + +"I'm all right, young man." Dryfoos took his hat and stick from him, but +he made for the door so uncertainly that Beaton put his hand under his +elbow and helped him out, and down the stairs, to his coupe. + +"Hadn't you better let me drive home with you?" he asked. + +"What?" said Dryfoos, suspiciously. + +Beaton repeated his question. + +"I guess I'm able to go home alone," said Dryfoos, in a surly tone, and +he put his head out of the window and called up "Home!" to the driver, +who immediately started off and left Beaton standing beside the +curbstone. + + + + +XIV. + +Beaton wasted the rest of the day in the emotions and speculations which +Dryfoos's call inspired. It was not that they continuously occupied him, +but they broke up the train of other thoughts, and spoiled him for work; +a very little spoiled Beaton for work; he required just the right mood +for work. He comprehended perfectly well that Dryfoos had made him that +extraordinary embassy because he wished him to renew his visits, and he +easily imagined the means that had brought him to this pass. From what +he knew of that girl he did not envy her father his meeting with her when +he must tell her his mission had failed. But had it failed? When Beaton +came to ask himself this question, he could only perceive that he and +Dryfoos had failed to find any ground of sympathy, and had parted in the +same dislike with which they had met. But as to any other failure, it +was certainly tacit, and it still rested with him to give it effect. +He could go back to Dryfoos's house, as freely as before, and it was +clear that he was very much desired to come back. But if he went back it +was also clear that he must go back with intentions more explicit than +before, and now he had to ask himself just how much or how little he had +meant by going there. His liking for Christine had certainly not +increased, but the charm, on the other hand, of holding a leopardess in +leash had not yet palled upon him. In his life of inconstancies, it was +a pleasure to rest upon something fixed, and the man who had no control +over himself liked logically enough to feel his control of some one else. +The fact cannot other wise be put in terms, and the attraction which +Christine Dryfoos had for him, apart from this, escapes from all terms, +as anything purely and merely passional must. He had seen from the first +that she was a cat, and so far as youth forecasts such things, he felt +that she would be a shrew. But he had a perverse sense of her beauty, +and he knew a sort of life in which her power to molest him with her +temper could be reduced to the smallest proportions, and even broken to +pieces. Then the consciousness of her money entered. It was evident +that the old man had mentioned his millions in the way of a hint to him +of what he might reasonably expect if he would turn and be his son-in- +law. Beaton did not put it to himself in those words; and in fact his +cogitations were not in words at all. It was the play of cognitions, +of sensations, formlessly tending to the effect which can only be very +clumsily interpreted in language. But when he got to this point in them, +Beaton rose to magnanimity and in a flash of dramatic reverie disposed of +a part of Dryfoos's riches in placing his father and mother, and his +brothers and sisters, beyond all pecuniary anxiety forever. He had no +shame, no scruple in this, for he had been a pensioner upon others ever +since a Syracusan amateur of the arts had detected his talent and given +him the money to go and study abroad. Beaton had always considered the +money a loan, to be repaid out of his future success; but he now never +dreamt of repaying it; as the man was rich, he had even a contempt for +the notion of repaying him; but this did not prevent him from feeling +very keenly the hardships he put his father to in borrowing money from +him, though he never repaid his father, either. In this reverie he saw +himself sacrificed in marriage with Christine Dryfoos, in a kind of +admiring self-pity, and he was melted by the spectacle of the dignity +with which he suffered all the lifelong trials ensuing from his +unselfishness. The fancy that Alma Leighton came bitterly to regret him, +contributed to soothe and flatter him, and he was not sure that Margaret. +Vance did not suffer a like loss in him. + +There had been times when, as he believed, that beautiful girl's high +thoughts had tended toward him; there had been looks, gestures, even +words, that had this effect to him, or that seemed to have had it; and +Beaton saw that he might easily construe Mrs. Horn's confidential appeal +to him to get Margaret interested in art again as something by no means +necessarily offensive, even though it had been made to him as to a master +of illusion. If Mrs. Horn had to choose between him and the life of good +works to which her niece was visibly abandoning herself, Beaton could not +doubt which she would choose; the only question was how real the danger +of a life of good works was. + +As he thought of these two girls, one so charming and the other so +divine, it became indefinitely difficult to renounce them for Christine +Dryfoos, with her sultry temper and her earthbound ideals. Life had been +so flattering to Beaton hitherto that he could not believe them both +finally indifferent; and if they were not indifferent, perhaps he did not +wish either of them to be very definite. What he really longed for was +their sympathy; for a man who is able to walk round quite ruthlessly on +the feelings of others often has very tender feelings of his own, easily +lacerated, and eagerly responsive to the caresses of compassion. In this +frame Beaton determined to go that afternoon, though it was not Mrs. +Horn's day, and call upon her in the hope of possibly seeing Miss Vance +alone. As he continued in it, he took this for a sign and actually went. +It did not fall out at once as he wished, but he got Mrs. Horn to talking +again about her niece, and Mrs. Horn again regretted that nothing could +be done by the fine arts to reclaim Margaret from good works. + +"Is she at home? Will you let me see her?" asked Beacon, with something +of the scientific interest of a physician inquiring for a patient whose +symptoms have been rehearsed to him. He had not asked for her before. + +"Yes, certainly," said Mrs. Horn, and she went herself to call Margaret, +and she did not return with her. The girl entered with the gentle grace +peculiar to her; and Beaton, bent as he was on his own consolation, +could not help being struck with the spiritual exaltation of her look. +At sight of her, the vague hope he had never quite relinquished, that +they might be something more than aesthetic friends, died in his heart. +She wore black, as she often did; but in spite of its fashion her dress +received a nun-like effect from the pensive absence of her face. +"Decidedly," thought Beaton, "she is far gone in good works." + +But he rose, all the same, to meet her on the old level, and he began at +once to talk to her of the subject he had been discussing with her aunt. +He said frankly that they both felt she had unjustifiably turned her back +upon possibilities which she ought not to neglect. + +"You know very well," she answered, " that I couldn't do anything in that +way worth the time I should waste on it. Don't talk of it, please. +I suppose my aunt has been asking you to say this, but it's no use. +I'm sorry it's no use, she wishes it so much; but I'm not sorry +otherwise. You can find the pleasure at least of doing good work in it; +but I couldn't find anything in it but a barren amusement. Mr. Wetmore +is right; for me, it's like enjoying an opera, or a ball." + +"That's one of Wetmore's phrases. He'd sacrifice anything to them." + +She put aside the whole subject with a look. "You were not at Mr. +Dryfoos's the other day. Have you seen them, any of them, lately?" + +"I haven't been there for some time, no," said Beaton, evasively. +But he thought if he was to get on to anything, he had better be candid. +"Mr. Dryfoos was at my studio this morning. He's got a queer notion. +He wants me to paint his son's portrait." + +She started. "And will you--" + +"No, I couldn't do such a thing. It isn't in my way. I told him so. +His son had a beautiful face an antique profile; a sort of early +Christian type; but I'm too much of a pagan for that sort of thing." + +"Yes." + +"Yes," Beaton continued, not quite liking her assent after he had invited +it. He had his pride in being a pagan, a Greek, but it failed him in her +presence, now; and he wished that she had protested he was none. "He was +a singular creature; a kind of survival; an exile in our time and place. +I don't know: we don't quite expect a saint to be rustic; but with all +his goodness Conrad Dryfoos was a country person. If he were not dying +for a cause you could imagine him milking." Beaton intended a contempt +that came from the bitterness of having himself once milked the family +cow. + +His contempt did not reach Miss Vance. "He died for a cause," she said. +"The holiest." + +"Of labor?" + +"Of peace. He was there to persuade the strikers to be quiet and go +home." + +"I haven't been quite sure," said Beaton. "But in any case he had no +business there. The police were on hand to do the persuading." + +"I can't let you talk so!" cried the girl. "It's shocking! Oh, I know +it's the way people talk, and the worst is that in the sight of the world +it's the right way. But the blessing on the peacemakers is not for the +policemen with their clubs." + +Beaton saw that she was nervous; he made his reflection that she was +altogether too far gone in good works for the fine arts to reach her; +he began to think how he could turn her primitive Christianity to the +account of his modern heathenism. He had no deeper design than to get +flattered back into his own favor far enough to find courage for some +sort of decisive step. In his heart he was trying to will whether he +should or should not go back to Dryfoos's house. It could not be from +the caprice that had formerly taken him; it must be from a definite +purpose; again he realized this. "Of course; you are right," he said. +"I wish I could have answered that old man differently. I fancy he was +bound up in his son, though he quarrelled with him, and crossed him. But +I couldn't do it; it wasn't possible." He said to himself that if she +said " No," now, he would be ruled by her agreement with him; and if she +disagreed with him, he would be ruled still by the chance, and would go +no more to the Dryfooses'. He found himself embarrassed to the point of +blushing when she said nothing, and left him, as it were, on his own +hands. "I should like to have given him that comfort; I fancy he hasn't +much comfort in life; but there seems no comfort in me." + +He dropped his head in a fit attitude for compassion; but she poured no +pity upon it. + +"There is no comfort for us in ourselves," she said. "It's hard to get +outside; but there's only despair within. When we think we have done +something for others, by some great effort, we find it's all for our own +vanity." + +"Yes," said Beaton. "If I could paint pictures for righteousness' sake, +I should have been glad to do Conrad Dryfoos for his father. I felt +sorry for him. Did the rest seem very much broken up? You saw them +all?" + +"Not all. Miss Dryfoos was ill, her sister said. It's hard to tell how +much people suffer. His mother seemed bewildered. The younger sister is +a simple creature; she looks like him; I think she must have something of +his spirit." + +"Not much spirit of any kind, I imagine," said Beaton. "But she's +amiably material. Did they say Miss Dryfoos was seriously ill?" + +"No. I supposed she might be prostrated by her brother's death." + +"Does she seem that kind of person to you, Miss Vance?" asked Beaton. + +"I don't know. I haven't tried to see so much of them as I might, the +past winter. I was not sure about her when I met her; I've never seen +much of people, except in my own set, and the--very poor. I have been +afraid I didn't understand her. She may have a kind of pride that would +not let her do herself justice." + +Beaton felt the unconscious dislike in the endeavor of praise. "Then she +seems to you like a person whose life--its trials, its chances--would +make more of than she is now?" + +"I didn't say that. I can't judge of her at all; but where we don't +know, don't you think we ought to imagine the best?" + +"Oh yes," said Beaton. "I didn't know but what I once said of them might +have prejudiced you against them. I have accused myself of it." He +always took a tone of conscientiousness, of self-censure, in talking with +Miss Vance; he could not help it. + +"Oh no. And I never allowed myself to form any judgment of her. She is +very pretty, don't you think, in a kind of way?" + +"Very." + +"She has a beautiful brunette coloring: that floury white and the +delicate pink in it. Her eyes are beautiful." + +"She's graceful, too," said Beaton. "I've tried her in color; but I +didn't make it out." + +"I've wondered sometimes," said Miss Vance, "whether that elusive quality +you find in some people you try to paint doesn't characterize them all +through. Miss Dryfoos might be ever so much finer and better than we +would find out in the society way that seems the only way." + +"Perhaps," said Beaton, gloomily; and he went away profoundly discouraged +by this last analysis of Christine's character. The angelic +imperviousness of Miss Vance to properties of which his own wickedness +was so keenly aware in Christine might have made him laugh, if it had not +been such a serious affair with him. As it was, he smiled to think how +very differently Alma Leighton would have judged her from Miss Vance's +premises. He liked that clear vision of Alma's even when it pierced his +own disguises. Yes, that was the light he had let die out, and it might +have shone upon his path through life. Beaton never felt so poignantly +the disadvantage of having on any given occasion been wanting to his own +interests through his self-love as in this. He had no one to blame but +himself for what had happened, but he blamed Alma for what might happen +in the future because she shut out the way of retrieval and return. When +be thought of the attitude she had taken toward him, it seemed +incredible, and he was always longing to give her a final chance to +reverse her final judgment. It appeared to him that the time had come +for this now, if ever. + + + + +XV. + +While we are still young we feel a kind of pride, a sort of fierce +pleasure, in any important experience, such as we have read of or heard +of in the lives of others, no matter how painful. It was this pride, +this pleasure, which Beaton now felt in realizing that the toils of fate +were about him, that between him and a future of which Christine Dryfoos +must be the genius there was nothing but the will, the mood, the fancy of +a girl who had not given him the hope that either could ever again be in +his favor. He had nothing to trust to, in fact, but his knowledge that +he had once had them all; she did not deny that; but neither did she +conceal that he had flung away his power over them, and she had told him +that they never could be his again. A man knows that he can love and +wholly cease to love, not once merely, but several times; he recognizes +the fact in regard to himself, both theoretically and practically; but in +regard to women he cherishes the superstition of the romances that love +is once for all, and forever. It was because Beaton would not believe +that Alma Leighton, being a woman, could put him out of her heart after +suffering him to steal into it, that he now hoped anything from her, and +she had been so explicit when they last spoke of that affair that he did +not hope much. He said to himself that he was going to cast himself on +her mercy, to take whatever chance of life, love, and work there was in +her having the smallest pity on him. If she would have none, then there +was but one thing he could do: marry Christine and go abroad. He did not +see how he could bring this alternative to bear upon Alma; even if she +knew what he would do in case of a final rejection, he had grounds for +fearing she would not care; but he brought it to bear upon himself, and +it nerved him to a desperate courage. He could hardly wait for evening +to come, before he went to see her; when it came, it seemed to have come +too soon. He had wrought himself thoroughly into the conviction that he +was in earnest, and that everything depended upon her answer to him, but +it was not till he found himself in her presence, and alone with her, +that he realized the truth of his conviction. Then the influences of her +grace, her gayety, her arch beauty, above all, her good sense, penetrated +his soul like a subtle intoxication, and he said to himself that he was +right; he could not live without her; these attributes of hers were what +he needed to win him, to cheer him, to charm him, to guide him. He +longed so to please her, to ingratiate himself with her, that he +attempted to be light like her in his talk, but lapsed into abysmal +absences and gloomy recesses of introspection. + +"What are you laughing at?" he asked, suddenly starting from one of +these. + +"What you are thinking of." + +"It's nothing to laugh at. Do you know what I'm thinking of?" + +"Don't tell, if it's dreadful." + +"Oh, I dare say you wouldn't think it's dreadful," he said, with +bitterness. "It's simply the case of a man who has made a fool of +himself and sees no help of retrieval in himself." + +"Can any one else help a man unmake a fool of himself?" she asked, with +a smile. + +"Yes. In a case like this." + +"Dear me! This is very interesting." + +She did not ask him what the case was, but he was launched now, and he +pressed on. "I am the man who has made a fool of himself--" + +"Oh!" + +"And you can help me out if you will. Alma, I wish you could see me as I +really am." + +"Do you, Mr. Beacon? Perhaps I do." + +"No; you don't. You formulated me in a certain way, and you won't allow +for the change that takes place in every one. You have changed; why +shouldn't I?" + +"Has this to do with your having made a fool of yourself?" + +"Yes." + +"Oh! Then I don't see how you have changed." + +She laughed, and he too, ruefully. "You're cruel. Not but what I +deserve your mockery. But the change was not from the capacity of making +a fool of myself. I suppose I shall always do that more or less--unless +you help me. Alma! Why can't you have a little compassion? You know +that I must always love you." + +"Nothing makes me doubt that like your saying it, Mr. Beaton. But now +you've broken your word--" + +"You are to blame for that. You knew I couldn't keep it!" + +"Yes, I'm to blame. I was wrong to let you come--after that. And so I +forgive you for speaking to me in that way again. But it's perfectly +impossible and perfectly useless for me to hear you any more on that +subject; and so-good-bye!" + +She rose, and he perforce with her. "And do you mean it?" he asked. +"Forever?" + +"Forever. This is truly the last time I will ever see you if I can help +it. Oh, I feel sorry enough for you!" she said, with a glance at his +face. "I do believe you are in earnest. But it's too late now. Don't +let us talk about it any more! But we shall, if we meet, and so,--" + +"And so good-bye ! Well, I've nothing more to say, and I might as well +say that. I think you've been very good to me. It seems to me as if you +had been--shall I say it?--trying to give me a chance. Is that so?" +She dropped her eyes and did not answer. + +"You found it was no use! Well, I thank you for trying. It's curious to +think that I once had your trust, your regard, and now I haven't it. You +don't mind my remembering that I had? It'll be some little consolation, +and I believe it will be some help. I know I can't retrieve the past +now. It is too late. It seems too preposterous--perfectly lurid--that I +could have been going to tell you what a tangle I'd got myself in, and to +ask you to help untangle me. I must choke in the infernal coil, but I'd +like to have the sweetness of your pity in it--whatever it is." + +She put out her hand. "Whatever it is, I do pity you; I said that." + +"Thank you." He kissed the band she gave him and went. + +He had gone on some such terms before; was it now for the last time? She +believed it was. She felt in herself a satiety, a fatigue, in which his +good looks, his invented airs and poses, his real trouble, were all alike +repulsive. She did not acquit herself of the wrong of having let him +think she might yet have liked him as she once did; but she had been +honestly willing to see whether she could. It had mystified her to find +that when they first met in New York, after their summer in St. Barnaby, +she cared nothing for him; she had expected to punish him for his +neglect, and then fancy him as before, but she did not. More and more +she saw him selfish and mean, weak-willed, narrow-minded, and hard- +hearted; and aimless, with all his talent. She admired his talent in +proportion as she learned more of artists, and perceived how uncommon it +was; but she said to herself that if she were going to devote herself to +art, she would do it at first-hand. She was perfectly serene and happy +in her final rejection of Beaton; he had worn out not only her fancy, but +her sympathy, too. + +This was what her mother would not believe when Alma reported the +interview to her; she would not believe it was the last time they should +meet; death itself can hardly convince us that it is the last time of +anything, of everything between ourselves and the dead. "Well, Alma," +she said, "I hope you'll never regret what you've done." + +"You may be sure I shall not regret it. If ever I'm low-spirited about +anything, I'll think of giving Mr. Beaton his freedom, and that will +cheer me up." + +"And don't you expect to get married? Do you intend to be an old maid?" +demanded her mother, in the bonds of the superstition women have so long +been under to the effect that every woman must wish to get married, if +for no other purpose than to avoid being an old maid. + +"Well, mamma," said Alma, "I intend being a young one for a few years +yet; and then I'll see. If I meet the right person, all well and good; +if not, not. But I shall pick and choose, as a man does; I won't merely +be picked and chosen." + +"You can't help yourself; you may be very glad if you are picked and +chosen." + +"What nonsense, mamma! A girl can get any man she wants, if she goes +about. it the right way. And when my 'fated fairy prince' comes along, +I shall just simply make furious love to him and grab him. Of course, +I shall make a decent pretence of talking in my sleep. I believe it's +done that way more than half the time. The fated fairy prince wouldn't +see the princess in nine cases out of ten if she didn't say something; +he would go mooning along after the maids of honor." + +Mrs. Leighton tried to look unspeakable horror; but she broke down and +laughed. " Well, you are a strange girl, Alma." + +"I don't know about that. But one thing I do know, mamma, and that is +that Prince Beaton isn't the F. F. P. for me. How strange you are, +mamma! Don't you think it would be perfectly disgusting to accept a +person you didn't care for, and let him go on and love you and marry you? +It's sickening." + +"Why, certainly, Alma. It's only because I know you did care for him +once--" + +"And now I don't. And he didn't care for me once, and now he does. And +so we're quits." + +"If I could believe--" + +"You had better brace up and try, mamma; for as Mr. Fulkerson says, it's +as sure as guns. From the crown of his head to the sole of his foot, +he's loathsome to me; and he keeps getting loathsomer. Ugh! Goodnight!" + + + + +XVI. + +"Well, I guess she's given him the grand bounce at last," said Fulkerson +to March in one of their moments of confidence at the office. "That's +Mad's inference from appearances--and disappearances; and some little +hints from Alma Leighton." + +"Well, I don't know that I have any criticisms to offer," said March. +"It may be bad for Beaton, but it's a very good thing for Miss Leighton. +Upon the whole, I believe I congratulate her." + +"Well, I don't know. I always kind of hoped it would turn out the other +way. You know I always had a sneaking fondness for the fellow." + +"Miss Leighton seems not to have had." + +"It's a pity she hadn't. I tell you, March, it ain't so easy for a girl +to get married, here in the East, that she can afford to despise any +chance." + +"Isn't that rather a low view of it?" + +"It's a common-sense view. Beaton has the making of a first-rate fellow +in him. He's the raw material of a great artist and a good citizen. All +he wants is somebody to take him in hand and keep him from makin' an ass +of himself and kickin' over the traces generally, and ridin' two or three +horses bareback at once." + +"It seems a simple problem, though the metaphor is rather complicated," +said March. "But talk to Miss Leighton about it. I haven't given Beaton +the grand bounce." + +He began to turn over the manuscripts on his table, and Fulkerson went +away. But March found himself thinking of the matter from time to time +during the day, and he spoke to his wife about it when he went home. She +surprised him by taking Fulkerson's view of it. + +"Yes, it's a pity she couldn't have made up her mind to have him. It's +better for a woman to be married." + +"I thought Paul only went so far as to say it was well. But what would +become of Miss Leighton's artistic career if she married?" + +"Oh, her artistic career!" said Mrs. March, with matronly contempt of it. + +"But look here!" cried her husband. "Suppose she doesn't like him?" + +"How can a girl of that age tell whether she likes any one or not?" + +"It seems to me you were able to tell at. that age, Isabel. But let's +examine this thing. (This thing! I believe Fulkerson is characterizing +my whole parlance, as well as your morals.) Why shouldn't we rejoice as +much at a non-marriage as a marriage? When we consider the enormous +risks people take in linking their lives together, after not half so much +thought as goes to an ordinary horse trade, I think we ought to be glad +whenever they don't do it. I believe that this popular demand for the +matrimony of others comes from our novel-reading. We get to thinking +that there is no other happiness or good-fortune in life except marriage; +and it's offered in fiction as the highest premium for virtue, courage, +beauty, learning, and saving human life. We all know it isn't. We know +that in reality marriage is dog cheap, and anybody can have it for the +asking--if he keeps asking enough people. By-and-by some fellow will +wake up and see that a first-class story can be written from the anti- +marriage point of view; and he'll begin with an engaged couple, and +devote his novel to disengaging them and rendering them separately happy +ever after in the denouement. It will make his everlasting fortune." + +"Why don't you write it, Basil?" she asked. "It's a delightful idea. +You could do it splendidly." + +He became fascinated with the notion. He developed it in detail; but at +the end he sighed and said: "With this 'Every Other Week' work on my +hands, of course I can't attempt a novel. But perhaps I sha'n't have it +long." + +She was instantly anxious to know what he meant, and the novel and Miss +Leighton's affair were both dropped out of their thoughts. "What do you +mean? Has Mr. Fulkerson said anything yet?" + +"Not a word. He knows no more about it than I do. Dryfoos hasn't +spoken, and we're both afraid to ask him. Of course, I couldn't ask +him." + +"No." + +"But it's pretty uncomfortable, to be kept hanging by the gills so, as +Fulkerson says." + +"Yes, we don't know what to do." + +March and Fulkerson said the same to each other; and Fulkerson said that +if the old man pulled out, he did not know what would happen. He had no +capital to carry the thing on, and the very fact that the old man had +pulled out would damage it so that it would be hard to get anybody else +to put it. In the mean time Fulkerson was running Conrad's office-work, +when he ought to be looking after the outside interests of the thing; and +he could not see the day when he could get married. + +"I don't know which it's worse for, March: you or me. I don't know, +under the circumstances, whether it's worse to have a family or to want +to have one. Of course--of course! We can't hurry the old man up. It +wouldn't be decent, and it would be dangerous. We got to wait." + +He almost decided to draw upon Dryfoos for some money; he did not need +any, but, he said maybe the demand would act as a hint upon him. One +day, about a week after Alma's final rejection of Beaton, Dryfoos came +into March's office. Fulkerson was out, but the old man seemed not to +have tried to see him. + +He put his hat on the floor by his chair, after he sat down, and looked +at March awhile with his old eyes, which had the vitreous glitter of old. +eyes stimulated to sleeplessness. Then he said, abruptly, "Mr. March, +how would you like to take this thing off my hands?" + +"I don't understand, exactly," March began; but of course he understood +that Dryfoos was offering to let him have 'Every Other Week' on some +terms or other, and his heart leaped with hope. + +The old man knew he understood, and so he did not explain. He said: +"I am going to Europe, to take my family there. The doctor thinks it +might do my wife some good; and I ain't very well myself, and my girls +both want to go; and so we're goin'. If you want to take this thing off +my hands, I reckon I can let you have it in 'most any shape you say. +You're all settled here in New York, and I don't suppose you want to +break up, much, at your time of life, and I've been thinkin' whether you +wouldn't like to take the thing." + +The word, which Dryfoos had now used three times, made March at last +think of Fulkerson; he had been filled too full of himself to think of +any one else till he had mastered the notion of such wonderful good +fortune as seemed about falling to him. But now he did think of +Fulkerson, and with some shame and confusion; for he remembered how, when +Dryfoos had last approached him there on the business of his connection +with 'Every Other Week,' he had been very haughty with him, and told him +that he did not know him in this connection. He blushed to find how far +his thoughts had now run without encountering this obstacle of etiquette. + +"Have you spoken to Mr. Fulkerson?" he asked. + +"No, I hain't. It ain't a question of management. It's a question of +buying and selling. I offer the thing to you first. I reckon Fulkerson +couldn't get on very well without you." + +March saw the real difference in the two cases, and he was glad to see +it, because he could act more decisively if not hampered by an obligation +to consistency. "I am gratified, of course, Mr. Dryfoos; extremely +gratified; and it's no use pretending that I shouldn't be happy beyond +bounds to get possession of 'Every Other Week.' But I don't feel quite +free to talk about it apart from Mr. Fulkerson." + +"Oh, all right!" said the old man, with quick offence. + +March hastened to say: "I feel bound to Mr. Fulkerson in every way. He +got me to come here, and I couldn't even seem to act without him." + +He put it questioningly, and the old man answered: + +"Yes, I can see that. When 'll he be in? I can wait." But he looked +impatient. + +"Very soon, now," said March, looking at his watch. "He was only to be +gone a moment," and while he went on to talk with Dryfoos, he wondered +why the old man should have come first to speak with him, and whether it +was from some obscure wish to make him reparation for displeasures in the +past, or from a distrust or dislike of Fulkerson. Whichever light he +looked at it in, it was flattering. + +"Do you think of going abroad soon?" he asked. + +"What? Yes--I don't know--I reckon. We got our passage engaged. It's +on one of them French boats. We're goin' to Paris." + +"Oh! That will be interesting to the young ladies." + +"Yes. I reckon we're goin' for them. 'Tain't likely my wife and me +would want to pull up stakes at our age," said the old man, sorrowfully. + +"But you may find it do you good, Mr. Dryfoos," said March, with a +kindness that was real, mixed as it was with the selfish interest he now +had in the intended voyage. + +"Well, maybe, maybe," sighed the old man; and he dropped his head +forward. "It don't make a great deal of difference what we do or we +don't do, for the few years left." + +"I hope Mrs. Dryfoos is as well as usual," said March, finding the ground +delicate and difficult. + +"Middlin', middlin'," said the old man. "My daughter Christine, she +ain't very well." + +"Oh," said March. It was quite impossible for him to affect a more +explicit interest in the fact. He and Dryfoos sat silent for a few +moments, and he was vainly casting about in his thought for something +else which would tide them over the interval till Fulkerson came, when he +heard his step on the stairs. + +"Hello, hello!" he said. "Meeting of the clans!" It was always a +meeting of the clans, with Fulkerson, or a field day, or an extra +session, or a regular conclave, whenever he saw people of any common +interest together. "Hain't seen you here for a good while, Mr. Dryfoos. +Did think some of running away with 'Every Other Week' one while, but +couldn't seem to work March up to the point." + +He gave Dryfoos his hand, and pushed aside the papers on the corner of +March's desk, and sat down there, and went on briskly with the nonsense +he could always talk while he was waiting for another to develop any +matter of business; he told March afterward that he scented business in +the air as soon as he came into the room where he and Dryfoos were +sitting. + +Dryfoos seemed determined to leave the word to March, who said, after an +inquiring look at him, "Mr. Dryfoos has been proposing to let us have +'Every Other Week,' Fulkerson." + +"Well, that's good; that suits yours truly; March & Fulkerson, publishers +and proprietors, won't pretend it don't, if the terms are all right." + +"The terms," said the old man, "are whatever you want 'em. I haven't got +any more use for the concern--" He gulped, and stopped; they knew what +he was thinking of, and they looked down in pity. He went on: "I won't +put any more money in it; but what I've put in a'ready can stay; and you +can pay me four per cent." + +He got upon his feet; and March and Fulkerson stood, too. + +"Well, I call that pretty white," said Fulkerson. "It's a bargain as far +as I'm concerned. I suppose you'll want to talk it over with your wife, +March?" + +"Yes; I shall," said March. "I can see that it's a great chance; but I +want to talk it over with my wife." + +"Well, that's right," said the old man. "Let me hear from you tomorrow." + +He went out, and Fulkerson began to dance round the room. He caught +March about his stalwart girth and tried to make him waltz; the office- +boy came to the door and looked on with approval. + +"Come, come, you idiot!" said March, rooting himself to the carpet. + +"It's just throwing the thing into our mouths," said Fulkerson. "The +wedding will be this day week. No cards! Teedle-lumpty-diddle! Teedle- +lumpty-dee! What do you suppose he means by it, March ?" he asked, +bringing himself soberly up, of a sudden. "What is his little game? Or +is he crazy? It don't seem like the Dryfoos of my previous +acquaintance." + +"I suppose," March suggested, "that he's got money enough, so that he +don't care for this--" + +"Pshaw! You're a poet! Don't you know that the more money that kind of +man has got, the more he cares for money? It's some fancy of his--like +having Lindau's funeral at his house--By Jings, March, I believe you're +his fancy!" + +"Oh, now! Don't you be a poet, Fulkerson!" + +"I do! He seemed to take a kind of shine to you from the day you +wouldn't turn off old Lindau; he did, indeed. It kind of shook him up. +It made him think you had something in you. He was deceived by +appearances. Look here! I'm going round to see Mrs. March with you, +and explain the thing to her. I know Mrs. March! She wouldn't believe +you knew what you were going in for. She has a great respect for your +mind, but she don't think you've got any sense. Heigh?" + +"All right," said March, glad of the notion; and it was really a comfort +to have Fulkerson with him to develop all the points; and it was +delightful to see how clearly and quickly she seized them; it made March +proud of her. She was only angry that they had lost any time in coming +to submit so plain a case to her. + +Mr. Dryfoos might change his mind in the night, and then everything would +be lost. They must go to him instantly, and tell him that they accepted; +they must telegraph him. + +"Might as well send a district messenger; he'd get there next week," said +Fulkerson. "No, no! It 'll all keep till to-morrow, and be the better +for it. If he's got this fancy for March, as I say, he ain't agoing to +change it in a single night. People don't change their fancies for March +in a lifetime. Heigh?" + +When Fulkerson turned up very early at the office next morning, as March +did, he was less strenuous about Dryfoos's fancy for March. It was as if +Miss Woodburn might have blown cold upon that theory, as something unjust +to his own merit, for which she would naturally be more jealous than he. + +March told him what he had forgotten to tell him the day before, though +he had been trying, all through their excited talk, to get it in, that +the Dryfooses were going abroad. + +"Oh, ho!" cried Fulkerson. "That's the milk in the cocoanut, is it? +Well, I thought there must be something." + +But this fact had not changed Mrs. March at all in her conviction that it +was Mr. Dryfoos's fancy for her husband which had moved him to make him +this extraordinary offer, and she reminded him that it had first been +made to him, without regard to Fulkerson. "And perhaps," she went on, +"Mr. Dryfoos has been changed---softened; and doesn't find money all in +all any more. He's had enough to change him, poor old man!" + +"Does anything from without change us?" her husband mused aloud. "We're +brought up to think so by the novelists, who really have the charge of +people's thinking, nowadays. But I doubt it, especially if the thing +outside is some great event, something cataclysmal, like this tremendous +sorrow of Dryfoos's." + +"Then what is it that changes us?" demanded his wife, almost angry with +him for his heresy. + +"Well, it won't do to say, the Holy Spirit indwelling. That would sound +like cant at this day. But the old fellows that used to say that had +some glimpses of the truth. They knew that it is the still, small voice +that the soul heeds, not the deafening blasts of doom. I suppose I +should have to say that we didn't change at all. We develop. There's +the making of several characters in each of us; we are each several +characters, and sometimes this character has the lead in us, and +sometimes that. From what Fulkerson has told me of Dryfoos, I should say +he had always had the potentiality of better things in him than he has +ever been yet; and perhaps the time has come for the good to have its +chance. The growth in one direction has stopped; it's begun in another; +that's all. The man hasn't been changed by his son's death; it stunned, +it benumbed him; but it couldn't change him. It was an event, like any +other, and it had to happen as much as his being born. It was forecast +from the beginning of time, and was as entirely an effect of his coming +into the world--" + +"Basil! Basil!" cried his wife. "This is fatalism!" + +"Then you think," he said, "that a sparrow falls to the ground without +the will of God?" and he laughed provokingly. But he went on more +soberly: "I don't know what it all means Isabel though I believe it means +good. What did Christ himself say? That if one rose from the dead it +would not avail. And yet we are always looking for the miraculous! +I believe that unhappy old man truly grieves for his son, whom he treated +cruelly without the final intention of cruelty, for he loved him and +wished to be proud of him; but I don't think his death has changed him, +any more than the smallest event in the chain of events remotely working +through his nature from the beginning. But why do you think he's changed +at all? Because he offers to sell me Every Other Week on easy terms? +He says himself that he has no further use for the thing; and he knows +perfectly well that he couldn't get his money out of it now, without an +enormous shrinkage. He couldn't appear at this late day as the owner, +and sell it to anybody but Fulkerson and me for a fifth of what it's cost +him. He can sell it to us for all it's cost him; and four per cent. is +no bad interest on his money till we can pay it back. It's a good thing +for us; but we have to ask whether Dryfoos has done us the good, or +whether it's the blessing of Heaven. If it's merely the blessing of +Heaven, I don't propose being grateful for it." + +March laughed again, and his wife said, "It's disgusting." + +"It's business," he assented. "Business is business; but I don't say it +isn't disgusting. Lindau had a low opinion of it." + +"I think that with all his faults Mr. Dryfoos is a better man than +Lindau," she proclaimed. + +"Well, he's certainly able to offer us a better thing in 'Every Other +Week,'" said March. + +She knew he was enamoured of the literary finish of his cynicism, and +that at heart he was as humbly and truly grateful as she was for the +good-fortune opening to them. + + + + +XVII. + +Beaton was at his best when he parted for the last time with Alma +Leighton, for he saw then that what had happened to him was the necessary +consequence of what he had been, if not what he had done. Afterward he +lost this clear vision; he began to deny the fact; he drew upon his +knowledge of life, and in arguing himself into a different frame of mind +he alleged the case of different people who had done and been much worse +things than he, and yet no such disagreeable consequence had befallen +them. Then he saw that it was all the work of blind chance, and he said +to himself that it was this that made him desperate, and willing to call +evil his good, and to take his own wherever he could find it. There was +a great deal that was literary and factitious and tawdry in the mood in +which he went to see Christine Dryfoos, the night when the Marches sat +talking their prospects over; and nothing that was decided in his +purpose. He knew what the drift of his mind was, but he had always +preferred to let chance determine his events, and now since chance had +played him such an ill turn with Alma, he left it the whole +responsibility. Not in terms, but in effect, this was his thought as he +walked on up-town to pay the first of the visits which Dryfoos had +practically invited him to resume. He had an insolent satisfaction in +having delayed it so long; if he was going back he was going back on his +own conditions, and these were to be as hard and humiliating as he could +make them. But this intention again was inchoate, floating, the stuff of +an intention, rather than intention; an expression of temperament +chiefly. + +He had been expected before that. Christine had got out of Mela that her +father had been at Beaton's studio; and then she had gone at the old man +and got from him every smallest fact of the interview there. She had +flung back in his teeth the good-will toward herself with which he had +gone to Beaton. She was furious with shame and resentment; she told him +he had made bad worse, that he had made a fool of himself to no end; she +spared neither his age nor his grief-broken spirit, in which his will +could not rise against hers. She filled the house with her rage, +screaming it out upon him; but when her fury was once spent, she began to +have some hopes from what her father had done. She no longer kept her +bed; every evening she dressed herself in the dress Beaton admired the +most, and sat up till a certain hour to receive him. She had fixed a day +in her own mind before which, if he came, she would forgive him all he +had made her suffer: the mortification, the suspense, the despair. +Beyond this, she had the purpose of making her father go to Europe; she +felt that she could no longer live in America, with the double disgrace +that had been put upon her. + +Beaton rang, and while the servant was coming the insolent caprice seized +him to ask for the young ladies instead of the old man, as he had +supposed of course he should do. The maid who answered the bell, in the +place of the reluctant Irishman of other days, had all his hesitation in +admitting that the young ladies were at home. + +He found Mela in the drawing-room. At sight of him she looked scared; +but she seemed to be reassured by his calm. He asked if he was not to +have the pleasure of seeing Miss Dryfoos, too; and Mela said she reckoned +the girl had gone up-stairs to tell her. Mela was in black, and Beaton +noted how well the solid sable became her rich red-blonde beauty; he +wondered what the effect would be with Christine. + +But she, when she appeared, was not in mourning. He fancied that she +wore the lustrous black silk, with the breadths of white Venetian lace +about the neck which he had praised, because he praised it. Her cheeks +burned with a Jacqueminot crimson; what should be white in her face was +chalky white. She carried a plumed ostrich fan, black and soft, and +after giving him her hand, sat down and waved it to and fro slowly, as he +remembered her doing the night they first met. She had no ideas, except +such as related intimately to herself, and she had no gabble, like Mela; +and she let him talk. It was past the day when she promised herself she +would forgive him; but as he talked on she felt all her passion for him +revive, and the conflict of desires, the desire to hate, the desire to +love, made a dizzying whirl in her brain. She looked at him, half +doubting whether he was really there or not. He had never looked so +handsome, with his dreamy eyes floating under his heavy overhanging hair, +and his pointed brown beard defined against his lustrous shirtfront. His +mellowly modulated, mysterious voice lulled her; when Mela made an errand +out of the room, and Beaton crossed to her and sat down by her, she +shivered. + +"Are you cold?" he asked, and she felt the cruel mockery and exultant +consciousness of power in his tone, as perhaps a wild thing feels +captivity in the voice of its keeper. But now, she said she would still +forgive him if he asked her. + +Mela came back, and the talk fell again to the former level; but Beaton +had not said anything that really meant what she wished, and she saw that +he intended to say nothing. Her heart began to burn like a fire in her +breast. + +"You been tellun' him about our goun' to Europe?" Mela asked. + +"No," said Christine, briefly, and looking at the fan spread out on her +lap. + +Beaton asked when; and then he rose, and said if it was so soon, he +supposed he should not see them again, unless he saw them in Paris; he +might very likely run over during the summer. He said to himself that he +had given it a fair trial with Christine, and he could not make it go. + +Christine rose, with a kind of gasp; and mechanically followed him to the +door of the drawing-room; Mela came, too; and while he was putting on his +overcoat, she gurgled and bubbled in good-humor with all the world. +Christine stood looking at him, and thinking how still handsomer he was +in his overcoat; and that fire burned fiercer in her. She felt him more +than life to her and knew him lost, and the frenzy, that makes a woman +kill the man she loves, or fling vitriol to destroy the beauty she cannot +have for all hers, possessed her lawless soul. He gave his hand to Mela, +and said, in his wind-harp stop, "Good-bye." + +As he put out his hand to Christine, she pushed it aside with a scream of +rage; she flashed at him, and with both hands made a feline pass at the +face he bent toward her. He sprang back, and after an instant of +stupefaction he pulled open the door behind him and ran out into the +street. + +"Well, Christine Dryfoos!" said Mela, "Sprang at him like a wild-cat!" + +"I, don't care," Christine shrieked. "I'll tear his eyes out!" She flew +up-stairs to her own room, and left the burden of the explanation to +Mela, who did it justice. + +Beaton found himself, he did not know how, in his studio, reeking with +perspiration and breathless. He must almost have run. He struck a match +with a shaking hand, and looked at his face in the glass. He expected to +see the bleeding marks of her nails on his cheeks, but he could see +nothing. He grovelled inwardly; it was all so low and coarse and vulgar; +it was all so just and apt to his deserts. + +There was a pistol among the dusty bric-a-brac on the mantel which he had +kept loaded to fire at a cat in the area. He took it and sat looking +into the muzzle, wishing it might go off by accident and kill him. +It slipped through his hand and struck the floor, and there was a report; +he sprang into the air, feeling that he had been shot. But he found +himself still alive, with only a burning line along his cheek, such as +one of Christine's finger-nails might have left. + +He laughed with cynical recognition of the fact that he had got his +punishment in the right way, and that his case was not to be dignified +into tragedy. + + + + +XVIII. + +The Marches, with Fulkerson, went to see the Dryfooses off on the French +steamer. There was no longer any business obligation on them to be +civil, and there was greater kindness for that reason in the attention +they offered. 'Every Other Week' had been made over to the joint +ownership of March and Fulkerson, and the details arranged with a +hardness on Dryfoos's side which certainly left Mrs. March with a sense +of his incomplete regeneration. Yet when she saw him there on the +steamer, she pitied him; he looked wearied and bewildered; even his wife, +with her twitching head, and her prophecies of evil, croaked hoarsely +out, while she clung to Mrs. March's hand where they sat together till +the leave-takers were ordered ashore, was less pathetic. Mela was +looking after both of them, and trying to cheer them in a joyful +excitement. "I tell 'em it's goun' to add ten years to both their +lives," she said. "The voyage 'll do their healths good; and then, we're +gittun' away from that miser'ble pack o' servants that was eatun' us up, +there in New York. I hate the place!" she said, as if they had already +left it. "Yes, Mrs. Mandel's goun', too," she added, following the +direction of Mrs. March's eyes where they noted Mrs. Mandel, speaking to +Christine on the other side of the cabin. "Her and Christine had a kind +of a spat, and she was goun' to leave, but here only the other day, +Christine offered to make it up with her, and now they're as thick as +thieves. Well, I reckon we couldn't very well 'a' got along without her. +She's about the only one that speaks French in this family." + +Mrs. March's eyes still dwelt upon Christine's face; it was full of a +furtive wildness. She seemed to be keeping a watch to prevent herself +from looking as if she were looking for some one. "Do you know," Mrs. +March said to her husband as they jingled along homeward in the +Christopher Street bob-tail car, "I thought she was in love with that +detestable Mr. Beaton of yours at one time; and that he was amusing +himself with her." + +"I can bear a good deal, Isabel," said March, " but I wish you wouldn't +attribute Beaton to me. He's the invention of that Mr. Fulkerson of +yours." + +"Well, at any rate, I hope, now, you'll both get rid of him, in the +reforms you're going to carry out." + +These reforms were for a greater economy in the management of 'Every +Other Week;' but in their very nature they could not include the +suppression of Beaton. He had always shown himself capable and loyal to +the interests of the magazine, and both the new owners were glad to keep +him. He was glad to stay, though he made a gruff pretence of +indifference, when they came to look over the new arrangement with him. +In his heart he knew that he was a fraud; but at least he could say to +himself with truth that he had not now the shame of taking Dryfoos's +money. + +March and Fulkerson retrenched at several points where it had seemed +indispensable to spend, as long as they were not spending their own: +that was only human. Fulkerson absorbed Conrad's department into his, +and March found that he could dispense with Kendricks in the place of +assistant which he had lately filled since Fulkerson had decided that +March was overworked. They reduced the number of illustrated articles, +and they systematized the payment of contributors strictly according to +the sales of each number, on their original plan of co-operation: they +had got to paying rather lavishly for material without reference to the +sales. + +Fulkerson took a little time to get married, and went on his wedding +journey out to Niagara, and down the St. Lawrence to Quebec over the line +of travel that the Marches had taken on their wedding journey. He had +the pleasure of going from Montreal to Quebec on the same boat on which +he first met March. + +They have continued very good friends, and their wives are almost without +the rivalry that usually embitters the wives of partners. At first Mrs. +March did not like Mrs. Fulkerson's speaking of her husband as the Ownah, +and March as the Edito'; but it appeared that this was only a convenient +method of recognizing the predominant quality in each, and was meant +neither to affirm nor to deny anything. Colonel Woodburn offered as his +contribution to the celebration of the copartnership, which Fulkerson +could not be prevented from dedicating with a little dinner, the story of +Fulkerson's magnanimous behavior in regard to Dryfoos at that crucial +moment when it was a question whether he should give up Dryfoos or give +up March. Fulkerson winced at it; but Mrs. March told her husband that +now, whatever happened, she should never have any misgivings of Fulkerson +again; and she asked him if he did not think he ought to apologize to him +for the doubts with which he had once inspired her. March said that he +did not think so. + +The Fulkersons spent the summer at a seaside hotel in easy reach of the +city; but they returned early to Mrs. Leighton's, with whom they are to +board till spring, when they are going to fit up Fulkerson's bachelor +apartment for housekeeping. Mrs. March, with her Boston scruple, thinks +it will be odd, living over the 'Every Other Week' offices; but there +will be a separate street entrance to the apartment; and besides, in New +York you may do anything. + +The future of the Leightons promises no immediate change. Kendricks goes +there a good deal to see the Fulkersons, and Mrs. Fulkerson says he comes +to see Alma. He has seemed taken with her ever since he first met her at +Dryfoos's, the day of Lindau's funeral, and though Fulkerson objects to +dating a fancy of that kind from an occasion of that kind, he justly +argues with March that there can be no harm in it, and that we are liable +to be struck by lightning any time. In the mean while there is no proof +that Alma returns Kendricks's interest, if he feels any. She has got a +little bit of color into the fall exhibition; but the fall exhibition is +never so good as the spring exhibition. Wetmore is rather sorry she has +succeeded in this, though he promoted her success. He says her real hope +is in black and white, and it is a pity for her to lose sight of her +original aim of drawing for illustration. + +News has come from Paris of the engagement of Christine Dryfoos. There +the Dryfooses met with the success denied them in New York; many American +plutocrats must await their apotheosis in Europe, where society has them, +as it were, in a translation. Shortly after their arrival they were +celebrated in the news papers as the first millionaire American family of +natural-gas extraction who had arrived in the capital of civilization; +and at a French watering-place Christine encountered her fate--a nobleman +full of present debts and of duels in the past. Fulkerson says the old +man can manage the debtor, and Christine can look out for the duellist. +"They say those fellows generally whip their wives. He'd better not try +it with Christine, I reckon, unless he's practised with a panther." + +One day, shortly after their return to town in the autumn from the brief +summer outing they permitted themselves, the Marches met Margaret Vance. +At first they did not know her in the dress of the sisterhood which she +wore; but she smiled joyfully, almost gayly, on seeing them, and though +she hurried by with the sister who accompanied her, and did not stay to +speak, they felt that the peace that passeth understanding had looked at +them from her eyes. + +"Well, she is at rest, there can't be any doubt of that," he said, as he +glanced round at the drifting black robe which followed her free, nun- +like walk. + +"Yes, now she can do all the good she likes," sighed his wife. +"I wonder--I wonder if she ever told his father about her talk with poor +Conrad that day he was shot?" + +"I don't know. I don't care. In any event, it would be right. She did +nothing wrong. If she unwittingly sent him to his death, she sent him to +die for God's sake, for man's sake." + +"Yes--yes. But still--" + +"Well, we must trust that look of hers." + + + + +THE END + + + + +ETEXT EDITOR'S BOOKMARKS: + +Affected absence of mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +Be good, sweet man, and let who will be clever . . . . . . . . . . . . . +Comfort of the critical attitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +Conscience weakens to the need that isn't. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +Death is an exile that no remorse and no love can reach. . . . . . . . . +Death is peace and pardon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +Did not idealize him, but in the highest effect she realized him . . . . +Does any one deserve happiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +Does anything from without change us?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +Europe, where society has them, as it were, in a translation . . . . . . +Favorite stock of his go up and go down under the betting. . . . . . . . +Hemmed round with this eternal darkness of death . . . . . . . . . . . . +Indispensable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +Love of justice hurry them into sympathy with violence . . . . . . . . . +Married for no other purpose than to avoid being an old maid . . . . . . +Nervous woes of comfortable people . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +Novelists, who really have the charge of people's thinking . . . . . . . +People that have convictions are difficult . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +Rejoice as much at a non-marriage as a marriage. . . . . . . . . . . . . +Respect for your mind, but she don't think you've got any sense. . . . . +Superstition of the romances that love is once for all . . . . . . . . . +Superstition that having and shining is the chief good . . . . . . . . . +To do whatever one likes is finally to do nothing that one likes . . . . +Took the world as she found it, and made the best of it. . . . . . . . . +What we can be if we must. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +When you look it--live it. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +Would sacrifice his best friend to a phrase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + + + + + +End of this Project Gutenberg Etext of A Hazard of New Fortunes V5, +by William Dean Howells + diff --git a/old/wh5nf10.zip b/old/wh5nf10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0c436e --- /dev/null +++ b/old/wh5nf10.zip diff --git a/old/wh5nf11.txt b/old/wh5nf11.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a51a23 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/wh5nf11.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4573 @@ +The Project Gutenberg Etext of A Hazard of New Fortunes, by Howells, v5 +#17 in our series by William Dean Howells + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!!!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. + +Please do not remove this. + +This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book. +Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words +are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they +need about what they can legally do with the texts. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below, including for donations. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541 + + + +Title: A Hazard of New Fortunes, v5 + +Author: William Dean Howells + +Release Date: August, 2002 [Etext #3370] +[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule] +[The actual date this file first posted = 03/19/01] +[Last modified date = 11/19/01] + +Edition: 11 + +Language: English + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of A Hazard of New Fortunes, by Howells, v5 +**********This file should be named wh5nf11.txt or wh5nf11.zip********* + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, wh5nf12.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, wh5nf11a.txt + +This etext was produced by David Widger <widger@cecomet.net> + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, +all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a +copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any +of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after +the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our sites at: +http://gutenberg.net +http://promo.net/pg + + +Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement +can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 +or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext +files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+ +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts unless we +manage to get some real funding. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of 10/17/01 contributions are only being solicited from people in: +Alabama, Arkansas, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Idaho, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Michigan, Missouri, +Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, +North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, +South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, +Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming + +We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising +will begin in the additional states. Please feel +free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork +to legally request donations in all 50 states. If +your state is not listed and you would like to know +if we have added it since the list you have, just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in +states where we are not yet registered, we know +of no prohibition against accepting donations +from donors in these states who approach us with +an offer to donate. + + +International donations are accepted, +but we don't know ANYTHING about how +to make them tax-deductible, or +even if they CAN be made deductible, +and don't have the staff to handle it +even if there are ways. + +All donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541, +and has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal +Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the maximum +extent permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the +additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org +if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if +it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . . + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +*** + + +Example command-line FTP session: + +ftp ftp.ibiblio.org +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg +cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc. +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99] +GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books] + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart +and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.] +[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales +of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or +software or any other related product without express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.10/04/01*END* + + + + + +This etext was produced by David Widger <widger@cecomet.net> + + + + + +[NOTE: There is a short list of bookmarks at the end of this file +for those who may wish to sample the author's ideas before making +an entire meal of them. D.W.] + + + + + +A HAZARD OF NEW FORTUNES + +By William Dean Howells + + + +PART FIFTH + + + + +I. + +Superficially, the affairs of 'Every Other Week' settled into their +wonted form again, and for Fulkerson they seemed thoroughly reinstated. +But March had a feeling of impermanency from what had happened, mixed +with a fantastic sense of shame toward Lindau. He did not sympathize +with Lindau's opinions; he thought his remedy for existing evils as +wildly impracticable as Colonel Woodburn's. But while he thought this, +and while he could justly blame Fulkerson for Lindau's presence at +Dryfoos's dinner, which his zeal had brought about in spite of March's +protests, still he could not rid himself of the reproach of uncandor with +Lindau. He ought to have told him frankly about the ownership of the +magazine, and what manner of man the man was whose money he was taking. +But he said that he never could have imagined that he was serious in his +preposterous attitude in regard to a class of men who embody half the +prosperity of the country; and he had moments of revolt against his own +humiliation before Lindau, in which he found it monstrous that he should +return Dryfoos's money as if it had been the spoil of a robber. His wife +agreed with him in these moments, and said it was a great relief not to +have that tiresome old German coming about. They had to account for his +absence evasively to the children, whom they could not very well tell +that their father was living on money that Lindau disdained to take, even +though Lindau was wrong and their father was right. This heightened Mrs. +March's resentment toward both Lindau and Dryfoos, who between them had +placed her husband in a false position. If anything, she resented +Dryfoos's conduct more than Lindau's. He had never spoken to March about +the affair since Lindau had renounced his work, or added to the +apologetic messages he had sent by Fulkerson. So far as March knew, +Dryfoos had been left to suppose that Lindau had simply stopped for some +reason that did not personally affect him. They never spoke of him, and +March was too proud to ask either Fulkerson or Conrad whether the old man +knew that Lindau had returned his money. He avoided talking to Conrad, +from a feeling that if be did he should involuntarily lead him on to +speak of his differences with his father. Between himself and Fulkerson, +even, he was uneasily aware of a want of their old perfect friendliness. +Fulkerson had finally behaved with honor and courage; but his provisional +reluctance had given March the measure of Fulkerson's character in one +direction, and he could not ignore the fact that it was smaller than he +could have wished. + +He could not make out whether Fulkerson shared his discomfort or not. +It certainly wore away, even with March, as time passed, and with +Fulkerson, in the bliss of his fortunate love, it was probably far more +transient, if it existed at all. He advanced into the winter as +radiantly as if to meet the spring, and he said that if there were any +pleasanter month of the year than November, it was December, especially +when the weather was good and wet and muddy most of the time, so that you +had to keep indoors a long while after you called anywhere. + +Colonel Woodburn had the anxiety, in view of his daughter's engagement, +when she asked his consent to it, that such a dreamer must have in regard +to any reality that threatens to affect the course of his reveries. He +had not perhaps taken her marriage into account, except as a remote +contingency; and certainly Fulkerson was not the kind of son-in-law that +he had imagined in dealing with that abstraction. But because he had +nothing of the sort definitely in mind, he could not oppose the selection +of Fulkerson with success; he really knew nothing against him, and he +knew, many things in his favor; Fulkerson inspired him with the liking +that every one felt for him in a measure; he amused him, he cheered him; +and the colonel had been so much used to leaving action of all kinds to +his daughter that when he came to close quarters with the question of a +son-in-law he felt helpless to decide it, and he let her decide it, as if +it were still to be decided when it was submitted to him. She was +competent to treat it in all its phases: not merely those of personal +interest, but those of duty to the broken Southern past, sentimentally +dear to him, and practically absurd to her. No such South as he +remembered had ever existed to her knowledge, and no such civilization as +he imagined would ever exist, to her belief, anywhere. She took the +world as she found it, and made the best of it. She trusted in +Fulkerson; she had proved his magnanimity in a serious emergency; and in +small things she was willing fearlessly to chance it with him. She was +not a sentimentalist, and there was nothing fantastic in her +expectations; she was a girl of good sense and right mind, and she liked +the immediate practicality as well as the final honor of Fulkerson. She +did not idealize him, but in the highest effect she realized him; she did +him justice, and she would not have believed that she did him more than +justice if she had sometimes known him to do himself less. + +Their engagement was a fact to which the Leighton household adjusted +itself almost as simply as the lovers themselves; Miss Woodburn told the +ladies at once, and it was not a thing that Fulkerson could keep from +March very long. He sent word of it to Mrs. March by her husband; and +his engagement perhaps did more than anything else to confirm the +confidence in him which had been shaken by his early behavior in the +Lindau episode, and not wholly restored by his tardy fidelity to March. +But now she felt that a man who wished to get married so obviously and +entirely for love was full of all kinds of the best instincts, and only +needed the guidance of a wife, to become very noble. She interested +herself intensely in balancing the respective merits of the engaged +couple, and after her call upon Miss Woodburn in her new character she +prided herself upon recognizing the worth of some strictly Southern +qualities in her, while maintaining the general average of New England +superiority. She could not reconcile herself to the Virginian custom +illustrated in her having been christened with the surname of Madison; +and she said that its pet form of Mad, which Fulkerson promptly invented, +only made it more ridiculous. + +Fulkerson was slower in telling Beaton. He was afraid, somehow, of +Beaton's taking the matter in the cynical way; Miss Woodburn said she +would break off the engagement if Beaton was left to guess it or find it +out by accident, and then Fulkerson plucked up his courage. Beaton +received the news with gravity, and with a sort of melancholy meekness +that strongly moved Fulkerson's sympathy, and made him wish that Beaton +was engaged, too. + +It made Beaton feel very old; it somehow left him behind and forgotten; +in a manner, it made him feel trifled with. Something of the +unfriendliness of fate seemed to overcast his resentment, and he allowed +the sadness of his conviction that he had not the means to marry on to +tinge his recognition of the fact that Alma Leighton would not have +wanted him to marry her if he had. He was now often in that martyr mood +in which he wished to help his father; not only to deny himself Chianti, +but to forego a fur-lined overcoat which he intended to get for the +winter, He postponed the moment of actual sacrifice as regarded the +Chianti, and he bought the overcoat in an anguish of self-reproach. +He wore it the first evening after he got it in going to call upon the +Leightons, and it seemed to him a piece of ghastly irony when Alma +complimented his picturesqueness in it and asked him to let her sketch +him. + +"Oh, you can sketch me," he said, with so much gloom that it made her +laugh. + +"If you think it's so serious, I'd rather not." + +"No, no! Go ahead! How do you want me?" + +Oh, fling yourself down on a chair in one of your attitudes of studied +negligence; and twist one corner of your mustache with affected absence +of mind." + +"And you think I'm always studied, always affected?" + +"I didn't say so." + +"I didn't ask you what you said." + +"And I won't tell you what I think." + +"Ah, I know what you think." + +"What made you ask, then?" The girl laughed again with the satisfaction +of her sex in cornering a man. + +Beaton made a show of not deigning to reply, and put himself in the pose +she suggested, frowning. + +"Ah, that's it. But a little more animation-- + + "'As when a great thought strikes along the brain, + And flushes all the cheek.'" + +She put her forehead down on the back of her hand and laughed again. +"You ought to be photographed. You look as if you were sitting for it." + +Beaton said: "That's because I know I am being photographed, in one way. +I don't think you ought to call me affected. I never am so with you; I +know it wouldn't be of any use." + +"Oh, Mr. Beaton, you flatter." + +"No, I never flatter you." + +"I meant you flattered yourself." + +"How?" + +"Oh, I don't know. Imagine." + +"I know what you mean. You think I can't be sincere with anybody." + +"Oh no, I don't." + +"What do you think?" + +"That you can't--try." Alma gave another victorious laugh. + +Miss Woodburn and Fulkerson would once have both feigned a great interest +in Alma's sketching Beaton, and made it the subject of talk, in which +they approached as nearly as possible the real interest of their lives. +Now they frankly remained away in the dining-room, which was very cozy +after the dinner had disappeared; the colonel sat with his lamp and paper +in the gallery beyond; Mrs. Leighton was about her housekeeping affairs, +in the content she always felt when Alma was with Beaton. + +"They seem to be having a pretty good time in there," said Fulkerson, +detaching himself from his own absolute good time as well as he could. + +"At least Alma does," said Miss Woodburn. + +"Do you think she cares for him?" + +"Quahte as moch as he desoves." + +"What makes you all down on Beaton around here? He's not such a bad +fellow." + +"We awe not all doan on him. Mrs. Leighton isn't doan on him." + +"Oh, I guess if it was the old lady, there wouldn't be much question +about it." + +They both laughed, and Alma said, "They seem to be greatly amused with +something in there." + +"Me, probably," said Beaton. "I seem to amuse everybody to-night." + +"Don't you always?" + +"I always amuse you, I'm afraid, Alma." + +She looked at him as if she were going to snub him openly for using her +name; but apparently she decided to do it covertly. "You didn't at +first. I really used to believe you could be serious, once." + +"Couldn't you believe it again? Now?" + +"Not when you put on that wind-harp stop." + +"Wetmore has been talking to you about me. He would sacrifice his best +friend to a phrase. He spends his time making them." + +"He's made some very pretty ones about you." + +"Like the one you just quoted?" + +"No, not exactly. He admires you ever so much. He says" She stopped, +teasingly. + +"What?" + +"He says you could be almost anything you wished, if you didn't wish to +be everything." + +"That sounds more like the school of Wetmore. That's what you say, Alma. +Well, if there were something you wished me to be, I could be it." + +"We might adapt Kingsley: 'Be good, sweet man, and let who will be +clever.'" He could not help laughing. She went on: "I always thought +that was the most patronizing and exasperating thing ever addressed to a +human girl; and we've had to stand a good deal in our time. I should +like to have it applied to the other 'sect' a while. As if any girl that +was a girl would be good if she had the remotest chance of being clever." + +"Then you wouldn't wish me to be good?" Beaton asked. + +"Not if you were a girl." + +"You want to shock me. Well, I suppose I deserve it. But if I were one- +tenth part as good as you are, Alma, I should have a lighter heart than I +have now. I know that I'm fickle, but I'm not false, as you think I am." + +"Who said I thought you were false?" + +"No one," said Beaton. "It isn't necessary, when you look it--live it." + +"Oh, dear! I didn't know I devoted my whole time to the subject." + +"I know I'm despicable. I could tell you something--the history of this +day, even--that would make you despise me." Beaton had in mind his +purchase of the overcoat, which Alma was getting in so effectively, with +the money he ought to have sent his father. "But," he went on, darkly, +with a sense that what he was that moment suffering for his selfishness +must somehow be a kind of atonement, which would finally leave him to the +guiltless enjoyment of the overcoat, "you wouldn't believe the depths of +baseness I could descend to." + +"I would try," said Alma, rapidly shading the collar, "if you'd give me +some hint." + +Beaton had a sudden wish to pour out his remorse to her, but he was +afraid of her laughing at him. He said to himself that this was a very +wholesome fear, and that if he could always have her at hand he should +not make a fool of himself so often. A man conceives of such an office +as the very noblest for a woman; he worships her for it if he is +magnanimous. But Beaton was silent, and Alma put back her head for the +right distance on her sketch. "Mr. Fulkerson thinks you are the +sublimest of human beings for advising him to get Colonel Woodburn to +interview Mr. Dryfoos about Lindau. What have you ever done with your +Judas?" + +"I haven't done anything with it. Nadel thought he would take hold of it +at one time, but he dropped it again. After all, I don't suppose it +could be popularized. Fulkerson wanted to offer it as a premium to +subscribers for 'Every Other Week,' but I sat down on that." + +Alma could not feel the absurdity of this, and she merely said, "'Every +Other Week' seems to be going on just the same as ever." + +"Yes, the trouble has all blown over, I believe. Fulkerson," said +Beaton, with a return to what they were saying, "has managed the whole +business very well. But he exaggerates the value of my advice." + +"Very likely," Alma suggested, vaguely. "Or, no! Excuse me! He couldn't, +he couldn't!" She laughed delightedly at Beaton's foolish look of +embarrassment. + +He tried to recover his dignity in saying, "He's 'a very good fellow, and +he deserves his happiness." + +"Oh, indeed!" said Alma, perversely. "Does any one deserve happiness?" + +"I know I don't," sighed Beaton. + +"You mean you don't get it." + +"I certainly don't get it." + +"Ah, but that isn't the reason." + +"What is?" + +"That's the secret of the universe," She bit in her lower lip, and looked +at him with eyes, of gleaming fun. + +"Are you never serious?" he asked. + +"With serious people always." + +"I am serious; and you have the secret of my happiness--" He threw +himself impulsively forward in his chair. + +"Oh, pose, pose!" she cried. + +"I won't pose," he answered, "and you have got to listen to me. You +know I'm in love with you; and I know that once you cared for me. Can't +that time--won't it--come back again? Try to think so, Alma!" + +"No," she said, briefly and seriously enough. + +"But that seems impossible. What is it I've done what have you against +me?" + +"Nothing. But that time is past. I couldn't recall it if I wished. Why +did you bring it up? You've broken your word. You know I wouldn't have +let you keep coming here if you hadn't promised never to refer to it." + +"How could I help it? With that happiness near us--Fulkerson--" + +"Oh, it's that? I might have known it!" + +"No, it isn't that--it's something far deeper. But if it's nothing you +have against me, what is it, Alma, that keeps you from caring for me now +as you did then? I haven't changed." + +"But I have. I shall never care for you again, Mr. Beaton; you might as +well understand it once for all. Don't think it's anything in yourself, +or that I think you unworthy of me. I'm not so self-satisfied as that; +I know very well that I'm not a perfect character, and that I've no claim +on perfection in anybody else. I think women who want that are fools; +they won't get it, and they don't deserve it. But I've learned a good. +deal more about myself than I knew in St. Barnaby, and a life of work, of +art, and of art alone that's what I've made up my mind to." + +"A woman that's made up her mind to that has no heart to hinder her!" + +"Would a man have that had done so?" + +"But I don't believe you, Alma. You're merely laughing at me. And, +besides, with me you needn't give up art. We could work together. You +know how much I admire your talent. I believe I could help it--serve it; +I would be its willing slave, and yours, Heaven knows!" + +"I don't want any slave--nor any slavery. I want to be free always. Now +do you see? I don't care for you, and I never could in the old way; but +I should have to care for some one more than I believe I ever shall to +give up my work. Shall we go on?" She looked at her sketch. + +"No, we shall not go on," he said, gloomily, as he rose. + +"I suppose you blame me," she said, rising too. + +"Oh no! I blame no one--or only myself. I threw my chance away." + +"I'm glad you see that; and I'm glad you did it. You don't believe me, +of course. Why do men think life can be only the one thing to women? +And if you come to the selfish view, who are the happy women? I'm sure +that if work doesn't fail me, health won't, and happiness won't." + +"But you could work on with me--" + +"Second fiddle. Do you suppose I shouldn't be woman enough to wish my +work always less and lower than yours? At least I've heart enough for +that!" + +"You've heart enough for anything, Alma. I was a fool to say you +hadn't." + +"I think the women who keep their hearts have an even chance, at least, +of having heart--" + +"Ah, there's where you're wrong!" + +"But mine isn't mine to give you, anyhow. And now I don't want you ever +to speak to me about this again." + +"Oh, there's no danger!" he cried, bitterly. "I shall never willingly +see you again." + +"That's as you like, Mr. Beaton. We've had to be very frank, but I don't +see why we shouldn't be friends. Still, we needn't, if you don't like." + +"And I may come--I may come here--as--as usual?" + +"Why, if you can consistently," she said, with a smile, and she held out +her hand to him. + +He went home dazed, and feeling as if it were a bad joke that had been +put upon him. At least the affair went so deep that it estranged the +aspect of his familiar studio. Some of the things in it were not very +familiar; he had spent lately a great deal on rugs, on stuffs, on +Japanese bric-a-brac. When he saw these things in the shops he had felt +that he must have them; that they were necessary to him; and he was +partly in debt for them, still without having sent any of his earnings to +pay his father. As he looked at them now he liked to fancy something +weird and conscious in them as the silent witnesses of a broken life. +He felt about among some of the smaller objects on the mantel for his +pipe. Before he slept he was aware, in the luxury of his despair, of a +remote relief, an escape; and, after all, the understanding he had come +to with Alma was only the explicit formulation of terms long tacit +between them. Beaton would have been puzzled more than he knew if she +had taken him seriously. It was inevitable that he should declare +himself in love with her; but he was not disappointed at her rejection of +his love; perhaps not so much as he would have been at its acceptance, +though he tried to think otherwise, and to give himself airs of tragedy. +He did not really feel that the result was worse than what had gone +before, and it left him free. + +But he did not go to the Leightons again for so long a time that Mrs. +Leighton asked Alma what had happened. Alma told her. + +"And he won't come any more?" her mother sighed, with reserved censure. + +"Oh, I think he will. He couldn't very well come the next night. But he +has the habit of coming, and with Mr. Beaton habit is everything--even +the habit of thinking he's in love with some one." + +"Alma," said her mother, "I don't think it's very nice for a girl to let +a young man keep coming to see her after she's refused him." + +"Why not, if it amuses him and doesn't hurt the girl?" + +"But it does hurt her, Alma. It--it's indelicate. It isn't fair to him; +it gives him hopes." + +"Well, mamma, it hasn't happened in the given case yet. If Mr. Beaton +comes again, I won't see him, and you can forbid him the house." + +"If I could only feel sure, Alma," said her mother, taking up another +branch of the inquiry, "that you really knew your own mind, I should be +easier about it." + +"Then you can rest perfectly quiet, mamma. I do know my own mind; and, +what's worse, I know Mr. Beaton's mind." + +"What do you mean?" + +"I mean that he spoke to me the other night simply because Mr. +Fulkerson's engagement had broken him all up." + +"What expressions!" Mrs. Leighton lamented. + +"He let it out himself," Alma went on. "And you wouldn't have thought it +was very flattering yourself. When I'm made love to, after this, +I prefer to be made love to in an off-year, when there isn't another +engaged couple anywhere about." + +"Did you tell him that, Alma?" + +"Tell him that! What do you mean, mamma? I may be indelicate, but I'm +not quite so indelicate as that." + +"I didn't mean you were indelicate, really, Alma, but I wanted to warn +you. I think Mr. Beaton was very much in earnest." + +"Oh, so did he!" + +"And you didn't?" + +"Oh yes, for the time being. I suppose he's very much in earnest with +Miss Vance at times, and with Miss Dryfoos at others. Sometimes he's a +painter, and sometimes he's an architect, and sometimes he's a sculptor. +He has too many gifts--too many tastes." + +"And if Miss Vance and Miss Dryfoos--" + +"Oh, do say Sculpture and Architecture, mamma! It's getting so dreadfully +personal!" + +"Alma, you know that I only wish to get at your real feeling in the +matter." + +"And you know that I don't want to let you--especially when I haven't got +any real feeling in the matter. But I should think--speaking in the +abstract entirely--that if either of those arts was ever going to be in +earnest about him, it would want his exclusive devotion for a week at +least." + +"I didn't know," said Mrs. Leighton, "that he was doing anything now at +the others. I thought he was entirely taken up with his work on 'Every +Other Week.'" + +"Oh, he is! he is!" + +"And you certainly can't say, my dear, that he hasn't been very kind-- +very useful to you, in that matter." + +"And so I ought to have said yes out of gratitude? Thank you, mamma! I +didn't know you held me so cheap." + +"You know whether I hold you cheap or not, Alma. I don't want you to +cheapen yourself. I don't want you to trifle with any one. I want you +to be honest with yourself." + +"Well, come now, mamma! Suppose you begin. I've been perfectly honest +with myself, and I've been honest with Mr. Beaton. I don't care for him, +and I've told him I didn't; so he may be supposed to know it. If he +comes here after this, he'll come as a plain, unostentatious friend of +the family, and it's for you to say whether he shall come in that +capacity or not. I hope you won't trifle with him, and let him get the +notion that he's coming on any other basis." + +Mrs. Leighton felt the comfort of the critical attitude far too keenly to +abandon it for anything constructive. She only said, "You know very +well, Alma, that's a matter I can have nothing to do with." + +"Then you leave him entirely to me?" + +"I hope you will regard his right to candid and open treatment." + +"He's had nothing but the most open and candid treatment from me, mamma. +It's you that wants to play fast and loose with him. And, to tell you +the truth, I believe he would like that a good deal better; I believe +that, if there's anything he hates, it's openness and candor." +Alma laughed, and put her arms round her mother, who could not help +laughing a little, too. + + + + +II. + +The winter did not renew for Christine and Mela the social opportunity +which the spring had offered. After the musicale at Mrs. Horn's, they +both made their party-call, as Mela said, in due season; but they did not +find Mrs. Horn at home, and neither she nor Miss Vance came to see them +after people returned to town in the fall. They tried to believe for a +time that Mrs. Horn had not got their cards; this pretence failed them, +and they fell back upon their pride, or rather Christine's pride. Mela +had little but her good-nature to avail her in any exigency, and if Mrs. +Horn or Miss Vance had come to call after a year of neglect, she would +have received them as amiably as if they had not lost a day in coming. +But Christine had drawn a line beyond which they would not have been +forgiven; and she had planned the words and the behavior with which she +would have punished them if they had appeared then. Neither sister +imagined herself in anywise inferior to them; but Christine was +suspicious, at least, and it was Mela who invented the hypothesis of the +lost cards. As nothing happened to prove or to disprove the fact, she +said, "I move we put Coonrod up to gittun' it out of Miss Vance, at some +of their meetun's." + +"If you do," said Christine, "I'll kill you." + +Christine, however, had the visits of Beaton to console her, and, if +these seemed to have no definite aim, she was willing to rest in the +pleasure they gave her vanity; but Mela had nothing. Sometimes she even +wished they were all back on the farm. + +"It would be the best thing for both of you," said Mrs. Dryfoos, in +answer to such a burst of desperation. "I don't think New York is any +place for girls." + +"Well, what I hate, mother," said Mela, "is, it don't seem to be any +place for young men, either." She found this so good when she had said +it that she laughed over it till Christine was angry. + +"A body would think there had never been any joke before." + +"I don't see as it's a joke," said Mrs. Dryfoos. "It's the plain truth." + +"Oh, don't mind her, mother," said Mela. "She's put out because her old +Mr. Beaton ha'r't been round for a couple o' weeks. If you don't watch +out, that fellow 'll give you the slip yit, Christine, after all your +pains." + +"Well, there ain't anybody to give you the slip, Mela," Christine clawed +back. + +"No; I ha'n't ever set my traps for anybody." This was what Mela said +for want of a better retort; but it was not quite true. When Kendricks +came with Beaton to call after her father's dinner, she used all her +cunning to ensnare him, and she had him to herself as long as Beaton +stayed; Dryfoos sent down word that he was not very well and had gone to +bed. The novelty of Mela had worn off for Kendricks, and she found him, +as she frankly told him, not half as entertaining as he was at Mrs. +Horn's; but she did her best with him as the only flirtable material +which had yet come to her hand. It would have been her ideal to have the +young men stay till past midnight, and her father come down-stairs in his +stocking-feet and tell them it was time to go. But they made a visit of +decorous brevity, and Kendricks did not come again. She met him +afterward, once, as she was crossing the pavement in Union Square to get +into her coupe, and made the most of him; but it was necessarily very +little, and so he passed out of her life without having left any trace in +her heart, though Mela had a heart that she would have put at the +disposition of almost any young man that wanted it. Kendricks himself, +Manhattan cockney as he was, with scarcely more out look into the average +American nature than if he had been kept a prisoner in New York society +all his days, perceived a property in her which forbade him as a man of +conscience to trifle with her; something earthly good and kind, if it was +simple and vulgar. In revising his impressions of her, it seemed to him +that she would come even to better literary effect if this were +recognized in her; and it made her sacred, in spite of her willingness to +fool and to be fooled, in her merely human quality. After all, he saw +that she wished honestly to love and to be loved, and the lures she threw +out to that end seemed to him pathetic rather than ridiculous; he could +not join Beaton in laughing at her; and he did not like Beaton's laughing +at the other girl, either. It seemed to Kendricks, with the code of +honor which he mostly kept to himself because he was a little ashamed to +find there were so few others like it, that if Beaton cared nothing for +the other girl--and Christine appeared simply detestable to Kendricks-- +he had better keep away from her, and not give her the impression he was +in love with her. He rather fancied that this was the part of a +gentleman, and he could not have penetrated to that aesthetic and moral +complexity which formed the consciousness of a nature like Beaton's and +was chiefly a torment to itself; he could not have conceived of the +wayward impulses indulged at every moment in little things till the +straight highway was traversed and well-nigh lost under their tangle. +To do whatever one likes is finally to do nothing that one likes, even +though one continues to do what one will; but Kendricks, though a sage of +twenty-seven, was still too young to understand this. + +Beaton scarcely understood it himself, perhaps because he was not yet +twenty-seven. He only knew that his will was somehow sick; that it spent +itself in caprices, and brought him no happiness from the fulfilment of +the most vehement wish. But he was aware that his wishes grew less and +less vehement; he began to have a fear that some time he might have none +at all. It seemed to him that if he could once do something that was +thoroughly distasteful to himself, he might make a beginning in the right +direction; but when he tried this on a small scale, it failed, and it +seemed stupid. Some sort of expiation was the thing he needed, he was +sure; but he could not think of anything in particular to expiate; a man +could not expiate his temperament, and his temperament was what Beaton +decided to be at fault. He perceived that it went deeper than even fate +would have gone; he could have fulfilled an evil destiny and had done +with it, however terrible. His trouble was that he could not escape from +himself; and, for the most part, he justified himself in refusing to try. +After he had come to that distinct understanding with Alma Leighton, +and experienced the relief it really gave him, he thought for a while +that if it had fallen out otherwise, and she had put him in charge of her +destiny, he might have been better able to manage his own. But as it +was, he could only drift, and let all other things take their course. +It was necessary that he should go to see her afterward, to show her that +he was equal to the event; but he did not go so often, and he went rather +oftener to the Dryfooses; it was not easy to see Margaret Vance, except +on the society terms. With much sneering and scorning, he fulfilled the +duties to Mrs. Horn without which he knew he should be dropped from her +list; but one might go to many of her Thursdays without getting many +words with her niece. Beaton hardly knew whether he wanted many; the +girl kept the charm of her innocent stylishness; but latterly she wanted +to talk more about social questions than about the psychical problems +that young people usually debate so personally. Son of the working- +people as he was, Beaton had never cared anything about such matters; +he did not know about them or wish to know; he was perhaps too near them. +Besides, there was an embarrassment, at least on her part, concerning the +Dryfooses. She was too high-minded to blame him for having tempted her +to her failure with them by his talk about them; but she was conscious of +avoiding them in her talk. She had decided not to renew the effort she +had made in the spring; because she could not do them good as fellow- +creatures needing food and warmth and work, and she would not try to +befriend them socially; she had a horror of any such futile +sentimentality. She would have liked to account to Beaton in this way +for a course which she suspected he must have heard their comments upon, +but she did not quite know how to do it; she could not be sure how much +or how little he cared for them. Some tentative approaches which she +made toward explanation were met with such eager disclaim of personal +interest that she knew less than before what to think; and she turned the +talk from the sisters to the brother, whom it seemed she still continued +to meet in their common work among the poor. + +"He seems very different," she ventured. + +"Oh, quite," said Beaton. "He's the kind of person that you might +suppose gave the Catholics a hint for the cloistral life; he's a +cloistered nature--the nature that atones and suffers for. But he's +awfully dull company, don't you think? I never can get anything out of +him." + +"He's very much in earnest." + +"Remorselessly. We've got a profane and mundane creature there at the +office who runs us all, and it's shocking merely to see the contact of +the tyro natures. When Fulkerson gets to joking Dryfoos--he likes to put +his joke in the form of a pretence that Dryfoos is actuated by a selfish +motive, that he has an eye to office, and is working up a political +interest for himself on the East Side--it's something inexpressible." + +"I should think so," said Miss Vance, with such lofty disapproval that +Beaton felt himself included in it for having merely told what caused it. +He could not help saying, in natural rebellion, "Well, the man of one +idea is always a little ridiculous." + +"When his idea is right?" she demanded. "A right idea can't be +ridiculous." + +"Oh, I only said the man that held it was. He's flat; he has no relief, +no projection." + +She seemed unable to answer, and he perceived that he had silenced her to +his own, disadvantage. It appeared to Beaton that she was becoming a +little too exacting for comfort in her idealism. He put down the cup of +tea he had been tasting, and said, in his solemn staccato: "I must go. +Good-bye!" and got instantly away from her, with an effect he had of +having suddenly thought of something imperative. + +He went up to Mrs. Horn for a moment's hail and farewell, and felt +himself subtly detained by her through fugitive passages of conversation +with half a dozen other people. He fancied that at crises of this +strange interview Mrs. Horn was about to become confidential with him, +and confidential, of all things, about her niece. She ended by not +having palpably been so. In fact, the concern in her mind would have +been difficult to impart to a young man, and after several experiments +Mrs. Horn found it impossible to say that she wished Margaret could +somehow be interested in lower things than those which occupied her. +She had watched with growing anxiety the girl's tendency to various kinds +of self-devotion. She had dark hours in which she even feared her entire +withdrawal from the world in a life of good works. Before now, girls had +entered the Protestant sisterhoods, which appeal so potently to the young +and generous imagination, and Margaret was of just the temperament to be +influenced by them. During the past summer she had been unhappy at her +separation from the cares that had engrossed her more and more as their +stay in the city drew to an end in the spring, and she had hurried her +aunt back to town earlier in the fall than she would have chosen to come. +Margaret had her correspondents among the working-women whom she +befriended. Mrs. Horn was at one time alarmed to find that Margaret was +actually promoting a strike of the button-hole workers. This, of course, +had its ludicrous side, in connection with a young lady in good society, +and a person of even so little humor as Mrs. Horn could not help seeing +it. At the same time, she could not help foreboding the worst from it; +she was afraid that Margaret's health would give way under the strain, +and that if she did not go into a sisterhood she would at least go into a +decline. She began the winter with all such counteractive measures as +she could employ. At an age when such things weary, she threw herself +into the pleasures of society with the hope of dragging Margaret after +her; and a sympathetic witness must have followed with compassion her +course from ball to ball, from reception to reception, from parlor- +reading to parlor-reading, from musicale to musicale, from play to play, +from opera to opera. She tasted, after she had practically renounced +them, the bitter and the insipid flavors of fashionable amusement, in the +hope that Margaret might find them sweet, and now at the end she had to +own to herself that she had failed. It was coming Lent again, and the +girl had only grown thinner and more serious with the diversions that did +not divert her from the baleful works of beneficence on which Mrs. Horn +felt that she was throwing her youth away. Margaret could have borne +either alone, but together they were wearing her out. She felt it a duty +to undergo the pleasures her aunt appointed for her, but she could not +forego the other duties in which she found her only pleasure. + +She kept up her music still because she could employ it at the meetings +for the entertainment, and, as she hoped, the elevation of her working- +women; but she neglected the other aesthetic interests which once +occupied her; and, at sight of Beaton talking with her, Mrs. Horn caught +at the hope that he might somehow be turned to account in reviving +Margaret's former interest in art. She asked him if Mr. Wetmore had his +classes that winter as usual; and she said she wished Margaret could be +induced to go again: Mr. Wetmore always said that she did not draw very +well, but that she had a great deal of feeling for it, and her work was +interesting. She asked, were the Leightons in town again; and she +murmured a regret that she had not been able to see anything of them, +without explaining why; she said she had a fancy that if Margaret knew +Miss Leighton, and what she was doing, it might stimulate her, perhaps. +She supposed Miss Leighton was still going on with her art? Beaton said, +Oh yes, he believed so. + +But his manner did not encourage Mrs. Horn to pursue her aims in that +direction, and she said, with a sigh, she wished he still had a class; +she always fancied that Margaret got more good from his instruction than +from any one else's. + +He said that she was very good; but there was really nobody who knew half +as much as Wetmore, or could make any one understand half as much. +Mrs. Horn was afraid, she said, that Mr. Wetmore's terrible sincerity +discouraged Margaret; he would not let her have any illusions about the +outcome of what she was doing; and did not Mr. Beaton think that some +illusion was necessary with young people? Of course, it was very nice of +Mr. Wetmore to be so honest, but it did not always seem to be the wisest +thing. She begged Mr. Beaton to try to think of some one who would be a +little less severe. Her tone assumed a deeper interest in the people who +were coming up and going away, and Beaton perceived that he was +dismissed. + +He went away with vanity flattered by the sense of having been appealed +to concerning Margaret, and then he began to chafe at what she had said +of Wetmore's honesty, apropos of her wish that he still had a class +himself. Did she mean, confound her? that he was insincere, and would +let Miss Vance suppose she had more talent than she really had? The more +Beaton thought of this, the more furious he became, and the more he was +convinced that something like it had been unconsciously if not +consciously in her mind. He framed some keen retorts, to the general +effect that with the atmosphere of illusion preserved so completely at +home, Miss Vance hardly needed it in her art studies. Having just +determined never to go near Mrs. Horn's Thursdays again, he decided to go +once more, in order to plant this sting in her capacious but somewhat +callous bosom; and he planned how he would lead the talk up to the point +from which he should launch it. + +In the mean time he felt the need of some present solace, such as only +unqualified worship could give him; a cruel wish to feel his power in +some direction where, even if it were resisted, it could not be overcome, +drove him on. That a woman who was to Beaton the embodiment of +artificiality should intimate, however innocently--the innocence made it +all the worse--that he was less honest than Wetmore, whom he knew to be +so much more honest, was something that must be retaliated somewhere +before his self-respect could be restored. It was only five o'clock, and +he went on up-town to the Dryfooses', though he had been there only the +night before last. He asked for the ladies, and Mrs. Mandel received +him. + +"The young ladies are down-town shopping," she said, "but I am very glad +of the opportunity of seeing you alone, Mr. Beaton. You know I lived +several years in Europe." + +"Yes," said Beaton, wondering what that could have to do with her +pleasure in seeing him alone. "I believe so?" He involuntarily gave his +words the questioning inflection. + +"You have lived abroad, too, and so you won't find what I am going to ask +so strange. Mr. Beaton, why do you come so much to this house?" Mrs. +Mandel bent forward with an aspect of ladylike interest and smiled. + +Beaton frowned. "Why do I come so much?" + +"Yes." + +"Why do I--Excuse me, Mrs. Mandel, but will you allow me to ask why you +ask?" + +"Oh, certainly. There's no reason why I shouldn't say, for I wish you to +be very frank with me. I ask because there are two young ladies in this +house; and, in a certain way, I have to take the place of a mother to +them. I needn't explain why; you know all the people here, and you +understand. I have nothing to say about them, but I should not be +speaking to you now if they were not all rather helpless people. They do +not know the world they have come to live in here, and they cannot help +themselves or one another. But you do know it, Mr. Beaton, and I am sure +you know just how much or how little you mean by coming here. You are +either interested in one of these young girls or you are not. If you +are, I have nothing more to say. If you are not--" Mrs. Mandel continued +to smile, but the smile had grown more perfunctory, and it had an icy +gleam. + +Beaton looked at her with surprise that he gravely kept to himself. He +had always regarded her as a social nullity, with a kind of pity, to be +sure, as a civilized person living among such people as the Dryfooses, +but not without a humorous contempt; he had thought of her as Mandel, and +sometimes as Old Mandel, though she was not half a score of years his +senior, and was still well on the sunny side of forty. He reddened, and +then turned an angry pallor. "Excuse me again, Mrs. Mandel. Do you ask +this from the young ladies?" + +"Certainly not," she said, with the best temper, and with something in +her tone that convicted Beaton of vulgarity, in putting his question of +her authority in the form of a sneer. "As I have suggested, they would +hardly know how to help themselves at all in such a matter. I have no +objection to saying that I ask it from the father of the young ladies. +Of course, in and for myself I should have no right to know anything +about your affairs. I assure you the duty of knowing isn't very +pleasant." The little tremor in her clear voice struck Beaton as +something rather nice. + +"I can very well believe that, Mrs. Mandel," he said, with a dreamy +sadness in his own. He lifted his eyes and looked into hers. "If I told +you that I cared nothing about them in the way you intimate?" + +"Then I should prefer to let you characterize your own conduct in +continuing to come here for the year past, as you have done, and tacitly +leading them on to infer differently." They both mechanically kept up +the fiction of plurality in speaking of Christine, but there was no doubt +in the mind of either which of the young ladies the other meant. +A good many thoughts went through Beaton's mind, and none of them were +flattering. He had not been unconscious that the part he had played +toward this girl was ignoble, and that it had grown meaner as the fancy +which her beauty had at first kindled in him had grown cooler. He was +aware that of late he had been amusing himself with her passion in a way +that was not less than cruel, not because he wished to do so, but because +he was listless and wished nothing. He rose in saying: "I might be a +little more lenient than you think, Mrs. Mandel; but I won't trouble you +with any palliating theory. I will not come any more." + +He bowed, and Mrs. Mandel said, "Of course, it's only your action that I +am concerned with." + +She seemed to him merely triumphant, and he could not conceive what it +had cost her to nerve herself up to her too easy victory. He left Mrs. +Mandel to a far harder lot than had fallen to him, and he went away +hating her as an enemy who had humiliated him at a moment when he +particularly needed exalting. It was really very simple for him to stop +going to see Christine Dryfoos, but it was not at all simple for Mrs. +Mandel to deal with the consequences of his not coming. He only thought +how lightly she had stopped him, and the poor woman whom he had left +trembling for what she had been obliged to do embodied for him the +conscience that accused him of unpleasant things. + +"By heavens! this is piling it up," he said to himself through his set +teeth, realizing how it had happened right on top of that stupid insult +from Mrs. Horn. Now he should have to give up his place on 'Every Other +Week; he could not keep that, under the circumstances, even if some +pretence were not made to get rid of him; he must hurry and anticipate +any such pretence; he must see Fulkerson at once; he wondered where he +should find him at that hour. He thought, with bitterness so real that +it gave him a kind of tragical satisfaction, how certainly he could find +him a little later at Mrs. Leighton's; and Fulkerson's happiness became +an added injury. + +The thing had, of course, come about just at the wrong time. There never +had been a time when Beaton needed money more, when he had spent what he +had and what he expected to have so recklessly. He was in debt to +Fulkerson personally and officially for advance payments of salary. The +thought of sending money home made him break into a scoffing laugh, which +he turned into a cough in order to deceive the passers. What sort of +face should he go with to Fulkerson and tell him that he renounced his +employment on 'Every Other Week;' and what should he do when he had +renounced it? Take pupils, perhaps; open a class? A lurid conception of +a class conducted on those principles of shameless flattery at which Mrs. +Horn had hinted--he believed now she had meant to insult him--presented +itself. Why should not he act upon the suggestion? He thought with +loathing for the whole race of women--dabblers in art. How easy the +thing would be: as easy as to turn back now and tell that old fool's girl +that he loved her, and rake in half his millions. Why should not he do +that? No one else cared for him; and at a year's end, probably, one +woman would be like another as far as the love was concerned, and +probably he should not be more tired if the woman were Christine Dryfoos +than if she were Margaret Vance. He kept Alma Leighton out of the +question, because at the bottom of his heart he believed that she must be +forever unlike every other woman to him. + +The tide of his confused and aimless reverie had carried him far down- +town, he thought; but when he looked up from it to see where he was he +found himself on Sixth Avenue, only a little below Thirty-ninth Street, +very hot and blown; that idiotic fur overcoat was stifling. He could not +possibly walk down to Eleventh; he did not want to walk even to the +Elevated station at Thirty-fourth; he stopped at the corner to wait for a +surface-car, and fell again into his bitter fancies. After a while he +roused himself and looked up the track, but there was no car coming. He +found himself beside a policeman, who was lazily swinging his club by its +thong from his wrist. + +"When do you suppose a car will be along?" he asked, rather in a general +sarcasm of the absence of the cars than in any special belief that the +policeman could tell him. + +The policeman waited to discharge his tobacco-juice into the gutter. +"In about a week," he said, nonchalantly. + +"What's the matter?" asked Beaton, wondering what the joke could be. + +"Strike," said the policeman. His interest in Beaton's ignorance seemed +to overcome his contempt of it. "Knocked off everywhere this morning +except Third Avenue and one or two cross-town lines." He spat again and +kept his bulk at its incline over the gutter to glance at a group of men +on the corner below: They were neatly dressed, and looked like something +better than workingmen, and they had a holiday air of being in their best +clothes. + +"Some of the strikers?" asked Beaton. + +The policeman nodded. + +"Any trouble yet?" + +"There won't be any trouble till we begin to move the cars," said the +policeman. + +Beaton felt a sudden turn of his rage toward the men whose action would +now force him to walk five blocks and mount the stairs of the Elevated +station. "If you'd take out eight or ten of those fellows," he said, +ferociously, "and set them up against a wall and shoot them, you'd save a +great deal of bother." + +"I guess we sha'n't have to shoot much," said the policeman, still +swinging his locust. "Anyway, we shant begin it. If it comes to a +fight, though," he said, with a look at the men under the scooping rim of +his helmet, "we can drive the whole six thousand of 'em into the East +River without pullin' a trigger." + +"Are there six thousand in it?" + +"About." + +"What do the infernal fools expect to live on?" + +"The interest of their money, I suppose," said the officer, with a grin +of satisfaction in his irony. "It's got to run its course. Then they'll +come back with their heads tied up and their tails between their legs, +and plead to be taken on again." + +"If I was a manager of the roads," said Beaton, thinking of how much he +was already inconvenienced by the strike, and obscurely connecting it as +one of the series with the wrongs he had suffered at the hands of Mrs. +Horn and Mrs. Mandel, "I would see them starve before I'd take them back +--every one of them." + +"Well," said the policeman, impartially, as a man might whom the +companies allowed to ride free, but who had made friends with a good many +drivers and conductors in the course of his free riding, "I guess that's +what the roads would like to do if they could; but the men are too many +for them, and there ain't enough other men to take their places." + +"No matter," said Beaton, severely. "They can bring in men from other +places." + +"Oh, they'll do that fast enough," said the policeman. + +A man came out of the saloon on the corner where the strikers were +standing, noisy drunk, and they began, as they would have said, to have +some fun with him. The policeman left Beaton, and sauntered slowly down +toward the group as if in the natural course of an afternoon ramble. On +the other side of the street Beaton could see another officer sauntering +up from the block below. Looking up and down the avenue, so silent of +its horse-car bells, he saw a policeman at every corner. It was rather +impressive. + + + + +III. + +The strike made a good deal of talk in it he office of 'Every Other Week' +that is, it made Fulkerson talk a good deal. He congratulated himself +that he was not personally incommoded by it, like some of the fellows who +lived uptown, and had not everything under one roof, as it were. He +enjoyed the excitement of it, and he kept the office boy running out to +buy the extras which the newsmen came crying through the street almost +every hour with a lamentable, unintelligible noise. He read not only the +latest intelligence of the strike, but the editorial comments on it, +which praised the firm attitude of both parties, and the admirable +measures taken by the police to preserve order. Fulkerson enjoyed the +interviews with the police captains and the leaders of the strike; he +equally enjoyed the attempts of the reporters to interview the road +managers, which were so graphically detailed, and with such a fine +feeling for the right use of scare-heads as to have almost the value of +direct expression from them, though it seemed that they had resolutely +refused to speak. He said, at second-hand from the papers, that if the +men behaved themselves and respected the rights of property, they would +have public sympathy with them every time; but just as soon as they began +to interfere with the roads' right to manage their own affairs in their +own way, they must be put down with an iron hand; the phrase "iron hand" +did Fulkerson almost as much good as if it had never been used before. +News began to come of fighting between the police and the strikers when +the roads tried to move their cars with men imported from Philadelphia, +and then Fulkerson rejoiced at the splendid courage of the police. At +the same time, he believed what the strikers said, and that the trouble +was not made by them, but by gangs of roughs acting without their +approval. In this juncture he was relieved by the arrival of the State +Board of Arbitration, which took up its quarters, with a great many +scare-heads, at one of the principal hotels, and invited the roads and +the strikers to lay the matter in dispute before them; he said that now +we should see the working of the greatest piece of social machinery in +modern times. But it appeared to work only in the alacrity of the +strikers to submit their grievance. The road; were as one road in +declaring that there was nothing to arbitrate, and that they were merely +asserting their right to manage their own affairs in their own way. +One of the presidents was reported to have told a member of the Board, +who personally summoned him, to get out and to go about his business. +Then, to Fulkerson's extreme disappointment, the august tribunal, acting +on behalf of the sovereign people in the interest of peace, declared +itself powerless, and got out, and would, no doubt, have gone about its +business if it had had any. Fulkerson did not know what to say, perhaps +because the extras did not; but March laughed at this result. + +"It's a good deal like the military manoeuvre of the King of France and +his forty thousand men. I suppose somebody told him at the top of the +hill that there was nothing to arbitrate, and to get out and go about his +business, and that was the reason he marched down after he had marched up +with all that ceremony. What amuses me is to find that in an affair of +this kind the roads have rights and the strikers have rights, but the +public has no rights at all. The roads and the strikers are allowed to +fight out a private war in our midst as thoroughly and precisely a +private war as any we despise the Middle Ages for having tolerated-- +as any street war in Florence or Verona--and to fight it out at our pains +and expense, and we stand by like sheep and wait till they get tired. +It's a funny attitude for a city of fifteen hundred thousand +inhabitants." + +"What would you do?" asked Fulkerson, a good deal daunted by this view of +the case. + +"Do? Nothing. Hasn't the State Board of Arbitration declared itself +powerless? We have no hold upon the strikers; and we're so used to being +snubbed and disobliged by common carriers that we have forgotten our hold +on the roads and always allow them to manage their own affairs in their +own way, quite as if we had nothing to do with them and they owed us no +services in return for their privileges." + +"That's a good deal so," said Fulkerson, disordering his hair. "Well, +it's nuts for the colonel nowadays. He says if he was boss of this town +he would seize the roads on behalf of the people, and man 'em with +policemen, and run 'em till the managers had come to terms with the +strikers; and he'd do that every time there was a strike." + +"Doesn't that rather savor of the paternalism he condemned in Lindau?" +asked March. + +"I don't know. It savors of horse sense." + +"You are pretty far gone, Fulkerson. I thought you were the most engaged +man I ever saw; but I guess you're more father-in-lawed. And before +you're married, too." + +"Well, the colonel's a glorious old fellow, March. I wish he had the +power to do that thing, just for the fun of looking on while he waltzed +in. He's on the keen jump from morning till night, and he's up late and +early to see the row. I'm afraid he'll get shot at some of the fights; +he sees them all; I can't get any show at them: haven't seen a brickbat +shied or a club swung yet. Have you?" + +"No, I find I can philosophize the situation about as well from the +papers, and that's what I really want to do, I suppose. Besides, I'm +solemnly pledged by Mrs. March not to go near any sort of crowd, under +penalty of having her bring the children and go with me. Her theory is +that we must all die together; the children haven't been at school since +the strike began. There's no precaution that Mrs. March hasn't used. +She watches me whenever I go out, and sees that I start straight for this +office." + +Fulkerson laughed and said: "Well, it's probably the only thing that's +saved your life. Have you seen anything of Beaton lately?" + +"No. You don't mean to say he's killed!" + +"Not if he knows it. But I don't know--What do you say, March? What's +the reason you couldn't get us up a paper on the strike?" + +"I knew it would fetch round to 'Every Other Week,' somehow." + +"No, but seriously. There 'll be plenty of news paper accounts. But you +could treat it in the historical spirit--like something that happened +several centuries ago; De Foe's Plague of London style. Heigh? What +made me think of it was Beaton. If I could get hold of him, you two +could go round together and take down its aesthetic aspects. It's a big +thing, March, this strike is. I tell you it's imposing to have a private +war, as you say, fought out this way, in the heart of New York, and New +York not minding, it a bit. See? Might take that view of it. With your +descriptions and Beaton's sketches--well, it would just be the greatest +card! Come! What do you say?" + +"Will you undertake to make it right with Mrs. March if I'm killed and +she and the children are not killed with me?" + +"Well, it would be difficult. I wonder how it would do to get Kendricks +to do the literary part?" + +"I've no doubt he'd jump at the chance. I've yet to see the form of +literature that Kendricks wouldn't lay down his life for." + +"Say!" March perceived that Fulkerson was about to vent another +inspiration, and smiled patiently. "Look here! What's the reason we +couldn't get one of the strikers to write it up for us?" + +"Might have a symposium of strikers and presidents," March suggested. + +"No; I'm in earnest. They say some of those fellows-especially the +foreigners--are educated men. I know one fellow--a Bohemian--that used +to edit a Bohemian newspaper here. He could write it out in his kind of +Dutch, and we could get Lindau to translate it." + +"I guess not," said March, dryly. + +"Why not? He'd do it for the cause, wouldn't he? Suppose you put it up +on him the next time you see him." + +"I don't see Lindau any more," said March. He added, "I guess he's +renounced me along with Mr. Dryfoos's money." + +"Pshaw! You don't mean he hasn't been round since?" + +"He came for a while, but he's left off coming now. I don't feel +particularly gay about it," March said, with some resentment of +Fulkerson's grin. "He's left me in debt to him for lessons to the +children." + +Fulkerson laughed out. "Well, he is the greatest old fool! Who'd 'a' +thought he'd 'a' been in earnest with those 'brincibles' of his? But I +suppose there have to be just such cranks; it takes all kinds to make a +world." + +"There has to be one such crank, it seems," March partially assented. +"One's enough for me." + +"I reckon this thing is nuts for Lindau, too," said Fulkerson. "Why, it +must act like a schooner of beer on him all the while, to see 'gabidal' +embarrassed like it is by this strike. It must make old Lindau feel like +he was back behind those barricades at Berlin. Well, he's a splendid old +fellow; pity he drinks, as I remarked once before." + +When March left the office he did not go home so directly as he came, +perhaps because Mrs. March's eye was not on him. He was very curious +about some aspects of the strike, whose importance, as a great social +convulsion, he felt people did not recognize; and, with his temperance in +everything, he found its negative expressions as significant as its more +violent phases. He had promised his wife solemnly that he would keep +away from these, and he had a natural inclination to keep his promise; +he had no wish to be that peaceful spectator who always gets shot when +there is any firing on a mob. He interested himself in the apparent +indifference of the mighty city, which kept on about its business as +tranquilly as if the private war being fought out in its midst were a +vague rumor of Indian troubles on the frontier; and he realized how there +might once have been a street feud of forty years in Florence without +interfering materially with the industry and prosperity of the city. +On Broadway there was a silence where a jangle and clatter of horse-car +bells and hoofs had been, but it was not very noticeable; and on the +avenues, roofed by the elevated roads, this silence of the surface tracks +was not noticeable at all in the roar of the trains overhead. Some of +the cross-town cars were beginning to run again, with a policeman on the +rear of each; on the Third Avenge line, operated by non-union men, who +had not struck, there were two policemen beside the driver of every car, +and two beside the conductor, to protect them from the strikers. But +there were no strikers in sight, and on Second Avenue they stood quietly +about in groups on the corners. While March watched them at a safe +distance, a car laden with policemen came down the track, but none of the +strikers offered to molest it. In their simple Sunday best, March +thought them very quiet, decent-looking people, and he could well believe +that they had nothing to do with the riotous outbreaks in other parts of +the city. He could hardly believe that there were any such outbreaks; he +began more and more to think them mere newspaper exaggerations in the +absence of any disturbance, or the disposition to it, that he could see. +He walked on to the East River + +Avenues A, B, and C presented the same quiet aspect as Second Avenue; +groups of men stood on the corners, and now and then a police-laden car +was brought unmolested down the tracks before them; they looked at it and +talked together, and some laughed, but there was no trouble. + +March got a cross-town car, and came back to the West Side. A policeman, +looking very sleepy and tired, lounged on the platform. + +"I suppose you'll be glad when this cruel war is over," March suggested, +as he got in. + +The officer gave him a surly glance and made him no answer. + +His behavior, from a man born to the joking give and take of our life, +impressed March. It gave him a fine sense of the ferocity which he had +read of the French troops putting on toward the populace just before the +coup d'etat; he began to feel like the populace; but he struggled with +himself and regained his character of philosophical observer. In this +character he remained in the car and let it carry him by the corner where +he ought to have got out and gone home, and let it keep on with him to +one of the farthermost tracks westward, where so much of the fighting was +reported to have taken place. But everything on the way was as quiet as +on the East Side. + +Suddenly the car stopped with so quick a turn of the brake that he was +half thrown from his seat, and the policeman jumped down from the +platform and ran forward. + + + + +IV + +Dryfoos sat at breakfast that morning with Mrs. Mandel as usual to pour +out his coffee. Conrad had gone down-town; the two girls lay abed much +later than their father breakfasted, and their mother had gradually grown +too feeble to come down till lunch. Suddenly Christine appeared at the +door. Her face was white to the edges of her lips, and her eyes were +blazing. + +"Look here, father! Have you been saying anything to Mr. Beaton?" + +The old man looked up at her across his coffee-cup through his frowning +brows. "No." + +Mrs. Mandel dropped her eyes, and the spoon shook in her hand. + +"Then what's the reason he don't come here any more?" demanded the girl; +and her glance darted from her father to Mrs. Mandel. "Oh, it's you, is +it? I'd like to know who told you to meddle in other people's business?" + +"I did," said Dryfoos, savagely. "I told her to ask him what he wanted +here, and he said he didn't want anything, and he stopped coming. That's +all. I did it myself." + +"Oh, you did, did you?" said the girl, scarcely less insolently than she +had spoken to Mrs. Mandel. "I should like to know what you did it for? +I'd like to know what made you think I wasn't able to take care of +myself. I just knew somebody had been meddling, but I didn't suppose it +was you. I can manage my own affairs in my own way, if you please, and +I'll thank you after this to leave me to myself in what don't concern +you." + +"Don't concern me? You impudent jade!" her father began. + +Christine advanced from the doorway toward the table; she had her hands +closed upon what seemed trinkets, some of which glittered and dangled +from them. She said, "Will you go to him and tell him that this +meddlesome minx, here, had no business to say anything about me to him, +and you take it all back?" + +"No!" shouted the old man. "And if--" + +"That's all I want of you!" the girl shouted in her turn. "Here are your +presents." With both hands she flung the jewels-pins and rings and +earrings and bracelets--among the breakfast-dishes, from which some of +them sprang to the floor. She stood a moment to pull the intaglio ring +from the finger where Beaton put it a year ago, and dashed that at her +father's plate. Then she whirled out of the room, and they heard her +running up-stairs. + +The old man made a start toward her, but he fell back in his chair before +she was gone, and, with a fierce, grinding movement of his jaws, +controlled himself. "Take-take those things up," he gasped to Mrs. +Mandel. He seemed unable to rise again from his chair; but when she +asked him if he were unwell, he said no, with an air of offence, and got +quickly to his feet. He mechanically picked up the intaglio ring from +the table while he stood there, and put it on his little finger; his hand +was not much bigger than Christine's. "How do you suppose she found it +out?" he asked, after a moment. + +"She seems to have merely suspected it," said Mrs. Mandel, in a tremor, +and with the fright in her eyes which Christine's violence had brought +there. + +"Well, it don't make any difference. She had to know, somehow, and now +she knows." He started toward the door of the library, as if to go into +the hall, where his hat and coat hung. + +"Mr. Dryfoos," palpitated Mrs. Mandel, "I can't remain here, after the +language your daughter has used to me--I can't let you leave me--I--I'm +afraid of her--" + +"Lock yourself up, then," said the old man, rudely. He added, from the +hall before lie went out, "I reckon she'll quiet down now." + +He took the Elevated road. The strike seemed a vary far-off thing, +though the paper he bought to look up the stockmarket was full of noisy +typography about yesterday's troubles on the surface lines. Among the +millions in Wall Street there was some joking and some swearing, but not +much thinking, about the six thousand men who had taken such chances in +their attempt to better their condition. Dryfoos heard nothing of the +strike in the lobby of the Stock Exchange, where he spent two or three +hours watching a favorite stock of his go up and go down under the +betting. By the time the Exchange closed it had risen eight points, and +on this and some other investments he was five thousand dollars richer +than he had been in the morning. But he had expected to be richer still, +and he was by no means satisfied with his luck. All through the +excitement of his winning and losing had played the dull, murderous rage +he felt toward they child who had defied him, and when the game was over +and he started home his rage mounted into a sort of frenzy; he would +teach her, he would break her. He walked a long way without thinking, +and then waited for a car. None came, and he hailed a passing coupe. + +"What has got all the cars?" he demanded of the driver, who jumped down +from his box to open the door for him and get his direction. + +"Been away?" asked the driver. "Hasn't been any car along for a week. +Strike." + +"Oh yes," said Dryfoos. He felt suddenly giddy, and he remained staring +at the driver after he had taken his seat. + +The man asked, "Where to?" + +Dryfoos could not think of his street or number, and he said, with +uncontrollable fury: "I told you once! Go up to West Eleventh, and drive +along slow on the south side; I'll show you the place." + +He could not remember the number of 'Every Other Week' office, where he +suddenly decided to stop before he went home. He wished to see +Fulkerson, and ask him something about Beaton: whether he had been about +lately, and whether he had dropped any hint of what had happened +concerning Christine; Dryfoos believed that Fulkerson was in the fellow's +confidence. + +There was nobody but Conrad in the counting-room, whither Dryfoos +returned after glancing into Fulkerson's empty office. "Where's +Fulkerson?" he asked, sitting down with his hat on. + +"He went out a few moments ago," said Conrad, glancing at the clock. +"I'm afraid he isn't coming back again today, if you wanted to see him." + +Dryfoos twisted his head sidewise and upward to indicate March's room. +"That other fellow out, too?" + +"He went just before Mr. Fulkerson," answered Conrad. + +"Do you generally knock off here in the middle of the afternoon ?" asked +the old man. + +"No," said Conrad, as patiently as if his father had not been there a +score of times and found the whole staff of Every Other leek at work +between four and five. "Mr. March, you know, always takes a good deal of +his work home with him, and I suppose Mr. Fulkerson went out so early +because there isn't much doing to-day. Perhaps it's the strike that +makes it dull." + +"The strike-yes! It's a pretty piece of business to have everything +thrown out because a parcel of lazy hounds want a chance to lay off and +get drunk." Dryfoos seemed to think Conrad would make some answer to +this, but the young man's mild face merely saddened, and he said nothing. +"I've got a coupe out there now that I had to take because I couldn't get +a car. If I had my way I'd have a lot of those vagabonds hung. They're +waiting to get the city into a snarl, and then rob the houses--pack of +dirty, worthless whelps. They ought to call out the militia, and fire +into 'em. Clubbing is too good for them." Conrad was still silent, and +his father sneered, "But I reckon you don't think so." + +"I think the strike is useless," said Conrad. + +"Oh, you do, do you? Comin' to your senses a little. Gettin' tired +walkin' so much. I should like to know what your gentlemen over there on +the East Side think about the strike, anyway." + +The young fellow dropped his eyes. "I am not authorized to speak for +them." + +"Oh, indeed! And perhaps you're not authorized to speak for yourself?" + +"Father, you know we don't agree about these things. I'd rather not +talk--" + +"But I'm goin' to make you talk this time!" cried Dryfoos, striking the +arm of the chair he sat in with the side of his fist. A maddening +thought of Christine came over him. "As long as you eat my bread, you +have got to do as I say. I won't have my children telling me what I +shall do and sha'n't do, or take on airs of being holier than me. Now, +you just speak up! Do you think those loafers are right, or don't you? +Come!" + +Conrad apparently judged it best to speak. "I think they were very +foolish to strike--at this time, when the Elevated roads can do the +work." + +"Oh, at this time, heigh! And I suppose they think over there on the +East Side that it 'd been wise to strike before we got the Elevated." +Conrad again refused to answer, and his father roared, "What do you +think?" + +"I think a strike is always bad business. It's war; but sometimes there +don't seem any other way for the workingmen to get justice. They say +that sometimes strikes do raise the wages, after a while." + +"Those lazy devils were paid enough already," shrieked the old man. + +"They got two dollars a day. How much do you think they ought to 'a' +got? Twenty?" + +Conrad hesitated, with a beseeching look at his father. But he decided +to answer. "The men say that with partial work, and fines, and other +things, they get sometimes a dollar, and sometimes ninety cents a day." + +"They lie, and you know they lie," said his father, rising and coming +toward him. "And what do you think the upshot of it all will be, after +they've ruined business for another week, and made people hire hacks, and +stolen the money of honest men? How is it going to end?" + +"They will have to give in." + +"Oh, give in, heigh! And what will you say then, I should like to know? +How will you feel about it then? Speak!" + +"I shall feel as I do now. I know you don't think that way, and I don't +blame you--or anybody. But if I have got to say how I shall feel, why, I +shall feel sorry they didn't succeed, for I believe they have a righteous +cause, though they go the wrong way to help themselves." + +His father came close to him, his eyes blazing, his teeth set. "Do you +dare so say that to me?" + +"Yes. I can't help it. I pity them; my whole heart is with those poor +men." + +"You impudent puppy!" shouted the old man. He lifted his hand and struck +his son in the face. Conrad caught his hand with his own left, and, +while the blood began to trickle from a wound that Christine's intaglio +ring had made in his temple, he looked at him with a kind of grieving +wonder, and said, "Father!" + +The old man wrenched his fist away and ran out of the house. He +remembered his address now, and he gave it as he plunged into the coupe. +He trembled with his evil passion, and glared out of the windows at the +passers as he drove home; he only saw Conrad's mild, grieving, wondering +eyes, and the blood slowly trickling from the wound in his temple. + +Conrad went to the neat-set bowl in Fulkerson's comfortable room and +washed the blood away, and kept bathing the wound with the cold water +till it stopped bleeding. The cut was not deep, and he thought he would +not put anything on it. After a while he locked up the office and +started out, be hardly knew where. But he walked on, in the direction he +had taken, till he found himself in Union Square, on the pavement in +front of Brentano's. It seemed to him that he heard some one calling +gently to him, "Mr. Dryfoos!" + + + + +V. + +Conrad looked confusedly around, and the same voice said again, "Mr. +Dryfoos!" and he saw that it was a lady speaking to him from a coupe +beside the curbing, and then he saw that it was Miss Vance. + +She smiled when, he gave signs of having discovered her, and came up to +the door of her carriage. "I am so glad to meet you. I have been +longing to talk to somebody; nobody seems to feel about it as I do. Oh, +isn't it horrible? Must they fail? I saw cars running on all the lines +as I came across; it made me sick at heart. Must those brave fellows +give in? And everybody seems to hate them so--I can't bear it." Her +face was estranged with excitement, and there were traces of tears on it. +"You must think me almost crazy to stop you in the street this way; but +when I caught sight of you I had to speak. I knew you would sympathize-- +I knew you would feel as I do. Oh, how can anybody help honoring those +poor men for standing by one another as they do? They are risking all +they have in the world for the sake of justice! Oh, they are true heroes! +They are staking the bread of their wives and children on the dreadful +chance they've taken! But no one seems to understand it. No one seems to +see that they are willing to suffer more now that other poor men may +suffer less hereafter. And those wretched creatures that are coming in +to take their places--those traitors--" + +"We can't blame them for wanting to earn a living, Miss Vance," said +Conrad. + +"No, no! I don't blame them. Who am I, to do such a thing? It's we +--people like me, of my class--who make the poor betray one another. +But this dreadful fighting--this hideous paper is full of it!" She held +up an extra, crumpled with her nervous reading. "Can't something be done +to stop it? Don't you think that if some one went among them, and tried +to make them see how perfectly hopeless it was to resist the companies +and drive off the new men, he might do some good? I have wanted to go +and try; but I am a woman, and I mustn't! I shouldn't be afraid of the +strikers, but I'm afraid of what people would say!" Conrad kept pressing +his handkerchief to the cut in his temple, which he thought might be +bleeding, and now she noticed this. "Are you hurt, Mr. Dryfoos? +You look so pale." + +"No, it's nothing--a little scratch I've got." + +"Indeed, you look pale. Have you a carriage? How will you get home? +Will you get in here with me and let me drive you?" + +"No, no," said Conrad, smiling at her excitement. "I'm perfectly well--" + +"And you don't think I'm foolish and wicked for stopping you here and +talking in this way? But I know you feel as I do!" + +"Yes, I feel as you do. You are right--right in every way--I mustn't +keep you--Good-bye." He stepped back to bow, but she put her beautiful +hand out of the window, and when he took it she wrung his hand hard. + +"Thank you, thank you! You are good and you are just! But no one can do +anything. It's useless!" + +The type of irreproachable coachman on the box whose respectability had +suffered through the strange behavior of his mistress in this interview +drove quickly off at her signal, and Conrad stood a moment looking after +the carriage. His heart was full of joy; it leaped; he thought it would +burst. As he turned to walk away it seemed to him as if he mounted upon +the air. The trust she had shown him, the praise she had given him, that +crush of the hand: he hoped nothing, he formed no idea from it, but it +all filled him with love that cast out the pain and shame he had been +suffering. He believed that he could never be unhappy any more; the +hardness that was in his mind toward his father went out of it; he saw +how sorely he had tried him; he grieved that he had done it, but the +means, the difference of his feeling about the cause of their quarrel, +he was solemnly glad of that since she shared it. He was only sorry for +his father. "Poor father!" he said under his breath as he went along. +He explained to her about his father in his reverie, and she pitied his +father, too. + +He was walking over toward the West Side, aimlessly at first, and then at +times with the longing to do something to save those mistaken men from +themselves forming itself into a purpose. Was not that what she meant +when she bewailed her woman's helplessness? She must have wished him to +try if he, being a man, could not do something; or if she did not, still +he would try, and if she heard of it she would recall what she had said +and would be glad he had understood her so. Thinking of her pleasure in +what he was going to do, he forgot almost what it was; but when he came +to a street-car track he remembered it, and looked up and down to see if +there were any turbulent gathering of men whom he might mingle with and +help to keep from violence. He saw none anywhere; and then suddenly, as +if at the same moment, for in his exalted mood all events had a dream- +like simultaneity, he stood at the corner of an avenue, and in the middle +of it, a little way off, was a street-car, and around the car a tumult of +shouting, cursing, struggling men. The driver was lashing his horses +forward, and a policeman was at their heads, with the conductor, pulling +them; stones, clubs, brickbats hailed upon the car, the horses, the men +trying to move them. The mob closed upon them in a body, and then a +patrol-wagon whirled up from the other side, and a squad of policemen +leaped out and began to club the rioters. Conrad could see how they +struck them under the rims of their hats; the blows on their skulls +sounded as if they had fallen on stone; the rioters ran in all +directions. + +One of the officers rushed up toward the corner where Conrad stood, and +then he saw at his side a tall, old man, with a long, white beard, who +was calling out at the policemen: "Ah, yes! Glup the strikerss--gif it to +them! Why don't you co and glup the bresidents that insoalt your lawss, +and gick your Boart of Arpidration out-of-toors? Glup the strikerss-- +they cot no friendts! They cot no money to pribe you, to dreat you!" + +The officer lifted his club, and the old man threw his left arm up to +shield his head. Conrad recognized Zindau, and now he saw the empty +sleeve dangle in the air over the stump of his wrist. He heard a shot in +that turmoil beside the car, and something seemed to strike him in the +breast. He was going to say to the policeman: "Don't strike him! He's +an old soldier! You see he has no hand!" but he could not speak, he +could not move his tongue. The policeman stood there; he saw his face: +it was not bad, not cruel; it was like the face of a statue, fixed, +perdurable--a mere image of irresponsible and involuntary authority. +Then Conrad fell forward, pierced through the heart by that shot fired +from the car. + +March heard the shot as he scrambled out of his car, and at the same +moment he saw Lindau drop under the club of the policeman, who left him +where he fell and joined the rest of the squad in pursuing the rioters. +The fighting round the car in the avenue ceased; the driver whipped his +horses into a gallop, and the place was left empty. + +March would have liked to run; he thought how his wife had implored him +to keep away from the rioting; but he could not have left Lindau lying +there if he would. Something stronger than his will drew him to the +spot, and there he saw Conrad, dead beside the old man. + + + + +VI. + +In the cares which Mrs. March shared with her husband that night she was +supported partly by principle, but mainly by the, potent excitement which +bewildered Conrad's family and took all reality from what had happened. +It was nearly midnight when the Marches left them and walked away toward +the Elevated station with Fulkerson. Everything had been done, by that +time, that could be done; and Fulkerson was not without that satisfaction +in the business-like despatch of all the details which attends each step +in such an affair and helps to make death tolerable even to the most +sorely stricken. We are creatures of the moment; we live from one little +space to another; and only one interest at a time fills these. Fulkerson +was cheerful when they got into the street, almost gay; and Mrs. March +experienced a rebound from her depression which she felt that she ought +not to have experienced. But she condoned the offence a little in +herself, because her husband remained so constant in his gravity; and, +pending the final accounting he must make her for having been where he +could be of so much use from the first instant of the calamity, she was +tenderly, gratefully proud of all the use he had been to Conrad's family, +and especially his miserable old father. To her mind, March was the +principal actor in the whole affair, and much more important in having +seen it than those who had suffered in it. In fact, he had suffered +incomparably. + + +"Well, well," said Fulkerson. "They'll get along now. We've done all we +could, and there's nothing left but for them to bear it. Of course it's +awful, but I guess it 'll come out all right. I mean," he added, +"they'll pull through now." + +"I suppose," said March, "that nothing is put on us that we can't bear. +But I should think," he went on, musingly, "that when God sees what we +poor finite creatures can bear, hemmed round with this eternal darkness +of death, He must respect us." + +"Basil!" said his wife. But in her heart she drew nearer to him for the +words she thought she ought to rebuke him for. + +"Oh, I know," he said, "we school ourselves to despise human nature. +But God did not make us despicable, and I say, whatever end He meant us +for, He must have some such thrill of joy in our adequacy to fate as a +father feels when his son shows himself a man. When I think what we can +be if we must, I can't believe the least of us shall finally perish." + +"Oh, I reckon the Almighty won't scoop any of us," said Fulkerson, with a +piety of his own. + +"That poor boy's father!" sighed Mrs. March. "I can't get his face out +of my sight. He looked so much worse than death." + +"Oh, death doesn't look bad," said March. "It's life that looks so in +its presence. Death is peace and pardon. I only wish poor old Lindau +was as well out of it as Conrad there." + +"Ah, Lindau! He has done harm enough," said Mrs. March. "I hope he will +be careful after this." + +March did not try to defend Lindau against her theory of the case, which +inexorably held him responsible for Conrad's death. + +"Lindau's going to come out all right, I guess," said Fulkerson. "He was +first-rate when I saw him at the hospital to-night." He whispered in +March's ear, at a chance he got in mounting the station stairs: "I didn't +like to tell you there at the house, but I guess you'd better know. They +had to take Lindau's arm off near the shoulder. Smashed all to pieces by +the clubbing." + +In the house, vainly rich and foolishly unfit for them, the bereaved +family whom the Marches had just left lingered together, and tried to get +strength to part for the night. They were all spent with the fatigue +that comes from heaven to such misery as theirs, and they sat in a torpor +in which each waited for the other to move, to speak. + +Christine moved, and Mela spoke. Christine rose and went out of the room +without saying a word, and they heard her going up-stairs. Then Mela +said: + +"I reckon the rest of us better be goun' too, father. Here, let's git +mother started." + +She put her arm round her mother, to lift her from her chair, but the old +man did not stir, and Mela called Mrs. Mandel from the next room. +Between them they raised her to her feet. + +"Ain't there anybody agoin' to set up with it?" she asked, in her hoarse +pipe. "It appears like folks hain't got any feelin's in New York. +Woon't some o' the neighbors come and offer to set up, without waitin' to +be asked?" + +"Oh, that's all right, mother. The men 'll attend to that. Don't you +bother any," Mela coaxed, and she kept her arm round her mother, with +tender patience. + +"Why, Mely, child! I can't feel right to have it left to hirelin's so. +But there ain't anybody any more to see things done as they ought. If +Coonrod was on'y here--" + +"Well, mother, you are pretty mixed!" said Mela, with a strong tendency +to break into her large guffaw. But she checked herself and said: +"I know just how you feel, though. It keeps acomun' and agoun'; and it's +so and it ain't so, all at once; that's the plague of it. Well, father! +Ain't you goun' to come?" + +"I'm goin' to stay, Mela," said the old man, gently, without moving. +"Get your mother to bed, that's a good girl." + +"You goin' to set up with him, Jacob?" asked the old woman. + +"Yes, 'Liz'beth, I'll set up. You go to bed." + +"Well, I will, Jacob. And I believe it 'll do you good to set up. +I wished I could set up with you; but I don't seem to have the stren'th +I did when the twins died. I must git my sleep, so's to--I don't like +very well to have you broke of your rest, Jacob, but there don't appear +to be anybody else. You wouldn't have to do it if Coonrod was here. +There I go ag'in! Mercy! mercy!" + +"Well, do come along, then, mother," said Mela; and she got her out of +the room, with Mrs. Mandel's help, and up the stairs. + +From the top the old woman called down, "You tell Coonrod--" She stopped, +and he heard her groan out, "My Lord! my Lord!" + +He sat, one silence in the dining-room, where they had all lingered +together, and in the library beyond the hireling watcher sat, another +silence. The time passed, but neither moved, and the last noise in the +house ceased, so that they heard each other breathe, and the vague, +remote rumor of the city invaded the inner stillness. It grew louder +toward morning, and then Dryfoos knew from the watcher's deeper breathing +that he had fallen into a doze. + +He crept by him to the drawing-room, where his son was; the place was +full of the awful sweetness of the flowers that Fulkerson had brought, +and that lay above the pulseless breast. The old man turned up a burner +in the chandelier, and stood looking on the majestic serenity of the dead +face. + +He could not move when he saw his wife coming down the stairway in the +hall. She was in her long, white flannel bed gown, and the candle she +carried shook with her nervous tremor. He thought she might be walking +in her sleep, but she said, quite simply, "I woke up, and I couldn't git +to sleep ag'in without comin' to have a look." She stood beside their +dead son with him. "well, he's beautiful, Jacob. He was the prettiest +baby! And he was always good, Coonrod was; I'll say that for him. +I don't believe he ever give me a minute's care in his whole life. +I reckon I liked him about the best of all the children; but I don't know +as I ever done much to show it. But you was always good to him, Jacob; +you always done the best for him, ever since he was a little feller. +I used to be afraid you'd spoil him sometimes in them days; but I guess +you're glad now for every time you didn't cross him. I don't suppose +since the twins died you ever hit him a lick." She stooped and peered +closer at the face. "Why, Jacob, what's that there by his pore eye?" +Dryfoos saw it, too, the wound that he had feared to look for, and that +now seemed to redden on his sight. He broke into a low, wavering cry, +like a child's in despair, like an animal's in terror, like a soul's in +the anguish of remorse. + + + + +VII. + +The evening after the funeral, while the Marches sat together talking it +over, and making approaches, through its shadow, to the question of their +own future, which it involved, they were startled by the twitter of the +electric bell at their apartment door. It was really not so late as the +children's having gone to bed made it seem; but at nine o'clock it was +too late for any probable visitor except Fulkerson. It might be he, and +March was glad to postpone the impending question to his curiosity +concerning the immediate business Fulkerson might have with him. He went +himself to the door, and confronted there a lady deeply veiled in black +and attended by a very decorous serving-woman. + +"Are you alone, Mr. March--you and Mrs. March ?" asked the lady, behind +her veil; and, as he hesitated, she said: "You don't know me! Miss +Vance"; and she threw back her veil, showing her face wan and agitated in +the dark folds. "I am very anxious to see you--to speak with you both. +May I come in?" + +"Why, certainly, Miss Vance," he answered, still too much stupefied by +her presence to realize it. + +She promptly entered, and saying, with a glance at the hall chair by the +door, "My maid can sit here?" followed him to the room where he had left +his wife. + +Mrs. March showed herself more capable of coping with the fact. She +welcomed Miss Vance with the liking they both felt for the girl, and with +the sympathy which her troubled face inspired. + +"I won't tire you with excuses for coming, Mrs. March," she said, "for it +was the only thing left for me to do; and I come at my aunt's +suggestion." She added this as if it would help to account for her more +on the conventional plane, and she had the instinctive good taste to +address herself throughout to Mrs. March as much as possible, though what +she had to say was mainly for March. "I don't know how to begin--I don't +know how to speak of this terrible affair. But you know what I mean. +I feel as if I had lived a whole lifetime since it happened. I don't +want you to pity me for it," she said, forestalling a politeness from +Mrs. March. "I'm the last one to be thought of, and you mustn't mind me +if I try to make you. I came to find out all of the truth that I can, +and when I know just what that is I shall know what to do. I have read +the inquest; it's all burned into my brain. But I don't care for that-- +for myself: you must let me say such things without minding me. I know +that your husband--that Mr. March was there; I read his testimony; and I +wished to ask him--to ask him--" She stopped and looked distractedly +about. "But what folly! He must have said everything he knew--he had +to." Her eves wandered to him from his wife, on whom she had kept them +with instinctive tact. + +"I said everything--yes," he replied. "But if you would like to know--" + +"Perhaps I had better tell you something first. I had just parted with +him--it couldn't have been more than half an hour--in front of +Brentano's; he must have gone straight to his death. We were talking, +and I--I said, Why didn't some one go among the strikers and plead with +them to be peaceable, and keep them from attacking the new men. I knew +that he felt as I did about the strikers: that he was their friend. Did +you see--do you know anything that makes you think he had been trying to +do that?" + +"I am sorry," March began, "I didn't see him at all till--till I saw him +lying dead." + +"My husband was there purely by accident," Mrs. March put in. "I had +begged and entreated him not to go near the striking anywhere. And he +had just got out of the car, and saw the policeman strike that wretched +Lindau--he's been such an anxiety to me ever since we have had anything +to do with him here; my husband knew him when he was a boy in the West. +Mr. March came home from it all perfectly prostrated; it made us all +sick! Nothing so horrible ever came into our lives before. I assure you +it was the most shocking experience." + +Miss Vance listened to her with that look of patience which those who +have seen much of the real suffering of the world--the daily portion of +the poor--have for the nervous woes of comfortable people. March hung +his head; he knew it would be useless to protest that his share of the +calamity was, by comparison, infinitesimally small. + +After she had heard Mrs. March to the end even of her repetitions, Miss +Vance said, as if it were a mere matter of course that she should have +looked the affair up, "Yes, I have seen Mr. Lindau at the hospital--" + +"My husband goes every day to see him," Mrs. March interrupted, to give. +a final touch to the conception of March's magnanimity throughout. + +"The poor man seems to have been in the wrong at the time," said Miss +Vance. + +"I could almost say he had earned the right to be wrong. He's a man of +the most generous instincts, and a high ideal of justice, of equity--too +high to be considered by a policeman with a club in his hand," said +March, with a bold defiance of his wife's different opinion of Lindau. +"It's the policeman's business, I suppose, to club the ideal when he +finds it inciting a riot." + +"Oh, I don't blame Mr. Lindau; I don't blame the policeman; he was as +much a mere instrument as his club was. I am only trying to find out how +much I am to blame myself. I had no thought of Mr. Dryfoos's going +there--of his attempting to talk with the strikers and keep them quiet; +I was only thinking, as women do, of what I should try to do if I were a +man. + +"But perhaps he understood me to ask him to go--perhaps my words sent him +to his death." + +She had a sort of calm in her courage to know the worst truth as to her +responsibility that forbade any wish to flatter her out of it. "I'm +afraid," said March, "that is what can never be known now." After a +moment he added: "But why should you wish to know? If he went there as a +peacemaker, he died in a good cause, in such a way as he would wish to +die, I believe." + +"Yes," said the girl; "I have thought of that. But death is awful; we +must not think patiently, forgivingly of sending any one to their death +in the best cause."--"I fancy life was an awful thing to Conrad Dryfoos," +March replied. "He was thwarted and disappointed, without even pleasing +the ambition that thwarted and disappointed him. That poor old man, his +father, warped him from his simple, lifelong wish to be a minister, and +was trying to make a business man of him. If it will be any consolation +to you to know it, Miss Vance, I can assure you that he was very unhappy, +and I don't see how he could ever have been happy here." + +"It won't," said the girl, steadily. "If people are born into this +world, it's because they were meant to live in it. It isn't a question +of being happy here; no one is happy, in that old, selfish way, or can +be; but he could have been of great use." + +"Perhaps he was of use in dying. Who knows? He may have been trying to +silence Lindau." + +"Oh, Lindau wasn't worth it!" cried Mrs. March. + +Miss Vance looked at her as if she did not quite understand. Then she +turned to March. "He might have been unhappy, as we all are; but I know +that his life here would have had a higher happiness than we wish for or +aim for." The tears began to run silently down her cheeks. + +"He looked strangely happy that day when he left me. He had hurt himself +somehow, and his face was bleeding from a scratch; he kept his +handkerchief up; he was pale, but such a light came into his face when he +shook hands--ah, I know he went to try and do what I said!" They were +all silent, while she dried her eyes and then put her handkerchief back +into the pocket from which she had suddenly pulled it, with a series of +vivid, young-ladyish gestures, which struck March by their incongruity +with the occasion of their talk, and yet by their harmony with the rest +of her elegance. "I am sorry, Miss Vance," he began, "that I can't +really tell you anything more--" + +"You are very kind," she said, controlling herself and rising quickly. +"I thank you--thank you both very much." She turned to Mrs. March and +shook hands with her and then with him. "I might have known--I did know +that there wasn't anything more for you to tell. But at least I've found +out from you that there was nothing, and now I can begin to bear what I +must. How are those poor creatures--his mother and father, his sisters? +Some day, I hope, I shall be ashamed to have postponed them to the +thought of myself; but I can't pretend to be yet. I could not come to +the funeral; I wanted to." + +She addressed her question to Mrs. March, who answered: "I can +understand. But they were pleased with the flowers you sent; people are, +at such times, and they haven't many friends." + +"Would you go to see them?" asked the girl. "Would you tell them what +I've told you?" + +Mrs. March looked at her husband. + +"I don't see what good it would do. They wouldn't understand. But if it +would relieve you--" + +"I'll wait till it isn't a question of self-relief," said the girl. +"Good-bye!" + +She left them to long debate of the event. At the end Mrs. March said, +"She is a strange being; such a mixture of the society girl and the +saint." + +Her husband answered: "She's the potentiality of several kinds of +fanatic. She's very unhappy, and I don't see how she's to be happier +about that poor fellow. I shouldn't be surprised if she did inspire him +to attempt something of that kind." + +"Well, you got out of it very well, Basil. I admired the way you +managed. I was afraid you'd say something awkward." + +"Oh, with a plain line of truth before me, as the only possible thing, +I can get on pretty well. When it comes to anything decorative, I'd +rather leave it to you, Isabel." + +She seemed insensible of his jest. "Of course, he was in love with her. +That was the light that came into his face when he was going to do what +he thought she wanted him to do." + +"And she--do you think that she was--" + +"What an idea! It would have been perfectly grotesque!" + + + + +VIII. + +Their affliction brought the Dryfooses into humaner relations with the +Marches, who had hitherto regarded them as a necessary evil, as the +odious means of their own prosperity. Mrs. March found that the women of +the family seemed glad of her coming, and in the sense of her usefulness +to them all she began to feel a kindness even for Christine. But she +could not help seeing that between the girl and her father there was an +unsettled account, somehow, and that it was Christine and not the old man +who was holding out. She thought that their sorrow had tended to refine +the others. Mela was much more subdued, and, except when she abandoned +herself to a childish interest in her mourning, she did nothing to shock +Mrs. March's taste or to seem unworthy of her grief. She was very good +to her mother, whom the blow had left unchanged, and to her father, whom +it had apparently fallen upon with crushing weight. Once, after visiting +their house, Mrs. March described to March a little scene between Dryfoos +and Mela, when he came home from Wall Street, and the girl met him at the +door with a kind of country simpleness, and took his hat and stick, and +brought him into the room where Mrs. March sat, looking tired and broken. +She found this look of Dryfoos's pathetic, and dwelt on the sort of +stupefaction there was in it; he must have loved his son more than they +ever realized. "Yes," said March, "I suspect he did. He's never been +about the place since that day; he was always dropping in before, on his +way up-town. He seems to go down to Wall Street every day, just as +before, but I suppose that's mechanical; he wouldn't know what else to +do; I dare say it's best for him. The sanguine Fulkerson is getting a +little anxious about the future of 'Every Other Week.' Now Conrad's +gone, he isn't sure the old man will want to keep on with it, or whether +he'll have to look up another Angel. He wants to get married, I imagine, +and he can't venture till this point is settled." + +"It's a very material point to us too, Basil," said Mrs. March. + +"Well, of course. I hadn't overlooked that, you may be sure. One of the +things that Fulkerson and I have discussed is a scheme for buying the +magazine. Its success is pretty well assured now, and I shouldn't be +afraid to put money into it--if I had the money." + +"I couldn't let you sell the house in Boston, Basil!" + +"And I don't want to. I wish we could go back and live in it and get the +rent, too! It would be quite a support. But I suppose if Dryfoos won't +keep on, it must come to another Angel. I hope it won't be a literary +one, with a fancy for running my department." + +"Oh, I guess whoever takes the magazine will be glad enough to keep you!" + +"Do you think so? Well, perhaps. But I don't believe Fulkerson would +let me stand long between him and an Angel of the right description." + +"Well, then, I believe he would. And you've never seen anything, Basil, +to make you really think that Mr. Fulkerson didn't appreciate you to the +utmost." + +"I think I came pretty near an undervaluation in that Lindau trouble. +I shall always wonder what put a backbone into Fulkerson just at that +crisis. Fulkerson doesn't strike me as the stuff of a moral hero." + +"At any rate, he was one," said Mrs. March, "and that's quite enough for +me." + +March did not answer. "What a noble thing life is, anyway! Here I am, +well on the way to fifty, after twenty-five years of hard work, looking +forward to the potential poor-house as confidently as I did in youth. +We might have saved a little more than we have saved; but the little more +wouldn't avail if I were turned out of my place now; and we should have +lived sordidly to no purpose. Some one always has you by the throat, +unless you have some one else in your grip. I wonder if that's the +attitude the Almighty intended His respectable creatures to take toward +one another! I wonder if He meant our civilization, the battle we fight +in, the game we trick in! I wonder if He considers it final, and if the +kingdom of heaven on earth, which we pray for--" + +"Have you seen Lindau to-day?" Mrs. March asked. + +"You inferred it from the quality of my piety?" March laughed, and then +suddenly sobered. "Yes, I saw him. It's going rather hard with him, +I'm afraid. The amputation doesn't heal very well; the shock was very +great, and he's old. It 'll take time. There's so much pain that they +have to keep him under opiates, and I don't think he fully knew me. At +any rate, I didn't get my piety from him to-day." + +"It's horrible! Horrible!" said Mrs. March. "I can't get over it! +After losing his hand in the war, to lose his whole arm now in this way! +It does seem too cruel! Of course he oughtn't to have been there; we can +say that. But you oughtn't to have been there, either, Basil." + +"Well, I wasn't exactly advising the police to go and club the railroad +presidents." + +"Neither was poor Conrad Dryfoos." + +"I don't deny it. All that was distinctly the chance of life and death. +That belonged to God; and no doubt it was law, though it seems chance. +But what I object to is this economic chance-world in which we live, and +which we men seem to have created. It ought to be law as inflexible in +human affairs as the order of day and night in the physical world that if +a man will work he shall both rest and eat, and shall not be harassed +with any question as to how his repose and his provision shall come. +Nothing less ideal than this satisfies the reason. But in our state of +things no one is secure of this. No one is sure of finding work; no one +is sure of not losing it. I may have my work taken away from me at any +moment by the caprice, the mood, the indigestion of a man who has not the +qualification for knowing whether I do it well, or ill. At my time of +life--at every time of life--a man ought to feel that if he will keep on +doing his duty he shall not suffer in himself or in those who are dear to +him, except through natural causes. But no man can feel this as things +are now; and so we go on, pushing and pulling, climbing and crawling, +thrusting aside and trampling underfoot; lying, cheating, stealing; and +then we get to the end, covered with blood and dirt and sin and shame, +and look back over the way we've come to a palace of our own, or the +poor-house, which is about the only possession we can claim in common +with our brother-men, I don't think the retrospect can be pleasing." + +"I know, I know!" said his wife. "I think of those things, too, Basil. +Life isn't what it seems when you look forward to it. But I think people +would suffer less, and wouldn't have to work so hard, and could make all +reasonable provision for the future, if they were not so greedy and so +foolish." + +"Oh, without doubt! We can't put it all on the conditions; we must put +some of the blame on character. But conditions make character; and +people are greedy and foolish, and wish to have and to shine, because +having and shining are held up to them by civilization as the chief good +of life. We all know they are not the chief good, perhaps not good at +all; but if some one ventures to say so, all the rest of us call him a +fraud and a crank, and go moiling and toiling on to the palace or the +poor-house. We can't help it. If one were less greedy or less foolish, +some one else would have and would shine at his expense. We don't moil +and toil to ourselves alone; the palace or the poor-house is not merely +for ourselves, but for our children, whom we've brought up in the +superstition that having and shining is the chief good. We dare not +teach them otherwise, for fear they may falter in the fight when it comes +their turn, and the children of others will crowd them out of the palace +into the poor-house. If we felt sure that honest work shared by all +would bring them honest food shared by all, some heroic few of us, who +did not wish our children to rise above their fellows--though we could +not bear to have them fall below--might trust them with the truth. But +we have no such assurance, and so we go on trembling before Dryfooses and +living in gimcrackeries." + +"Basil, Basil! I was always willing to live more simply than you. You +know I was!" + +"I know you always said so, my dear. But how many bell-ratchets and +speaking-tubes would you be willing to have at the street door below? +I remember that when we were looking for a flat you rejected every +building that had a bell-ratchet or a speaking-tube, and would have +nothing to do with any that had more than an electric button; you wanted +a hall-boy, with electric buttons all over him. I don't blame you. I +find such things quite as necessary as you do." + +"And do you mean to say, Basil," she asked, abandoning this unprofitable +branch of the inquiry, "that you are really uneasy about your place? +that you are afraid Mr. Dryfoos may give up being an Angel, and Mr. +Fulkerson may play you false?" + +"Play me false? Oh, it wouldn't be playing me false. It would be merely +looking out for himself, if the new Angel had editorial tastes and wanted +my place. It's what any one would do." + +"You wouldn't do it, Basil!" + +"Wouldn't I? Well, if any one offered me more salary than 'Every Other +Week' pays--say, twice as much--what do you think my duty to my suffering +family would be? It's give and take in the business world, Isabel; +especially take. But as to being uneasy, I'm not, in the least. I've +the spirit of a lion, when it comes to such a chance as that. When I see +how readily the sensibilities of the passing stranger can be worked in +New York, I think of taking up the role of that desperate man on Third +Avenue who went along looking for garbage in the gutter to eat. I think +I could pick up at least twenty or thirty cents a day by that little +game, and maintain my family in the affluence it's been accustomed to." + +"Basil!" cried his wife. "You don't mean to say that man was an +impostor! And I've gone about, ever since, feeling that one such case in +a million, the bare possibility of it, was enough to justify all that +Lindau said about the rich and the poor!" + +March laughed teasingly. "Oh, I don't say he was an impostor. Perhaps +he really was hungry; but, if he wasn't, what do you think of a +civilization that makes the opportunity of such a fraud? that gives us +all such a bad conscience for the need which is that we weaken to the +need that isn't? Suppose that poor fellow wasn't personally founded on +fact: nevertheless, he represented the truth; he was the ideal of the +suffering which would be less effective if realistically treated. That +man is a great comfort to me. He probably rioted for days on that +quarter I gave him; made a dinner very likely, or a champagne supper; and +if 'Every Other Week' wants to get rid of me, I intend to work that +racket. You can hang round the corner with Bella, and Tom can come up to +me in tears, at stated intervals, and ask me if I've found anything yet. +To be sure, we might be arrested and sent up somewhere. But even in that +extreme case we should be provided for. Oh no, I'm not afraid of losing +my place! I've merely a sort of psychological curiosity to know how men +like Dryfoos and Fulkerson will work out the problem before them." + + + + +IX. + +It was a curiosity which Fulkerson himself shared, at least concerning +Dryfoos. "I don't know what the old man's going to do," he said to March +the day after the Marches had talked their future over. "Said anything +to you yet?" + +"No, not a word." + +"You're anxious, I suppose, same as I am. Fact is," said Fulkerson, +blushing a little, "I can't ask to have a day named till I know where I +am in connection with the old man. I can't tell whether I've got to look +out for something else or somebody else. Of course, it's full soon yet." + +"Yes," March said, "much sooner than it seems to us. We're so anxious +about the future that we don't remember how very recent the past is." + +"That's something so. The old man's hardly had time yet to pull himself +together. Well, I'm glad you feel that way about it, March. I guess +it's more of a blow to him than we realize. He was a good deal bound up +in Coonrod, though he didn't always use him very well. Well, I reckon +it's apt to happen so oftentimes; curious how cruel love can be. Heigh? +We're an awful mixture, March!" + +"Yes, that's the marvel and the curse, as Browning says." + +"Why, that poor boy himself," pursued Fulkerson, had streaks of the mule +in him that could give odds to Beaton, and he must have tried the old man +by the way he would give in to his will and hold out against his +judgment. I don't believe he ever budged a hairs-breadth from his +original position about wanting to be a preacher and not wanting to be a +business man. Well, of course! I don't think business is all in all; +but it must have made the old man mad to find that without saying +anything, or doing anything to show it, and after seeming to come over to +his ground, and really coming, practically, Coonrod was just exactly +where he first planted himself, every time." + +"Yes, people that have convictions are difficult. Fortunately, they're +rare." + +"Do you think so? It seems to me that everybody's got convictions. +Beaton himself, who hasn't a principle to throw at a dog, has got +convictions the size of a barn. They ain't always the same ones, I know, +but they're always to the same effect, as far as Beaton's being Number +One is concerned. The old man's got convictions or did have, unless this +thing lately has shaken him all up--and he believes that money will do +everything. Colonel Woodburn's got convictions that he wouldn't part +with for untold millions. Why, March, you got convictions yourself!" + +"Have I?" said March. "I don't know what they are." + +"Well, neither do I; but I know you were ready to kick the trough over +for them when the old man wanted us to bounce Lindau that time." + +"Oh yes," said March; he remembered the fact; but he was still uncertain +just what the convictions were that he had been so stanch for. + +"I suppose we could have got along without you," Fulkerson mused aloud. +"It's astonishing how you always can get along in this world without the +man that is simply indispensable. Makes a fellow realize that he could +take a day off now and then without deranging the solar system a great +deal. Now here's Coonrod--or, rather, he isn't. But that boy managed +his part of the schooner so well that I used to tremble when I thought of +his getting the better of the old man and going into a convent or +something of that kind; and now here he is, snuffed out in half a second, +and I don't believe but what we shall be sailing along just as chipper as +usual inside of thirty days. I reckon it will bring the old man to the +point when I come to talk with him about who's to be put in Coonrod's +place. I don't like very well to start the subject with him; but it's +got to be done some time." + +"Yes," March admitted. "It's terrible to think how unnecessary even the +best and wisest of us is to the purposes of Providence. When I looked at +that poor young fellow's face sometimes--so gentle and true and pure-- +I used to think the world was appreciably richer for his being in it. +But are we appreciably poorer for his being out of it now?" + +"No, I don't reckon we are," said Fulkerson. "And what a lot of the raw +material of all kinds the Almighty must have, to waste us the way He +seems to do. Think of throwing away a precious creature like Coonrod +Dryfoos on one chance in a thousand of getting that old fool of a Lindau +out of the way of being clubbed! For I suppose that was what Coonrod was +up to. Say! Have you been round to see Lindau to-day?" + +Something in the tone or the manner of Fulkerson startled March. "No! +I haven't seen him since yesterday." + +"Well, I don't know," said Fulkerson. "I guess I saw him a little while +after you did, and that young doctor there seemed to feel kind of worried +about him. + +"Or not worried, exactly; they can't afford to let such things worry them, +I suppose; but--" + +"He's worse?" asked March. + +"Oh, he didn't say so. But I just wondered if you'd seen him to-day." + +"I think I'll go now," said March, with a pang at heart. He had gone +every day to see Lindau, but this day he had thought he would not go, and +that was why his heart smote him. He knew that if he were in Lindau's +place Lindau would never have left his side if he could have helped it. +March tried to believe that the case was the same, as it stood now; it +seemed to him that he was always going to or from the hospital; he said +to himself that it must do Lindau harm to be visited so much. But be +knew that this was not true when he was met at the door of the ward where +Lindau lay by the young doctor, who had come to feel a personal interest +in March's interest in Lindau. + +He smiled without gayety, and said, "He's just going." + +"What! Discharged?" + +"Oh no. He has been failing very fast since you saw him yesterday, and +now--" They had been walking softly and talking softly down the aisle +between the long rows of beds. "Would you care to see him?" + +The doctor made a slight gesture toward the white canvas screen which in +such places forms the death-chamber of the poor and friendless. "Come +round this way--he won't know you! I've got rather fond of the poor old +fellow. He wouldn't have a clergyman--sort of agnostic, isn't he? A +good many of these Germans are--but the young lady who's been coming to +see him--" + +They both stopped. Lindau's grand, patriarchal head, foreshortened to +their view, lay white upon the pillow, and his broad, white beard flowed +upon the sheet, which heaved with those long last breaths. Beside his +bed Margaret Vance was kneeling; her veil was thrown back, and her face +was lifted; she held clasped between her hands the hand of the dying man; +she moved her lips inaudibly. + + + + +X. + + +In spite of the experience of the whole race from time immemorial, when +death comes to any one we know we helplessly regard it as an incident of +life, which will presently go on as before. Perhaps this is an +instinctive perception of the truth that it does go on somewhere; but we +have a sense of death as absolutely the end even for earth only if it +relates to some one remote or indifferent to us. March tried to project +Lindau to the necessary distance from himself in order to realize the +fact in his case, but he could not, though the man with whom his youth +had been associated in a poetic friendship had not actually reentered the +region of his affection to the same degree, or in any like degree. The +changed conditions forbade that. He had a soreness of heart concerning +him; but he could not make sure whether this soreness was grief for his +death, or remorse for his own uncandor with him about Dryfoos, or a +foreboding of that accounting with his conscience which he knew his wife +would now exact of him down to the last minutest particular of their +joint and several behavior toward Lindau ever since they had met him in +New York. + +He felt something knock against his shoulder, and he looked up to have +his hat struck from his head by a horse's nose. He saw the horse put his +foot on the hat, and he reflected, "Now it will always look like an +accordion," and he heard the horse's driver address him some sarcasms +before he could fully awaken to the situation. He was standing +bareheaded in the middle of Fifth Avenue and blocking the tide of +carriages flowing in either direction. Among the faces put out of the +carriage windows he saw that of Dryfoos looking from a coupe. The old +man knew him, and said, "Jump in here, Mr. March"; and March, who had +mechanically picked up his hat, and was thinking, "Now I shall have to +tell Isabel about this at once, and she will never trust me on the street +again without her," mechanically obeyed. Her confidence in him had been +undermined by his being so near Conrad when he was shot; and it went +through his mind that he would get Dryfoos to drive him to a hatter's, +where he could buy a new hat, and not be obliged to confess his narrow +escape to his wife till the incident was some days old and she could bear +it better. It quite drove Lindau's death out of his mind for the moment; +and when Dryfoos said if he was going home he would drive up to the first +cross-street and turn back with him, March said he would be glad if he +would take him to a hat-store. The old man put his head out again and +told the driver to take them to the Fifth Avenue Hotel. "There's a hat- +store around there somewhere, seems to me," he said; and they talked of +March's accident as well as they could in the rattle and clatter of the +street till they reached the place. March got his hat, passing a joke +with the hatter about the impossibility of pressing his old hat over +again, and came out to thank Dryfoos and take leave of him. + +"If you ain't in any great hurry," the old man said, "I wish you'd get in +here a minute. I'd like to have a little talk with you." + +"Oh, certainly," said March, and he thought: "It's coming now about what +he intends to do with 'Every Other Week.' Well, I might as well have all +the misery at once and have it over." + +Dryfoos called up to his driver, who bent his head down sidewise to +listen: "Go over there on Madison Avenue, onto that asphalt, and keep +drivin' up and down till I stop you. I can't hear myself think on these +pavements," he said to March. But after they got upon the asphalt, and +began smoothly rolling over it, he seemed in no haste to begin. At last +he said, "I wanted to talk with you about that--that Dutchman that was at +my dinner--Lindau," and March's heart gave a jump with wonder whether he +could already have heard of Lindau's death; but in an instant he +perceived that this was impossible. "I been talkin' with Fulkerson about +him, and he says they had to take the balance of his arm off." + +March nodded; it seemed to him he could not speak. He could not make out +from the close face of the old man anything of his motive. It was set, +but set as a piece of broken mechanism is when it has lost the power to +relax itself. There was no other history in it of what the man had +passed through in his son's death. + +"I don't know," Dryfoos resumed, looking aside at the cloth window-strap, +which he kept fingering, "as you quite understood what made me the +maddest. I didn't tell him I could talk Dutch, because I can't keep it +up with a regular German; but my father was Pennsylvany Dutch, and I +could understand what he was saying to you about me. I know I had no +business to understood it, after I let him think I couldn't but I did, +and I didn't like very well to have a man callin' me a traitor and a +tyrant at my own table. Well, I look at it differently now, and I reckon +I had better have tried to put up with it; and I would, if I could have +known--" He stopped with a quivering lip, and then went on: "Then, again, +I didn't like his talkin' that paternalism of his. I always heard it was +the worst kind of thing for the country; I was brought up to think the +best government was the one that governs the least; and I didn't want to +hear that kind of talk from a man that was livin' on my money. +I couldn't bear it from him. Or I thought I couldn't before--before--" +He stopped again, and gulped. "I reckon now there ain't anything I +couldn't bear." March was moved by the blunt words and the mute stare +forward with which they ended. "Mr. Dryfoos, I didn't know that you +understood Lindau's German, or I shouldn't have allowed him he wouldn't +have allowed himself--to go on. He wouldn't have knowingly abused his +position of guest to censure you, no matter how much he condemned you." +"I don't care for it now," said Dryfoos. "It's all past and gone, as far +as I'm concerned; but I wanted you to see that I wasn't tryin' to punish +him for his opinions, as you said." + +"No; I see now," March assented, though he thought, his position still +justified. "I wish--" + +"I don't know as I understand much about his opinions, anyway; but I +ain't ready to say I want the men dependent on me to manage my business +for me. I always tried to do the square thing by my hands; and in that +particular case out there I took on all the old hands just as fast as +they left their Union. As for the game I came on them, it was dog eat +dog, anyway." + +March could have laughed to think how far this old man was from even +conceiving of Lindau's point'of view, and how he was saying the worst of +himself that Lindau could have said of him. No one could have +characterized the kind of thing he had done more severely than he when he +called it dog eat dog. + +"There's a great deal to be said on both sides," March began, hoping to +lead up through this generality to the fact of Lindau's death; but the +old man went on: + +"Well, all I wanted him to know is that I wasn't trying to punish him for +what he said about things in general. You naturally got that idea, I +reckon; but I always went in for lettin' people say what they please and +think what they please; it's the only way in a free country." + +"I'm afraid, Mr. Dryfoos, that it would make little difference to Lindau +now--" + +"I don't suppose he bears malice for it," said Dryfoos, "but what I want +to do is to have him told so. He could understand just why I didn't want +to be called hard names, and yet I didn't object to his thinkin' whatever +he pleased. I'd like him to know--" + +"No one can speak to him, no one can tell him," March began again, but +again Dryfoos prevented him from going on. + +"I understand it's a delicate thing; and I'm not askin' you to do it. +What I would really like to do--if you think he could be prepared for it, +some way, and could stand it--would be to go to him myself, and tell him +just what the trouble was. I'm in hopes, if I done that, he could see +how I felt about it." + +A picture of Dryfoos going to the dead Lindau with his vain regrets +presented itself to March, and he tried once more to make the old man +understand. "Mr. Dryfoos," he said, "Lindau is past all that forever," +and he felt the ghastly comedy of it when Dryfoos continued, without +heeding him + +"I got a particular reason why I want him to believe it wasn't his ideas +I objected to--them ideas of his about the government carryin' everything +on and givin' work. I don't understand 'em exactly, but I found a +writin'--among--my son's-things" (he seemed to force the words through +his teeth), "and I reckon he--thought--that way. Kind of a diary--where +he--put down--his thoughts. My son and me--we differed about a good- +many things." His chin shook, and from time to time he stopped. "I +wasn't very good to him, I reckon; I crossed him where I guess I got no +business to cross him; but I thought everything of--Coonrod. He was the +best boy, from a baby, that ever was; just so patient and mild, and done +whatever he was told. I ought to 'a' let him been a preacher! Oh, my +son! my son!" The sobs could not be kept back any longer; they shook the +old man with a violence that made March afraid for him; but he controlled +himself at last with a series of hoarse sounds like barks. "Well, it's +all past and gone! But as I understand you from what you saw, when +Coonrod was--killed, he was tryin' to save that old man from trouble?" + +Yes, yes! It seemed so to me." + +"That 'll do, then! I want you to have him come back and write for the +book when he gets well. I want you to find out and let me know if +there's anything I can do for him. I'll feel as if I done it--for my-- +son. I'll take him into my own house, and do for him there, if you say +so, when he gets so he can be moved. I'll wait on him myself. It's what +Coonrod 'd do, if he was here. I don't feel any hardness to him because +it was him that got Coonrod killed, as you might say, in one sense of the +term; but I've tried to think it out, and I feel like I was all the more +beholden to him because my son died tryin' to save him. Whatever I do, +I'll be doin' it for Coonrod, and that's enough for me." He seemed to +have finished, and he turned to March as if to hear what he had to say. + +March hesitated. "I'm afraid, Mr. Dryfoos--Didn't Fulkerson tell you +that Lindau was very sick?" + +"Yes, of course. But he's all right, he said." + +Now it had to come, though the fact had been latterly playing fast and +loose with March's consciousness. Something almost made him smile; the +willingness he had once felt to give this old man pain; then he consoled +himself by thinking that at least he was not obliged to meet Dryfoos's +wish to make atonement with the fact that Lindau had renounced him, and +would on no terms work for such a man as he, or suffer any kindness from +him. In this light Lindau seemed the harder of the two, and March had +the momentary force to say + +"Mr. Dryfoos--it can't be. Lindau--I have just come from him--is dead." + + + + +XI. + +"How did he take it? How could he bear it? Oh, Basil! I wonder you +could have the heart to say it to him. It was cruel!" + +"Yes, cruel enough, my dear," March owned to his wife, when they talked +the matter over on his return home. He could not wait till the children +were out of the way, and afterward neither he nor his wife was sorry that +he had spoken of it before them. The girl cried plentifully for her old +friend who was dead, and said she hated Mr. Dryfoos, and then was sorry +for him, too; and the boy listened to all, and spoke with a serious sense +that pleased his father. "But as to how he took it," March went on to +answer his wife's question about Dryfoos--"how do any of us take a thing +that hurts? Some of us cry out, and some of us don't. Dryfoos drew a +kind of long, quivering breath, as a child does when it grieves--there's +something curiously simple and primitive about him--and didn't say +anything. After a while he asked me how he could see the people at the +hospital about the remains; I gave him my card to the young doctor there +that had charge of Lindau. I suppose he was still carrying forward his +plan of reparation in his mind--to the dead for the dead. But how +useless! If he could have taken the living Lindau home with him, and +cared for him all his days, what would it have profited the gentle +creature whose life his worldly ambition vexed and thwarted here? +He might as well offer a sacrifice at Conrad's grave. Children," said +March, turning to them, "death is an exile that no remorse and no love +can reach. Remember that, and be good to every one here on earth, for +your longing to retrieve any harshness or unkindness to the dead will be +the very ecstasy of anguish to you. I wonder," he mused, "if one of the +reasons why we're shut up to our ignorance of what is to be hereafter +isn't because if we were sure of another world we might be still more +brutal to one another here, in the hope of making reparation somewhere +else. Perhaps, if we ever come to obey the law of love on earth, the +mystery of death will be taken away." + +"Well"--the ancestral Puritanism spoke in Mrs. March--" these two old men +have been terribly punished. They have both been violent and wilful, and +they have both been punished. No one need ever tell me there is not a +moral government of the universe!" + +March always disliked to hear her talk in this way, which did both her +head and heart injustice. "And Conrad," he said, "what was he punished +for?" + +"He?" she answered, in an exaltation--" he suffered for the sins of +others." + +"Ah, well, if you put it in that way, yes. That goes on continually. +That's another mystery." + +He fell to brooding on it, and presently he heard his son saying, +"I suppose, papa, that Mr. Lindau died in a bad cause?" + +March was startled. He had always been so sorry for Lindau, and admired +his courage and generosity so much, that he had never fairly considered +this question. "Why, yes," he answered; "he died in the cause of +disorder; he was trying to obstruct the law. No doubt there was a wrong +there, an inconsistency and an injustice that he felt keenly; but it +could not be reached in his way without greater wrong." + +"Yes; that's what I thought," said the boy. "And what's the use of our +ever fighting about anything in America? I always thought we could vote +anything we wanted." + +"We can, if we're honest, and don't buy and sell one another's votes," +said his father. "And men like Lindau, who renounce the American means +as hopeless, and let their love of justice hurry them into sympathy with +violence--yes, they are wrong; and poor Lindau did die in a bad cause, as +you say, Tom." + +"I think Conrad had no business there, or you, either, Basil," said his +wife. + +"Oh, I don't defend myself," said March. "I was there in the cause of +literary curiosity and of conjugal disobedience. But Conrad--yes, he had +some business there: it was his business to suffer there for the sins of +others. Isabel, we can't throw aside that old doctrine of the Atonement +yet. The life of Christ, it wasn't only in healing the sick and going +about to do good; it was suffering for the sins of others. That's as +great a mystery as the mystery of death. Why should there be such a +principle in the world? But it's been felt, and more or less dumbly, +blindly recognized ever since Calvary. If we love mankind, pity them, +we even wish to suffer for them. That's what has created the religious +orders in all times--the brotherhoods and sisterhoods that belong to our +day as much as to the mediaeval past. That's what is driving a girl like +Margaret Vance, who has everything that the world can offer her young +beauty, on to the work of a Sister of Charity among the poor and the +dying." + +"Yes, yes!" cried Mrs. March. "How--how did she look there, Basil?" She +had her feminine misgivings; she was not sure but the girl was something +of a poseuse, and enjoyed the picturesqueness, as well as the pain; and +she wished to be convinced that it was not so. + +"Well," she said, when March had told again the little there was to tell, +"I suppose it must be a great trial to a woman like Mrs. Horn to have her +niece going that way." + +"The way of Christ?" asked March, with a smile. + +"Oh, Christ came into the world to teach us how to live rightly in it, +too. If we were all to spend our time in hospitals, it would be rather +dismal for the homes. But perhaps you don't think the homes are worth +minding?" she suggested, with a certain note in her voice that he knew. + +He got up and kissed her. "I think the gimcrackeries are." He took the +hat he had set down on the parlor table on coming in, and started to put +it in the hall, and that made her notice it. + +"You've been getting a new hat!" + +"Yes," he hesitated; "the old one had got--was decidedly shabby." + +"Well, that's right. I don't like you to wear them too long. Did you +leave the old one to be pressed?" + +"Well, the hatter seemed to think it was hardly worth pressing," said +March. He decided that for the present his wife's nerves had quite all +they could bear. + + + + +XII. + +It was in a manner grotesque, but to March it was all the more natural +for that reason, that Dryfoos should have Lindau's funeral from his +house. He knew the old man to be darkly groping, through the payment of +these vain honors to the dead, for some atonement to his son, and he +imagined him finding in them such comfort as comes from doing all one +can, even when all is useless. + +No one knew what Lindau's religion was, and in default they had had the +Anglican burial service read over him; it seems so often the refuge of +the homeless dead. Mrs. Dryfoos came down for the ceremony. She +understood that it was for Coonrod's sake that his father wished the +funeral to be there; and she confided to Mrs. March that she believed +Coonrod would have been pleased. "Coonrod was a member of the 'Piscopal +Church; and fawther's doin' the whole thing for Coonrod as much as for +anybody. He thought the world of Coonrod, fawther did. Mela, she kind +of thought it would look queer to have two funerals from the same house, +hand-runnin', as you might call it, and one of 'em no relation, either; +but when she saw how fawther was bent on it, she give in. Seems as if +she was tryin' to make up to fawther for Coonrod as much as she could. +Mela always was a good child, but nobody can ever come up to Coonrod." + +March felt all the grotesqueness, the hopeless absurdity of Dryfoos's +endeavor at atonement in these vain obsequies to the man for whom he +believed his son to have died; but the effort had its magnanimity, its +pathos, and there was a poetry that appealed to him in the reconciliation +through death of men, of ideas, of conditions, that could only have gone +warring on in life. He thought, as the priest went on with the solemn +liturgy, how all the world must come together in that peace which, +struggle and strive as we may, shall claim us at last. He looked at +Dryfoos, and wondered whether he would consider these rites a sufficient +tribute, or whether there was enough in him to make him realize their +futility, except as a mere sign of his wish to retrieve the past. He +thought how we never can atone for the wrong we do; the heart we have +grieved and wounded cannot kindle with pity for us when once it is +stilled; and yet we can put our evil from us with penitence, and somehow, +somewhere, the order of loving kindness, which our passion or our +wilfulness has disturbed, will be restored. + +Dryfoos, through Fulkerson, had asked all the more intimate contributors +of 'Every Other Week' to come. Beaton was absent, but Fulkerson had +brought Miss Woodburn, with her father, and Mrs. Leighton and Alma, to +fill up, as he said. Mela was much present, and was official with the +arrangement of the flowers and the welcome of the guests. She imparted +this impersonality to her reception of Kendricks, whom Fulkerson met in +the outer hall with his party, and whom he presented in whisper to them +all. Kendricks smiled under his breath, as it were, and was then mutely +and seriously polite to the Leightons. Alma brought a little bunch of +flowers, which were lost in those which Dryfoos had ordered to be +unsparingly provided. + +It was a kind of satisfaction to Mela to have Miss Vance come, and +reassuring as to how it would look to have the funeral there; Miss Vance +would certainly not have come unless it had been all right; she had come, +and had sent some Easter lilies. + +"Ain't Christine coming down?" Fulkerson asked Mela. + +"No, she ain't a bit well, and she ain't been, ever since Coonrod died. +I don't know, what's got over her," said Mela. She added, "Well, I +should 'a' thought Mr. Beaton would 'a' made out to 'a' come!" + +"Beaton's peculiar," said Fulkerson. "If he thinks you want him he takes +a pleasure in not letting you have him." + +"Well, goodness knows, I don't want him," said the girl. + +Christine kept her room, and for the most part kept her bed; but there +seemed nothing definitely the matter with her, and she would not let them +call a doctor. Her mother said she reckoned she was beginning to feel +the spring weather, that always perfectly pulled a body down in New York; +and Mela said if being as cross as two sticks was any sign of spring- +fever, Christine had it bad. She was faithfully kind to her, and +submitted to all her humors, but she recompensed herself by the freest +criticism of Christine when not in actual attendance on her. Christine +would not suffer Mrs. Mandel to approach her, and she had with her father +a sullen submission which was not resignation. For her, apparently, +Conrad had not died, or had died in vain. + +"Pshaw!" said Mela, one morning when she came to breakfast, "I reckon if +we was to send up an old card of Mr. Beaton's she'd rattle down-stairs +fast enough. If she's sick, she's love-sick. It makes me sick to see +her." + +Mela was talking to Mrs. Mandel, but her father looked up from his plate +and listened. Mela went on: "I don't know what's made the fellow quit +comun'. But he was an aggravatun' thing, and no more dependable than +water. It's just like Air. Fulkerson said, if he thinks you want him +he'll take a pleasure in not lettun' you have him. I reckon that's +what's the matter with Christine. I believe in my heart the girl 'll die +if she don't git him." + +Mela went on to eat her breakfast with her own good appetite. She now +always came down to keep her father company, as she said, and she did her +best to cheer and comfort him. At least she kept the talk going, and she +had it nearly all to herself, for Mrs. Mandel was now merely staying on +provisionally, and, in the absence of any regrets or excuses from +Christine, was looking ruefully forward to the moment when she must leave +even this ungentle home for the chances of the ruder world outside. + +The old man said nothing at table, but, when Mela went up to see if she +could do anything for Christine, he asked Mrs. Mandel again about all the +facts of her last interview with Beaton. + +She gave them as fully as she could remember them, and the old man made +no comment on them. But he went out directly after, and at the 'Every +Other Week' office he climbed the stairs to Fulkerson's room and asked +for Beaton's address. No one yet had taken charge of Conrad's work, and +Fulkerson was running the thing himself, as he said, till he could talk +with Dryfoos about it. The old man would not look into the empty room +where he had last seen his son alive; he turned his face away and hurried +by the door. + + + + +XIII. + +The course of public events carried Beaton's private affairs beyond the +reach of his simple first intention to renounce his connection with +'Every Other Week.' In fact, this was not perhaps so simple as it +seemed, and long before it could be put in effect it appeared still +simpler to do nothing about the matter--to remain passive and leave the +initiative to Dryfoos, to maintain the dignity of unconsciousness and let +recognition of any change in the situation come from those who had caused +the change. After all, it was rather absurd to propose making a purely +personal question the pivot on which his relations with 'Every Other +Week' turned. He took a hint from March's position and decided that he +did not know Dryfoos in these relations; he knew only Fulkerson, who had +certainly had nothing to do with Mrs. Mandel's asking his intentions. +As he reflected upon this he became less eager to look Fulkerson up and +make the magazine a partner of his own sufferings. This was the soberer +mood to which Beaton trusted that night even before he slept, and he +awoke fully confirmed in it. As he examined the offence done him in the +cold light of day, he perceived that it had not come either from Mrs. +Mandel, who was visibly the faltering and unwilling instrument of it, +or from Christine, who was altogether ignorant of it, but from Dryfoos, +whom he could not hurt by giving up his place. He could only punish +Fulkerson by that, and Fulkerson was innocent. Justice and interest +alike dictated the passive course to which Beaton inclined; and he +reflected that he might safely leave the punishment of Dryfoos to +Christine, who would find out what had happened, and would be able to +take care of herself in any encounter of tempers with her father. + +Beaton did not go to the office during the week that followed upon this +conclusion; but they were used there to these sudden absences of his, +and, as his work for the time was in train, nothing was made of his +staying away, except the sarcastic comment which the thought of him was +apt to excite in the literary department. He no longer came so much to +the Leightons, and Fulkerson was in no state of mind to miss any one +there except Miss Woodburn, whom he never missed. Beaton was left, then, +unmolestedly awaiting the course of destiny, when he read in the morning +paper, over his coffee at Maroni's, the deeply scare-headed story of +Conrad's death and the clubbing of Lindau. He probably cared as little +for either of them as any man that ever saw them; but he felt a shock, +if not a pang, at Conrad's fate, so out of keeping with his life and +character. He did not know what to do; and he did nothing. He was not +asked to the funeral, but he had not expected that, and, when Fulkerson +brought him notice that Lindau was also to be buried from Dryfoos's +house, it was without his usual sullen vindictiveness that he kept away. +In his sort, and as much as a man could who was necessarily so much taken +up with himself, he was sorry for Conrad's father; Beaton had a peculiar +tenderness for his own father, and he imagined how his father would feel +if it were he who had been killed in Conrad's place, as it might very +well have been; he sympathized with himself in view of the possibility; +and for once they were mistaken who thought him indifferent and merely +brutal in his failure to appear at Lindau's obsequies. + +He would really have gone if he had known how to reconcile his presence +in that house with the terms of his effective banishment from it; and he +was rather forgivingly finding himself wronged in the situation, when +Dryfoos knocked at the studio door the morning after Lindau's funeral. +Beaton roared out, "Come in!" as he always did to a knock if he had not +a model; if he had a model he set the door slightly ajar, and with his +palette on his thumb frowned at his visitor and told him he could not +come in. Dryfoos fumbled about for the knob in the dim passageway +outside, and Beaton, who had experience of people's difficulties with it, +suddenly jerked the door open. The two men stood confronted, and at +first sight of each other their quiescent dislike revived. Each would +have been willing to turn away from the other, but that was not possible. +Beaton snorted some sort of inarticulate salutation, which Dryfoos did +not try to return; he asked if he could see him alone for a minute or +two, and Beaton bade him come in, and swept some paint-blotched rags from +the chair which he told him to take. He noticed, as the old man sank +tremulously into it, that his movement was like that of his own father, +and also that he looked very much like Christine. Dryfoos folded his +hands tremulously on the top of his horn-handled stick, and he was rather +finely haggard, with the dark hollows round his black eyes and the fall +of the muscles on either side of his chin. He had forgotten to take his +soft, wide-brimmed hat off; and Beaton felt a desire to sketch him just +as he sat. + +Dryfoos suddenly pulled himself together from the dreary absence into +which he fell at first. "Young man," he began, "maybe I've come here on +a fool's errand," and Beaton rather fancied that beginning. + +But it embarrassed him a little, and he said, with a shy glance aside, "I +don't know what you mean." +"I reckon," Dryfoos answered, quietly, "you got your notion, though. +I set that woman on to speak to you the way she done. But if there was +anything wrong in the way she spoke, or if you didn't feel like she had +any right to question you up as if we suspected you of anything mean, I +want you to say so." + +Beaton said nothing, and the old man went on. + +"I ain't very well up in the ways of the world, and I don't pretend to +be. All I want is to be fair and square with everybody. I've made +mistakes, though, in my time--" He stopped, and Beaton was not proof +against the misery of his face, which was twisted as with some strong +physical ache. "I don't know as I want to make any more, if I can help +it. I don't know but what you had a right to keep on comin', and if you +had I want you to say so. Don't you be afraid but what I'll take it in +the right way. I don't want to take advantage of anybody, and I don't +ask you to say any more than that." + +Beaton did not find the humiliation of the man who had humiliated him so +sweet as he could have fancied it might be. He knew how it had come +about, and that it was an effect of love for his child; it did not matter +by what ungracious means she had brought him to know that he loved her +better than his own will, that his wish for her happiness was stronger +than his pride; it was enough that he was now somehow brought to give +proof of it. Beaton could not be aware of all that dark coil of +circumstance through which Dryfoos's present action evolved itself; +the worst of this was buried in the secret of the old man's heart, a worm +of perpetual torment. What was apparent to another was that he was +broken by the sorrow that had fallen upon him, and it was this that +Beaton respected and pitied in his impulse to be frank and kind in his +answer. + +"No, I had no right to keep coming to your house in the way I did, +unless--unless I meant more than I ever said." Beaton added: "I don't +say that what you did was usual--in this country, at any rate; but I +can't say you were wrong. Since you speak to me about the matter, it's +only fair to myself to say that a good deal goes on in life without much +thinking of consequences. That's the way I excuse myself." + +"And you say Mrs. Mandel done right?" asked Dryfoos, as if he wished +simply to be assured of a point of etiquette. + +"Yes, she did right. I've nothing to complain of." + +"That's all I wanted to know," said Dryfoos; but apparently he had not +finished, and he did not go, though the silence that Beaton now kept gave +him a chance to do so. He began a series of questions which had no +relation to the matter in hand, though they were strictly personal to +Beaton. "What countryman are you?" he asked, after a moment. + +"What countryman?" Beaton frowned back at him. + +"Yes, are you an American by birth?" + +"Yes; I was born in Syracuse." + +"Protestant?" + +"My father is a Scotch Seceder." + +"What business is your father in?" + +Beaton faltered and blushed; then he answered: + +"He's in the monument business, as he calls it. He's a tombstone +cutter." Now that he was launched, Beaton saw no reason for not +declaring, "My father's always been a poor man, and worked with his own +hands for his living." He had too slight esteem socially for Dryfoos to +conceal a fact from him that he might have wished to blink with others. + +"Well, that's right," said Dryfoos. "I used to farm it myself. I've got +a good pile of money together, now. At first it didn't come easy; but +now it's got started it pours in and pours in; it seems like there was no +end to it. I've got well on to three million; but it couldn't keep me +from losin' my son. It can't buy me back a minute of his life; not all +the money in the world can do it!" + +He grieved this out as if to himself rather than to Beaton, who, scarcely +ventured to say, "I know--I am very sorry--" + +"How did you come," Dryfoos interrupted, "to take up paintin'?" + +"Well, I don't know," said Beaton, a little scornfully. "You don't. +take a thing of that kind up, I fancy. I always wanted to paint." + +"Father try to stop you?" + +"No. It wouldn't have been of any use. Why--" + +"My son, he wanted to be a preacher, and I did stop him or I thought I +did. But I reckon he was a preacher, all the same, every minute of his +life. As you say, it ain't any use to try to stop a thing like that. +I reckon if a child has got any particular bent, it was given to it; +and it's goin' against the grain, it's goin' against the law, to try to +bend it some other way. There's lots of good business men, Mr. Beaton, +twenty of 'em to every good preacher?" + +"I imagine more than twenty," said Beaton, amused and touched through his +curiosity as to what the old man was driving at by the quaint simplicity +of his speculations. + +"Father ever come to the city?" + +"No; he never has the time; and my mother's an invalid." + +"Oh! Brothers and sisters?" + +"Yes; we're a large family." + +"I lost two little fellers--twins," said Dryfoos, sadly. "But we hain't +ever had but just the five. Ever take portraits?" + +"Yes," said Beaton, meeting this zigzag in the queries as seriously as +the rest. "I don't think I am good at it." + +Dryfoos got to his feet. "I wish you'd paint a likeness of my son. +You've seen him plenty of times. We won't fight about the price, don't +you be afraid of that." + +Beaton was astonished, and in a mistaken way he was disgusted. He saw +that Dryfoos was trying to undo Mrs. Mandel's work practically, and get +him to come again to his house; that he now conceived of the offence +given him as condoned, and wished to restore the former situation. He +knew that he was attempting this for Christine's sake, but he was not the +man to imagine that Dryfoos was trying not only to tolerate him, but to +like him; and, in fact, Dryfoos was not wholly conscious himself of this +end. What they both understood was that Dryfoos was endeavoring to get +at Beaton through Conrad's memory; but with one this was its dedication +to a purpose of self sacrifice, and with the other a vulgar and shameless +use of it. + +"I couldn't do it," said Beaton. "I couldn't think of attempting it." + +"Why not?" Dryfoos persisted. "We got some photographs of him; he +didn't like to sit very well; but his mother got him to; and you know how +he looked." + +"I couldn't do it--I couldn't. I can't even consider it. I'm very +sorry. I would, if it were possible. But it isn't possible." + +"I reckon if you see the photographs once" + +"It isn't that, Mr. Dryfoos. But I'm not in the way of that kind of +thing any more." + +"I'd give any price you've a mind to name--" + +"Oh, it isn't the money!" cried Beaton, beginning to lose control of +himself. + +The old man did not notice him. He sat with his head fallen forward, and +his chin resting on his folded hands. Thinking of the portrait, he saw +Conrad's face before him, reproachful, astonished, but all gentle as it +looked when Conrad caught his hand that day after he struck him; he heard +him say, "Father!" and the sweat gathered on his forehead. "Oh, my God!" +he groaned. "No; there ain't anything I can do now." + +Beaton did not know whether Dryfoos was speaking to him or not. He +started toward him. "Are you ill?" + +"No, there ain't anything the matter," said the old man. "But I guess +I'll lay down on your settee a minute." He tottered with Beaton's help +to the aesthetic couch covered with a tiger-skin, on which Beaton had +once thought of painting a Cleopatra; but he could never get the right +model. As the old man stretched himself out on it, pale and suffering, +he did not look much like a Cleopatra, but Beaton was struck with his +effectiveness, and the likeness between him and his daughter; she would +make a very good Cleopatra in some ways. All the time, while these +thoughts passed through his mind, he was afraid Dryfoos would die. +The old man fetched his breath in gasps, which presently smoothed and +lengthened into his normal breathing. Beaton got him a glass of wine, +and after tasting it he sat up. + +"You've got to excuse me," he said, getting back to his characteristic +grimness with surprising suddenness, when once he began to recover +himself. "I've been through a good deal lately; and sometimes it ketches +me round the heart like a pain." + +In his life of selfish immunity from grief, Beaton could not understand +this experience that poignant sorrow brings; he said to himself that +Dryfoos was going the way of angina pectoris; as he began shuffling off +the tiger-skin he said: "Had you better get up? Wouldn't you like me to +call a doctor?" + +"I'm all right, young man." Dryfoos took his hat and stick from him, but +he made for the door so uncertainly that Beaton put his hand under his +elbow and helped him out, and down the stairs, to his coupe. + +"Hadn't you better let me drive home with you?" he asked. + +"What?" said Dryfoos, suspiciously. + +Beaton repeated his question. + +"I guess I'm able to go home alone," said Dryfoos, in a surly tone, and +he put his head out of the window and called up "Home!" to the driver, +who immediately started off and left Beaton standing beside the +curbstone. + + + + +XIV. + +Beaton wasted the rest of the day in the emotions and speculations which +Dryfoos's call inspired. It was not that they continuously occupied him, +but they broke up the train of other thoughts, and spoiled him for work; +a very little spoiled Beaton for work; he required just the right mood +for work. He comprehended perfectly well that Dryfoos had made him that +extraordinary embassy because he wished him to renew his visits, and he +easily imagined the means that had brought him to this pass. From what +he knew of that girl he did not envy her father his meeting with her when +he must tell her his mission had failed. But had it failed? When Beaton +came to ask himself this question, he could only perceive that he and +Dryfoos had failed to find any ground of sympathy, and had parted in the +same dislike with which they had met. But as to any other failure, it +was certainly tacit, and it still rested with him to give it effect. +He could go back to Dryfoos's house, as freely as before, and it was +clear that he was very much desired to come back. But if he went back it +was also clear that he must go back with intentions more explicit than +before, and now he had to ask himself just how much or how little he had +meant by going there. His liking for Christine had certainly not +increased, but the charm, on the other hand, of holding a leopardess in +leash had not yet palled upon him. In his life of inconstancies, it was +a pleasure to rest upon something fixed, and the man who had no control +over himself liked logically enough to feel his control of some one else. +The fact cannot other wise be put in terms, and the attraction which +Christine Dryfoos had for him, apart from this, escapes from all terms, +as anything purely and merely passional must. He had seen from the first +that she was a cat, and so far as youth forecasts such things, he felt +that she would be a shrew. But he had a perverse sense of her beauty, +and he knew a sort of life in which her power to molest him with her +temper could be reduced to the smallest proportions, and even broken to +pieces. Then the consciousness of her money entered. It was evident +that the old man had mentioned his millions in the way of a hint to him +of what he might reasonably expect if he would turn and be his son-in- +law. Beaton did not put it to himself in those words; and in fact his +cogitations were not in words at all. It was the play of cognitions, +of sensations, formlessly tending to the effect which can only be very +clumsily interpreted in language. But when he got to this point in them, +Beaton rose to magnanimity and in a flash of dramatic reverie disposed of +a part of Dryfoos's riches in placing his father and mother, and his +brothers and sisters, beyond all pecuniary anxiety forever. He had no +shame, no scruple in this, for he had been a pensioner upon others ever +since a Syracusan amateur of the arts had detected his talent and given +him the money to go and study abroad. Beaton had always considered the +money a loan, to be repaid out of his future success; but he now never +dreamt of repaying it; as the man was rich, he had even a contempt for +the notion of repaying him; but this did not prevent him from feeling +very keenly the hardships he put his father to in borrowing money from +him, though he never repaid his father, either. In this reverie he saw +himself sacrificed in marriage with Christine Dryfoos, in a kind of +admiring self-pity, and he was melted by the spectacle of the dignity +with which he suffered all the lifelong trials ensuing from his +unselfishness. The fancy that Alma Leighton came bitterly to regret him, +contributed to soothe and flatter him, and he was not sure that Margaret. +Vance did not suffer a like loss in him. + +There had been times when, as he believed, that beautiful girl's high +thoughts had tended toward him; there had been looks, gestures, even +words, that had this effect to him, or that seemed to have had it; and +Beaton saw that he might easily construe Mrs. Horn's confidential appeal +to him to get Margaret interested in art again as something by no means +necessarily offensive, even though it had been made to him as to a master +of illusion. If Mrs. Horn had to choose between him and the life of good +works to which her niece was visibly abandoning herself, Beaton could not +doubt which she would choose; the only question was how real the danger +of a life of good works was. + +As he thought of these two girls, one so charming and the other so +divine, it became indefinitely difficult to renounce them for Christine +Dryfoos, with her sultry temper and her earthbound ideals. Life had been +so flattering to Beaton hitherto that he could not believe them both +finally indifferent; and if they were not indifferent, perhaps he did not +wish either of them to be very definite. What he really longed for was +their sympathy; for a man who is able to walk round quite ruthlessly on +the feelings of others often has very tender feelings of his own, easily +lacerated, and eagerly responsive to the caresses of compassion. In this +frame Beaton determined to go that afternoon, though it was not Mrs. +Horn's day, and call upon her in the hope of possibly seeing Miss Vance +alone. As he continued in it, he took this for a sign and actually went. +It did not fall out at once as he wished, but he got Mrs. Horn to talking +again about her niece, and Mrs. Horn again regretted that nothing could +be done by the fine arts to reclaim Margaret from good works. + +"Is she at home? Will you let me see her?" asked Beacon, with something +of the scientific interest of a physician inquiring for a patient whose +symptoms have been rehearsed to him. He had not asked for her before. + +"Yes, certainly," said Mrs. Horn, and she went herself to call Margaret, +and she did not return with her. The girl entered with the gentle grace +peculiar to her; and Beaton, bent as he was on his own consolation, +could not help being struck with the spiritual exaltation of her look. +At sight of her, the vague hope he had never quite relinquished, that +they might be something more than aesthetic friends, died in his heart. +She wore black, as she often did; but in spite of its fashion her dress +received a nun-like effect from the pensive absence of her face. +"Decidedly," thought Beaton, "she is far gone in good works." + +But he rose, all the same, to meet her on the old level, and he began at +once to talk to her of the subject he had been discussing with her aunt. +He said frankly that they both felt she had unjustifiably turned her back +upon possibilities which she ought not to neglect. + +"You know very well," she answered, "that I couldn't do anything in that +way worth the time I should waste on it. Don't talk of it, please. +I suppose my aunt has been asking you to say this, but it's no use. +I'm sorry it's no use, she wishes it so much; but I'm not sorry +otherwise. You can find the pleasure at least of doing good work in it; +but I couldn't find anything in it but a barren amusement. Mr. Wetmore +is right; for me, it's like enjoying an opera, or a ball." + +"That's one of Wetmore's phrases. He'd sacrifice anything to them." + +She put aside the whole subject with a look. "You were not at Mr. +Dryfoos's the other day. Have you seen them, any of them, lately?" + +"I haven't been there for some time, no," said Beaton, evasively. +But he thought if he was to get on to anything, he had better be candid. +"Mr. Dryfoos was at my studio this morning. He's got a queer notion. +He wants me to paint his son's portrait." + +She started. "And will you--" + +"No, I couldn't do such a thing. It isn't in my way. I told him so. +His son had a beautiful face an antique profile; a sort of early +Christian type; but I'm too much of a pagan for that sort of thing." + +"Yes." + +"Yes," Beaton continued, not quite liking her assent after he had invited +it. He had his pride in being a pagan, a Greek, but it failed him in her +presence, now; and he wished that she had protested he was none. "He was +a singular creature; a kind of survival; an exile in our time and place. +I don't know: we don't quite expect a saint to be rustic; but with all +his goodness Conrad Dryfoos was a country person. If he were not dying +for a cause you could imagine him milking." Beaton intended a contempt +that came from the bitterness of having himself once milked the family +cow. + +His contempt did not reach Miss Vance. "He died for a cause," she said. +"The holiest." + +"Of labor?" + +"Of peace. He was there to persuade the strikers to be quiet and go +home." + +"I haven't been quite sure," said Beaton. "But in any case he had no +business there. The police were on hand to do the persuading." + +"I can't let you talk so!" cried the girl. "It's shocking! Oh, I know +it's the way people talk, and the worst is that in the sight of the world +it's the right way. But the blessing on the peacemakers is not for the +policemen with their clubs." + +Beaton saw that she was nervous; he made his reflection that she was +altogether too far gone in good works for the fine arts to reach her; +he began to think how he could turn her primitive Christianity to the +account of his modern heathenism. He had no deeper design than to get +flattered back into his own favor far enough to find courage for some +sort of decisive step. In his heart he was trying to will whether he +should or should not go back to Dryfoos's house. It could not be from +the caprice that had formerly taken him; it must be from a definite +purpose; again he realized this. "Of course; you are right," he said. +"I wish I could have answered that old man differently. I fancy he was +bound up in his son, though he quarrelled with him, and crossed him. But +I couldn't do it; it wasn't possible." He said to himself that if she +said "No," now, he would be ruled by her agreement with him; and if she +disagreed with him, he would be ruled still by the chance, and would go +no more to the Dryfooses'. He found himself embarrassed to the point of +blushing when she said nothing, and left him, as it were, on his own +hands. "I should like to have given him that comfort; I fancy he hasn't +much comfort in life; but there seems no comfort in me." + +He dropped his head in a fit attitude for compassion; but she poured no +pity upon it. + +"There is no comfort for us in ourselves," she said. "It's hard to get +outside; but there's only despair within. When we think we have done +something for others, by some great effort, we find it's all for our own +vanity." + +"Yes," said Beaton. "If I could paint pictures for righteousness' sake, +I should have been glad to do Conrad Dryfoos for his father. I felt +sorry for him. Did the rest seem very much broken up? You saw them +all?" + +"Not all. Miss Dryfoos was ill, her sister said. It's hard to tell how +much people suffer. His mother seemed bewildered. The younger sister is +a simple creature; she looks like him; I think she must have something of +his spirit." + +"Not much spirit of any kind, I imagine," said Beaton. "But she's +amiably material. Did they say Miss Dryfoos was seriously ill?" + +"No. I supposed she might be prostrated by her brother's death." + +"Does she seem that kind of person to you, Miss Vance?" asked Beaton. + +"I don't know. I haven't tried to see so much of them as I might, the +past winter. I was not sure about her when I met her; I've never seen +much of people, except in my own set, and the--very poor. I have been +afraid I didn't understand her. She may have a kind of pride that would +not let her do herself justice." + +Beaton felt the unconscious dislike in the endeavor of praise. "Then she +seems to you like a person whose life--its trials, its chances--would +make more of than she is now?" + +"I didn't say that. I can't judge of her at all; but where we don't +know, don't you think we ought to imagine the best?" + +"Oh yes," said Beaton. "I didn't know but what I once said of them might +have prejudiced you against them. I have accused myself of it." He +always took a tone of conscientiousness, of self-censure, in talking with +Miss Vance; he could not help it. + +"Oh no. And I never allowed myself to form any judgment of her. She is +very pretty, don't you think, in a kind of way?" + +"Very." + +"She has a beautiful brunette coloring: that floury white and the +delicate pink in it. Her eyes are beautiful." + +"She's graceful, too," said Beaton. "I've tried her in color; but I +didn't make it out." + +"I've wondered sometimes," said Miss Vance, "whether that elusive quality +you find in some people you try to paint doesn't characterize them all +through. Miss Dryfoos might be ever so much finer and better than we +would find out in the society way that seems the only way." + +"Perhaps," said Beaton, gloomily; and he went away profoundly discouraged +by this last analysis of Christine's character. The angelic +imperviousness of Miss Vance to properties of which his own wickedness +was so keenly aware in Christine might have made him laugh, if it had not +been such a serious affair with him. As it was, he smiled to think how +very differently Alma Leighton would have judged her from Miss Vance's +premises. He liked that clear vision of Alma's even when it pierced his +own disguises. Yes, that was the light he had let die out, and it might +have shone upon his path through life. Beaton never felt so poignantly +the disadvantage of having on any given occasion been wanting to his own +interests through his self-love as in this. He had no one to blame but +himself for what had happened, but he blamed Alma for what might happen +in the future because she shut out the way of retrieval and return. When +be thought of the attitude she had taken toward him, it seemed +incredible, and he was always longing to give her a final chance to +reverse her final judgment. It appeared to him that the time had come +for this now, if ever. + + + + +XV. + +While we are still young we feel a kind of pride, a sort of fierce +pleasure, in any important experience, such as we have read of or heard +of in the lives of others, no matter how painful. It was this pride, +this pleasure, which Beaton now felt in realizing that the toils of fate +were about him, that between him and a future of which Christine Dryfoos +must be the genius there was nothing but the will, the mood, the fancy of +a girl who had not given him the hope that either could ever again be in +his favor. He had nothing to trust to, in fact, but his knowledge that +he had once had them all; she did not deny that; but neither did she +conceal that he had flung away his power over them, and she had told him +that they never could be his again. A man knows that he can love and +wholly cease to love, not once merely, but several times; he recognizes +the fact in regard to himself, both theoretically and practically; but in +regard to women he cherishes the superstition of the romances that love +is once for all, and forever. It was because Beaton would not believe +that Alma Leighton, being a woman, could put him out of her heart after +suffering him to steal into it, that he now hoped anything from her, and +she had been so explicit when they last spoke of that affair that he did +not hope much. He said to himself that he was going to cast himself on +her mercy, to take whatever chance of life, love, and work there was in +her having the smallest pity on him. If she would have none, then there +was but one thing he could do: marry Christine and go abroad. He did not +see how he could bring this alternative to bear upon Alma; even if she +knew what he would do in case of a final rejection, he had grounds for +fearing she would not care; but he brought it to bear upon himself, and +it nerved him to a desperate courage. He could hardly wait for evening +to come, before he went to see her; when it came, it seemed to have come +too soon. He had wrought himself thoroughly into the conviction that he +was in earnest, and that everything depended upon her answer to him, but +it was not till he found himself in her presence, and alone with her, +that he realized the truth of his conviction. Then the influences of her +grace, her gayety, her arch beauty, above all, her good sense, penetrated +his soul like a subtle intoxication, and he said to himself that he was +right; he could not live without her; these attributes of hers were what +he needed to win him, to cheer him, to charm him, to guide him. He +longed so to please her, to ingratiate himself with her, that he +attempted to be light like her in his talk, but lapsed into abysmal +absences and gloomy recesses of introspection. + +"What are you laughing at?" he asked, suddenly starting from one of +these. + +"What you are thinking of." + +"It's nothing to laugh at. Do you know what I'm thinking of?" + +"Don't tell, if it's dreadful." + +"Oh, I dare say you wouldn't think it's dreadful," he said, with +bitterness. "It's simply the case of a man who has made a fool of +himself and sees no help of retrieval in himself." + +"Can any one else help a man unmake a fool of himself?" she asked, with +a smile. + +"Yes. In a case like this." + +"Dear me! This is very interesting." + +She did not ask him what the case was, but he was launched now, and he +pressed on. "I am the man who has made a fool of himself--" + +"Oh!" + +"And you can help me out if you will. Alma, I wish you could see me as I +really am." + +"Do you, Mr. Beacon? Perhaps I do." + +"No; you don't. You formulated me in a certain way, and you won't allow +for the change that takes place in every one. You have changed; why +shouldn't I?" + +"Has this to do with your having made a fool of yourself?" + +"Yes." + +"Oh! Then I don't see how you have changed." + +She laughed, and he too, ruefully. "You're cruel. Not but what I +deserve your mockery. But the change was not from the capacity of making +a fool of myself. I suppose I shall always do that more or less--unless +you help me. Alma! Why can't you have a little compassion? You know +that I must always love you." + +"Nothing makes me doubt that like your saying it, Mr. Beaton. But now +you've broken your word--" + +"You are to blame for that. You knew I couldn't keep it!" + +"Yes, I'm to blame. I was wrong to let you come--after that. And so I +forgive you for speaking to me in that way again. But it's perfectly +impossible and perfectly useless for me to hear you any more on that +subject; and so-good-bye!" + +She rose, and he perforce with her. "And do you mean it?" he asked. +"Forever?" + +"Forever. This is truly the last time I will ever see you if I can help +it. Oh, I feel sorry enough for you!" she said, with a glance at his +face. "I do believe you are in earnest. But it's too late now. Don't +let us talk about it any more! But we shall, if we meet, and so,--" + +"And so good-bye! Well, I've nothing more to say, and I might as well +say that. I think you've been very good to me. It seems to me as if you +had been--shall I say it?--trying to give me a chance. Is that so?" +She dropped her eyes and did not answer. + +"You found it was no use! Well, I thank you for trying. It's curious to +think that I once had your trust, your regard, and now I haven't it. You +don't mind my remembering that I had? It'll be some little consolation, +and I believe it will be some help. I know I can't retrieve the past +now. It is too late. It seems too preposterous--perfectly lurid--that I +could have been going to tell you what a tangle I'd got myself in, and to +ask you to help untangle me. I must choke in the infernal coil, but I'd +like to have the sweetness of your pity in it--whatever it is." + +She put out her hand. "Whatever it is, I do pity you; I said that." + +"Thank you." He kissed the band she gave him and went. + +He had gone on some such terms before; was it now for the last time? She +believed it was. She felt in herself a satiety, a fatigue, in which his +good looks, his invented airs and poses, his real trouble, were all alike +repulsive. She did not acquit herself of the wrong of having let him +think she might yet have liked him as she once did; but she had been +honestly willing to see whether she could. It had mystified her to find +that when they first met in New York, after their summer in St. Barnaby, +she cared nothing for him; she had expected to punish him for his +neglect, and then fancy him as before, but she did not. More and more +she saw him selfish and mean, weak-willed, narrow-minded, and hard- +hearted; and aimless, with all his talent. She admired his talent in +proportion as she learned more of artists, and perceived how uncommon it +was; but she said to herself that if she were going to devote herself to +art, she would do it at first-hand. She was perfectly serene and happy +in her final rejection of Beaton; he had worn out not only her fancy, but +her sympathy, too. + +This was what her mother would not believe when Alma reported the +interview to her; she would not believe it was the last time they should +meet; death itself can hardly convince us that it is the last time of +anything, of everything between ourselves and the dead. "Well, Alma," +she said, "I hope you'll never regret what you've done." + +"You may be sure I shall not regret it. If ever I'm low-spirited about +anything, I'll think of giving Mr. Beaton his freedom, and that will +cheer me up." + +"And don't you expect to get married? Do you intend to be an old maid?" +demanded her mother, in the bonds of the superstition women have so long +been under to the effect that every woman must wish to get married, if +for no other purpose than to avoid being an old maid. + +"Well, mamma," said Alma, "I intend being a young one for a few years +yet; and then I'll see. If I meet the right person, all well and good; +if not, not. But I shall pick and choose, as a man does; I won't merely +be picked and chosen." + +"You can't help yourself; you may be very glad if you are picked and +chosen." + +"What nonsense, mamma! A girl can get any man she wants, if she goes +about. it the right way. And when my 'fated fairy prince' comes along, +I shall just simply make furious love to him and grab him. Of course, +I shall make a decent pretence of talking in my sleep. I believe it's +done that way more than half the time. The fated fairy prince wouldn't +see the princess in nine cases out of ten if she didn't say something; +he would go mooning along after the maids of honor." + +Mrs. Leighton tried to look unspeakable horror; but she broke down and +laughed. "Well, you are a strange girl, Alma." + +"I don't know about that. But one thing I do know, mamma, and that is +that Prince Beaton isn't the F. F. P. for me. How strange you are, +mamma! Don't you think it would be perfectly disgusting to accept a +person you didn't care for, and let him go on and love you and marry you? +It's sickening." + +"Why, certainly, Alma. It's only because I know you did care for him +once--" + +"And now I don't. And he didn't care for me once, and now he does. And +so we're quits." + +"If I could believe--" + +"You had better brace up and try, mamma; for as Mr. Fulkerson says, it's +as sure as guns. From the crown of his head to the sole of his foot, +he's loathsome to me; and he keeps getting loathsomer. Ugh! Goodnight!" + + + + +XVI. + +"Well, I guess she's given him the grand bounce at last," said Fulkerson +to March in one of their moments of confidence at the office. "That's +Mad's inference from appearances--and disappearances; and some little +hints from Alma Leighton." + +"Well, I don't know that I have any criticisms to offer," said March. +"It may be bad for Beaton, but it's a very good thing for Miss Leighton. +Upon the whole, I believe I congratulate her." + +"Well, I don't know. I always kind of hoped it would turn out the other +way. You know I always had a sneaking fondness for the fellow." + +"Miss Leighton seems not to have had." + +"It's a pity she hadn't. I tell you, March, it ain't so easy for a girl +to get married, here in the East, that she can afford to despise any +chance." + +"Isn't that rather a low view of it?" + +"It's a common-sense view. Beaton has the making of a first-rate fellow +in him. He's the raw material of a great artist and a good citizen. All +he wants is somebody to take him in hand and keep him from makin' an ass +of himself and kickin' over the traces generally, and ridin' two or three +horses bareback at once." + +"It seems a simple problem, though the metaphor is rather complicated," +said March. "But talk to Miss Leighton about it. I haven't given Beaton +the grand bounce." + +He began to turn over the manuscripts on his table, and Fulkerson went +away. But March found himself thinking of the matter from time to time +during the day, and he spoke to his wife about it when he went home. She +surprised him by taking Fulkerson's view of it. + +"Yes, it's a pity she couldn't have made up her mind to have him. It's +better for a woman to be married." + +"I thought Paul only went so far as to say it was well. But what would +become of Miss Leighton's artistic career if she married?" + +"Oh, her artistic career!" said Mrs. March, with matronly contempt of it. + +"But look here!" cried her husband. "Suppose she doesn't like him?" + +"How can a girl of that age tell whether she likes any one or not?" + +"It seems to me you were able to tell at. that age, Isabel. But let's +examine this thing. (This thing! I believe Fulkerson is characterizing +my whole parlance, as well as your morals.) Why shouldn't we rejoice as +much at a non-marriage as a marriage? When we consider the enormous +risks people take in linking their lives together, after not half so much +thought as goes to an ordinary horse trade, I think we ought to be glad +whenever they don't do it. I believe that this popular demand for the +matrimony of others comes from our novel-reading. We get to thinking +that there is no other happiness or good-fortune in life except marriage; +and it's offered in fiction as the highest premium for virtue, courage, +beauty, learning, and saving human life. We all know it isn't. We know +that in reality marriage is dog cheap, and anybody can have it for the +asking--if he keeps asking enough people. By-and-by some fellow will +wake up and see that a first-class story can be written from the anti- +marriage point of view; and he'll begin with an engaged couple, and +devote his novel to disengaging them and rendering them separately happy +ever after in the denouement. It will make his everlasting fortune." + +"Why don't you write it, Basil?" she asked. "It's a delightful idea. +You could do it splendidly." + +He became fascinated with the notion. He developed it in detail; but at +the end he sighed and said: "With this 'Every Other Week' work on my +hands, of course I can't attempt a novel. But perhaps I sha'n't have it +long." + +She was instantly anxious to know what he meant, and the novel and Miss +Leighton's affair were both dropped out of their thoughts. "What do you +mean? Has Mr. Fulkerson said anything yet?" + +"Not a word. He knows no more about it than I do. Dryfoos hasn't +spoken, and we're both afraid to ask him. Of course, I couldn't ask +him." + +"No." + +"But it's pretty uncomfortable, to be kept hanging by the gills so, as +Fulkerson says." + +"Yes, we don't know what to do." + +March and Fulkerson said the same to each other; and Fulkerson said that +if the old man pulled out, he did not know what would happen. He had no +capital to carry the thing on, and the very fact that the old man had +pulled out would damage it so that it would be hard to get anybody else +to put it. In the mean time Fulkerson was running Conrad's office-work, +when he ought to be looking after the outside interests of the thing; and +he could not see the day when he could get married. + +"I don't know which it's worse for, March: you or me. I don't know, +under the circumstances, whether it's worse to have a family or to want +to have one. Of course--of course! We can't hurry the old man up. It +wouldn't be decent, and it would be dangerous. We got to wait." + +He almost decided to draw upon Dryfoos for some money; he did not need +any, but, he said maybe the demand would act as a hint upon him. One +day, about a week after Alma's final rejection of Beaton, Dryfoos came +into March's office. Fulkerson was out, but the old man seemed not to +have tried to see him. + +He put his hat on the floor by his chair, after he sat down, and looked +at March awhile with his old eyes, which had the vitreous glitter of old. +eyes stimulated to sleeplessness. Then he said, abruptly, "Mr. March, +how would you like to take this thing off my hands?" + +"I don't understand, exactly," March began; but of course he understood +that Dryfoos was offering to let him have 'Every Other Week' on some +terms or other, and his heart leaped with hope. + +The old man knew he understood, and so he did not explain. He said: +"I am going to Europe, to take my family there. The doctor thinks it +might do my wife some good; and I ain't very well myself, and my girls +both want to go; and so we're goin'. If you want to take this thing off +my hands, I reckon I can let you have it in 'most any shape you say. +You're all settled here in New York, and I don't suppose you want to +break up, much, at your time of life, and I've been thinkin' whether you +wouldn't like to take the thing." + +The word, which Dryfoos had now used three times, made March at last +think of Fulkerson; he had been filled too full of himself to think of +any one else till he had mastered the notion of such wonderful good +fortune as seemed about falling to him. But now he did think of +Fulkerson, and with some shame and confusion; for he remembered how, when +Dryfoos had last approached him there on the business of his connection +with 'Every Other Week,' he had been very haughty with him, and told him +that he did not know him in this connection. He blushed to find how far +his thoughts had now run without encountering this obstacle of etiquette. + +"Have you spoken to Mr. Fulkerson?" he asked. + +"No, I hain't. It ain't a question of management. It's a question of +buying and selling. I offer the thing to you first. I reckon Fulkerson +couldn't get on very well without you." + +March saw the real difference in the two cases, and he was glad to see +it, because he could act more decisively if not hampered by an obligation +to consistency. "I am gratified, of course, Mr. Dryfoos; extremely +gratified; and it's no use pretending that I shouldn't be happy beyond +bounds to get possession of 'Every Other Week.' But I don't feel quite +free to talk about it apart from Mr. Fulkerson." + +"Oh, all right!" said the old man, with quick offence. + +March hastened to say: "I feel bound to Mr. Fulkerson in every way. He +got me to come here, and I couldn't even seem to act without him." + +He put it questioningly, and the old man answered: + +"Yes, I can see that. When 'll he be in? I can wait." But he looked +impatient. + +"Very soon, now," said March, looking at his watch. "He was only to be +gone a moment," and while he went on to talk with Dryfoos, he wondered +why the old man should have come first to speak with him, and whether it +was from some obscure wish to make him reparation for displeasures in the +past, or from a distrust or dislike of Fulkerson. Whichever light he +looked at it in, it was flattering. + +"Do you think of going abroad soon?" he asked. + +"What? Yes--I don't know--I reckon. We got our passage engaged. It's +on one of them French boats. We're goin' to Paris." + +"Oh! That will be interesting to the young ladies." + +"Yes. I reckon we're goin' for them. 'Tain't likely my wife and me +would want to pull up stakes at our age," said the old man, sorrowfully. + +"But you may find it do you good, Mr. Dryfoos," said March, with a +kindness that was real, mixed as it was with the selfish interest he now +had in the intended voyage. + +"Well, maybe, maybe," sighed the old man; and he dropped his head +forward. "It don't make a great deal of difference what we do or we +don't do, for the few years left." + +"I hope Mrs. Dryfoos is as well as usual," said March, finding the ground +delicate and difficult. + +"Middlin', middlin'," said the old man. "My daughter Christine, she +ain't very well." + +"Oh," said March. It was quite impossible for him to affect a more +explicit interest in the fact. He and Dryfoos sat silent for a few +moments, and he was vainly casting about in his thought for something +else which would tide them over the interval till Fulkerson came, when he +heard his step on the stairs. + +"Hello, hello!" he said. "Meeting of the clans!" It was always a +meeting of the clans, with Fulkerson, or a field day, or an extra +session, or a regular conclave, whenever he saw people of any common +interest together. "Hain't seen you here for a good while, Mr. Dryfoos. +Did think some of running away with 'Every Other Week' one while, but +couldn't seem to work March up to the point." + +He gave Dryfoos his hand, and pushed aside the papers on the corner of +March's desk, and sat down there, and went on briskly with the nonsense +he could always talk while he was waiting for another to develop any +matter of business; he told March afterward that he scented business in +the air as soon as he came into the room where he and Dryfoos were +sitting. + +Dryfoos seemed determined to leave the word to March, who said, after an +inquiring look at him, "Mr. Dryfoos has been proposing to let us have +'Every Other Week,' Fulkerson." + +"Well, that's good; that suits yours truly; March & Fulkerson, publishers +and proprietors, won't pretend it don't, if the terms are all right." + +"The terms," said the old man, "are whatever you want 'em. I haven't got +any more use for the concern--" He gulped, and stopped; they knew what +he was thinking of, and they looked down in pity. He went on: "I won't +put any more money in it; but what I've put in a'ready can stay; and you +can pay me four per cent." + +He got upon his feet; and March and Fulkerson stood, too. + +"Well, I call that pretty white," said Fulkerson. "It's a bargain as far +as I'm concerned. I suppose you'll want to talk it over with your wife, +March?" + +"Yes; I shall," said March. "I can see that it's a great chance; but I +want to talk it over with my wife." + +"Well, that's right," said the old man. "Let me hear from you tomorrow." + +He went out, and Fulkerson began to dance round the room. He caught +March about his stalwart girth and tried to make him waltz; the office- +boy came to the door and looked on with approval. + +"Come, come, you idiot!" said March, rooting himself to the carpet. + +"It's just throwing the thing into our mouths," said Fulkerson. "The +wedding will be this day week. No cards! Teedle-lumpty-diddle! Teedle- +lumpty-dee! What do you suppose he means by it, March ?" he asked, +bringing himself soberly up, of a sudden. "What is his little game? Or +is he crazy? It don't seem like the Dryfoos of my previous +acquaintance." + +"I suppose," March suggested, "that he's got money enough, so that he +don't care for this--" + +"Pshaw! You're a poet! Don't you know that the more money that kind of +man has got, the more he cares for money? It's some fancy of his--like +having Lindau's funeral at his house--By Jings, March, I believe you're +his fancy!" + +"Oh, now! Don't you be a poet, Fulkerson!" + +"I do! He seemed to take a kind of shine to you from the day you +wouldn't turn off old Lindau; he did, indeed. It kind of shook him up. +It made him think you had something in you. He was deceived by +appearances. Look here! I'm going round to see Mrs. March with you, +and explain the thing to her. I know Mrs. March! She wouldn't believe +you knew what you were going in for. She has a great respect for your +mind, but she don't think you've got any sense. Heigh?" + +"All right," said March, glad of the notion; and it was really a comfort +to have Fulkerson with him to develop all the points; and it was +delightful to see how clearly and quickly she seized them; it made March +proud of her. She was only angry that they had lost any time in coming +to submit so plain a case to her. + +Mr. Dryfoos might change his mind in the night, and then everything would +be lost. They must go to him instantly, and tell him that they accepted; +they must telegraph him. + +"Might as well send a district messenger; he'd get there next week," said +Fulkerson. "No, no! It 'll all keep till to-morrow, and be the better +for it. If he's got this fancy for March, as I say, he ain't agoing to +change it in a single night. People don't change their fancies for March +in a lifetime. Heigh?" + +When Fulkerson turned up very early at the office next morning, as March +did, he was less strenuous about Dryfoos's fancy for March. It was as if +Miss Woodburn might have blown cold upon that theory, as something unjust +to his own merit, for which she would naturally be more jealous than he. + +March told him what he had forgotten to tell him the day before, though +he had been trying, all through their excited talk, to get it in, that +the Dryfooses were going abroad. + +"Oh, ho!" cried Fulkerson. "That's the milk in the cocoanut, is it? +Well, I thought there must be something." + +But this fact had not changed Mrs. March at all in her conviction that it +was Mr. Dryfoos's fancy for her husband which had moved him to make him +this extraordinary offer, and she reminded him that it had first been +made to him, without regard to Fulkerson. "And perhaps," she went on, +"Mr. Dryfoos has been changed---softened; and doesn't find money all in +all any more. He's had enough to change him, poor old man!" + +"Does anything from without change us?" her husband mused aloud. "We're +brought up to think so by the novelists, who really have the charge of +people's thinking, nowadays. But I doubt it, especially if the thing +outside is some great event, something cataclysmal, like this tremendous +sorrow of Dryfoos's." + +"Then what is it that changes us?" demanded his wife, almost angry with +him for his heresy. + +"Well, it won't do to say, the Holy Spirit indwelling. That would sound +like cant at this day. But the old fellows that used to say that had +some glimpses of the truth. They knew that it is the still, small voice +that the soul heeds, not the deafening blasts of doom. I suppose I +should have to say that we didn't change at all. We develop. There's +the making of several characters in each of us; we are each several +characters, and sometimes this character has the lead in us, and +sometimes that. From what Fulkerson has told me of Dryfoos, I should say +he had always had the potentiality of better things in him than he has +ever been yet; and perhaps the time has come for the good to have its +chance. The growth in one direction has stopped; it's begun in another; +that's all. The man hasn't been changed by his son's death; it stunned, +it benumbed him; but it couldn't change him. It was an event, like any +other, and it had to happen as much as his being born. It was forecast +from the beginning of time, and was as entirely an effect of his coming +into the world--" + +"Basil! Basil!" cried his wife. "This is fatalism!" + +"Then you think," he said, "that a sparrow falls to the ground without +the will of God?" and he laughed provokingly. But he went on more +soberly: "I don't know what it all means Isabel though I believe it means +good. What did Christ himself say? That if one rose from the dead it +would not avail. And yet we are always looking for the miraculous! +I believe that unhappy old man truly grieves for his son, whom he treated +cruelly without the final intention of cruelty, for he loved him and +wished to be proud of him; but I don't think his death has changed him, +any more than the smallest event in the chain of events remotely working +through his nature from the beginning. But why do you think he's changed +at all? Because he offers to sell me Every Other Week on easy terms? +He says himself that he has no further use for the thing; and he knows +perfectly well that he couldn't get his money out of it now, without an +enormous shrinkage. He couldn't appear at this late day as the owner, +and sell it to anybody but Fulkerson and me for a fifth of what it's cost +him. He can sell it to us for all it's cost him; and four per cent. is +no bad interest on his money till we can pay it back. It's a good thing +for us; but we have to ask whether Dryfoos has done us the good, or +whether it's the blessing of Heaven. If it's merely the blessing of +Heaven, I don't propose being grateful for it." + +March laughed again, and his wife said, "It's disgusting." + +"It's business," he assented. "Business is business; but I don't say it +isn't disgusting. Lindau had a low opinion of it." + +"I think that with all his faults Mr. Dryfoos is a better man than +Lindau," she proclaimed. + +"Well, he's certainly able to offer us a better thing in 'Every Other +Week,'" said March. + +She knew he was enamoured of the literary finish of his cynicism, and +that at heart he was as humbly and truly grateful as she was for the +good-fortune opening to them. + + + + +XVII. + +Beaton was at his best when he parted for the last time with Alma +Leighton, for he saw then that what had happened to him was the necessary +consequence of what he had been, if not what he had done. Afterward he +lost this clear vision; he began to deny the fact; he drew upon his +knowledge of life, and in arguing himself into a different frame of mind +he alleged the case of different people who had done and been much worse +things than he, and yet no such disagreeable consequence had befallen +them. Then he saw that it was all the work of blind chance, and he said +to himself that it was this that made him desperate, and willing to call +evil his good, and to take his own wherever he could find it. There was +a great deal that was literary and factitious and tawdry in the mood in +which he went to see Christine Dryfoos, the night when the Marches sat +talking their prospects over; and nothing that was decided in his +purpose. He knew what the drift of his mind was, but he had always +preferred to let chance determine his events, and now since chance had +played him such an ill turn with Alma, he left it the whole +responsibility. Not in terms, but in effect, this was his thought as he +walked on up-town to pay the first of the visits which Dryfoos had +practically invited him to resume. He had an insolent satisfaction in +having delayed it so long; if he was going back he was going back on his +own conditions, and these were to be as hard and humiliating as he could +make them. But this intention again was inchoate, floating, the stuff of +an intention, rather than intention; an expression of temperament +chiefly. + +He had been expected before that. Christine had got out of Mela that her +father had been at Beaton's studio; and then she had gone at the old man +and got from him every smallest fact of the interview there. She had +flung back in his teeth the good-will toward herself with which he had +gone to Beaton. She was furious with shame and resentment; she told him +he had made bad worse, that he had made a fool of himself to no end; she +spared neither his age nor his grief-broken spirit, in which his will +could not rise against hers. She filled the house with her rage, +screaming it out upon him; but when her fury was once spent, she began to +have some hopes from what her father had done. She no longer kept her +bed; every evening she dressed herself in the dress Beaton admired the +most, and sat up till a certain hour to receive him. She had fixed a day +in her own mind before which, if he came, she would forgive him all he +had made her suffer: the mortification, the suspense, the despair. +Beyond this, she had the purpose of making her father go to Europe; she +felt that she could no longer live in America, with the double disgrace +that had been put upon her. + +Beaton rang, and while the servant was coming the insolent caprice seized +him to ask for the young ladies instead of the old man, as he had +supposed of course he should do. The maid who answered the bell, in the +place of the reluctant Irishman of other days, had all his hesitation in +admitting that the young ladies were at home. + +He found Mela in the drawing-room. At sight of him she looked scared; +but she seemed to be reassured by his calm. He asked if he was not to +have the pleasure of seeing Miss Dryfoos, too; and Mela said she reckoned +the girl had gone up-stairs to tell her. Mela was in black, and Beaton +noted how well the solid sable became her rich red-blonde beauty; he +wondered what the effect would be with Christine. + +But she, when she appeared, was not in mourning. He fancied that she +wore the lustrous black silk, with the breadths of white Venetian lace +about the neck which he had praised, because he praised it. Her cheeks +burned with a Jacqueminot crimson; what should be white in her face was +chalky white. She carried a plumed ostrich fan, black and soft, and +after giving him her hand, sat down and waved it to and fro slowly, as he +remembered her doing the night they first met. She had no ideas, except +such as related intimately to herself, and she had no gabble, like Mela; +and she let him talk. It was past the day when she promised herself she +would forgive him; but as he talked on she felt all her passion for him +revive, and the conflict of desires, the desire to hate, the desire to +love, made a dizzying whirl in her brain. She looked at him, half +doubting whether he was really there or not. He had never looked so +handsome, with his dreamy eyes floating under his heavy overhanging hair, +and his pointed brown beard defined against his lustrous shirtfront. His +mellowly modulated, mysterious voice lulled her; when Mela made an errand +out of the room, and Beaton crossed to her and sat down by her, she +shivered. + +"Are you cold?" he asked, and she felt the cruel mockery and exultant +consciousness of power in his tone, as perhaps a wild thing feels +captivity in the voice of its keeper. But now, she said she would still +forgive him if he asked her. + +Mela came back, and the talk fell again to the former level; but Beaton +had not said anything that really meant what she wished, and she saw that +he intended to say nothing. Her heart began to burn like a fire in her +breast. + +"You been tellun' him about our goun' to Europe?" Mela asked. + +"No," said Christine, briefly, and looking at the fan spread out on her +lap. + +Beaton asked when; and then he rose, and said if it was so soon, he +supposed he should not see them again, unless he saw them in Paris; he +might very likely run over during the summer. He said to himself that he +had given it a fair trial with Christine, and he could not make it go. + +Christine rose, with a kind of gasp; and mechanically followed him to the +door of the drawing-room; Mela came, too; and while he was putting on his +overcoat, she gurgled and bubbled in good-humor with all the world. +Christine stood looking at him, and thinking how still handsomer he was +in his overcoat; and that fire burned fiercer in her. She felt him more +than life to her and knew him lost, and the frenzy, that makes a woman +kill the man she loves, or fling vitriol to destroy the beauty she cannot +have for all hers, possessed her lawless soul. He gave his hand to Mela, +and said, in his wind-harp stop, "Good-bye." + +As he put out his hand to Christine, she pushed it aside with a scream of +rage; she flashed at him, and with both hands made a feline pass at the +face he bent toward her. He sprang back, and after an instant of +stupefaction he pulled open the door behind him and ran out into the +street. + +"Well, Christine Dryfoos!" said Mela, "Sprang at him like a wild-cat!" + +"I, don't care," Christine shrieked. "I'll tear his eyes out!" She flew +up-stairs to her own room, and left the burden of the explanation to +Mela, who did it justice. + +Beaton found himself, he did not know how, in his studio, reeking with +perspiration and breathless. He must almost have run. He struck a match +with a shaking hand, and looked at his face in the glass. He expected to +see the bleeding marks of her nails on his cheeks, but he could see +nothing. He grovelled inwardly; it was all so low and coarse and vulgar; +it was all so just and apt to his deserts. + +There was a pistol among the dusty bric-a-brac on the mantel which he had +kept loaded to fire at a cat in the area. He took it and sat looking +into the muzzle, wishing it might go off by accident and kill him. +It slipped through his hand and struck the floor, and there was a report; +he sprang into the air, feeling that he had been shot. But he found +himself still alive, with only a burning line along his cheek, such as +one of Christine's finger-nails might have left. + +He laughed with cynical recognition of the fact that he had got his +punishment in the right way, and that his case was not to be dignified +into tragedy. + + + + +XVIII. + +The Marches, with Fulkerson, went to see the Dryfooses off on the French +steamer. There was no longer any business obligation on them to be +civil, and there was greater kindness for that reason in the attention +they offered. 'Every Other Week' had been made over to the joint +ownership of March and Fulkerson, and the details arranged with a +hardness on Dryfoos's side which certainly left Mrs. March with a sense +of his incomplete regeneration. Yet when she saw him there on the +steamer, she pitied him; he looked wearied and bewildered; even his wife, +with her twitching head, and her prophecies of evil, croaked hoarsely +out, while she clung to Mrs. March's hand where they sat together till +the leave-takers were ordered ashore, was less pathetic. Mela was +looking after both of them, and trying to cheer them in a joyful +excitement. "I tell 'em it's goun' to add ten years to both their +lives," she said. "The voyage 'll do their healths good; and then, we're +gittun' away from that miser'ble pack o' servants that was eatun' us up, +there in New York. I hate the place!" she said, as if they had already +left it. "Yes, Mrs. Mandel's goun', too," she added, following the +direction of Mrs. March's eyes where they noted Mrs. Mandel, speaking to +Christine on the other side of the cabin. "Her and Christine had a kind +of a spat, and she was goun' to leave, but here only the other day, +Christine offered to make it up with her, and now they're as thick as +thieves. Well, I reckon we couldn't very well 'a' got along without her. +She's about the only one that speaks French in this family." + +Mrs. March's eyes still dwelt upon Christine's face; it was full of a +furtive wildness. She seemed to be keeping a watch to prevent herself +from looking as if she were looking for some one. "Do you know," Mrs. +March said to her husband as they jingled along homeward in the +Christopher Street bob-tail car, "I thought she was in love with that +detestable Mr. Beaton of yours at one time; and that he was amusing +himself with her." + +"I can bear a good deal, Isabel," said March, "but I wish you wouldn't +attribute Beaton to me. He's the invention of that Mr. Fulkerson of +yours." + +"Well, at any rate, I hope, now, you'll both get rid of him, in the +reforms you're going to carry out." + +These reforms were for a greater economy in the management of 'Every +Other Week;' but in their very nature they could not include the +suppression of Beaton. He had always shown himself capable and loyal to +the interests of the magazine, and both the new owners were glad to keep +him. He was glad to stay, though he made a gruff pretence of +indifference, when they came to look over the new arrangement with him. +In his heart he knew that he was a fraud; but at least he could say to +himself with truth that he had not now the shame of taking Dryfoos's +money. + +March and Fulkerson retrenched at several points where it had seemed +indispensable to spend, as long as they were not spending their own: +that was only human. Fulkerson absorbed Conrad's department into his, +and March found that he could dispense with Kendricks in the place of +assistant which he had lately filled since Fulkerson had decided that +March was overworked. They reduced the number of illustrated articles, +and they systematized the payment of contributors strictly according to +the sales of each number, on their original plan of co-operation: they +had got to paying rather lavishly for material without reference to the +sales. + +Fulkerson took a little time to get married, and went on his wedding +journey out to Niagara, and down the St. Lawrence to Quebec over the line +of travel that the Marches had taken on their wedding journey. He had +the pleasure of going from Montreal to Quebec on the same boat on which +he first met March. + +They have continued very good friends, and their wives are almost without +the rivalry that usually embitters the wives of partners. At first Mrs. +March did not like Mrs. Fulkerson's speaking of her husband as the Ownah, +and March as the Edito'; but it appeared that this was only a convenient +method of recognizing the predominant quality in each, and was meant +neither to affirm nor to deny anything. Colonel Woodburn offered as his +contribution to the celebration of the copartnership, which Fulkerson +could not be prevented from dedicating with a little dinner, the story of +Fulkerson's magnanimous behavior in regard to Dryfoos at that crucial +moment when it was a question whether he should give up Dryfoos or give +up March. Fulkerson winced at it; but Mrs. March told her husband that +now, whatever happened, she should never have any misgivings of Fulkerson +again; and she asked him if he did not think he ought to apologize to him +for the doubts with which he had once inspired her. March said that he +did not think so. + +The Fulkersons spent the summer at a seaside hotel in easy reach of the +city; but they returned early to Mrs. Leighton's, with whom they are to +board till spring, when they are going to fit up Fulkerson's bachelor +apartment for housekeeping. Mrs. March, with her Boston scruple, thinks +it will be odd, living over the 'Every Other Week' offices; but there +will be a separate street entrance to the apartment; and besides, in New +York you may do anything. + +The future of the Leightons promises no immediate change. Kendricks goes +there a good deal to see the Fulkersons, and Mrs. Fulkerson says he comes +to see Alma. He has seemed taken with her ever since he first met her at +Dryfoos's, the day of Lindau's funeral, and though Fulkerson objects to +dating a fancy of that kind from an occasion of that kind, he justly +argues with March that there can be no harm in it, and that we are liable +to be struck by lightning any time. In the mean while there is no proof +that Alma returns Kendricks's interest, if he feels any. She has got a +little bit of color into the fall exhibition; but the fall exhibition is +never so good as the spring exhibition. Wetmore is rather sorry she has +succeeded in this, though he promoted her success. He says her real hope +is in black and white, and it is a pity for her to lose sight of her +original aim of drawing for illustration. + +News has come from Paris of the engagement of Christine Dryfoos. There +the Dryfooses met with the success denied them in New York; many American +plutocrats must await their apotheosis in Europe, where society has them, +as it were, in a translation. Shortly after their arrival they were +celebrated in the news papers as the first millionaire American family of +natural-gas extraction who had arrived in the capital of civilization; +and at a French watering-place Christine encountered her fate--a nobleman +full of present debts and of duels in the past. Fulkerson says the old +man can manage the debtor, and Christine can look out for the duellist. +"They say those fellows generally whip their wives. He'd better not try +it with Christine, I reckon, unless he's practised with a panther." + +One day, shortly after their return to town in the autumn from the brief +summer outing they permitted themselves, the Marches met Margaret Vance. +At first they did not know her in the dress of the sisterhood which she +wore; but she smiled joyfully, almost gayly, on seeing them, and though +she hurried by with the sister who accompanied her, and did not stay to +speak, they felt that the peace that passeth understanding had looked at +them from her eyes. + +"Well, she is at rest, there can't be any doubt of that," he said, as he +glanced round at the drifting black robe which followed her free, nun- +like walk. + +"Yes, now she can do all the good she likes," sighed his wife. +"I wonder--I wonder if she ever told his father about her talk with poor +Conrad that day he was shot?" + +"I don't know. I don't care. In any event, it would be right. She did +nothing wrong. If she unwittingly sent him to his death, she sent him to +die for God's sake, for man's sake." + +"Yes--yes. But still--" + +"Well, we must trust that look of hers." + + + + +ETEXT EDITOR'S BOOKMARKS: + +Affected absence of mind +Be good, sweet man, and let who will be clever +Comfort of the critical attitude +Conscience weakens to the need that isn't +Death is an exile that no remorse and no love can reach +Death is peace and pardon +Did not idealize him, but in the highest effect she realized him +Does any one deserve happiness +Does anything from without change us? +Europe, where society has them, as it were, in a translation +Favorite stock of his go up and go down under the betting +Hemmed round with this eternal darkness of death +Indispensable +Love of justice hurry them into sympathy with violence +Married for no other purpose than to avoid being an old maid +Nervous woes of comfortable people +Novelists, who really have the charge of people's thinking +People that have convictions are difficult +Rejoice as much at a non-marriage as a marriage +Respect for your mind, but she don't think you've got any sense +Superstition of the romances that love is once for all +Superstition that having and shining is the chief good +To do whatever one likes is finally to do nothing that one likes +Took the world as she found it, and made the best of it +What we can be if we must +When you look it--live it +Would sacrifice his best friend to a phrase + + + + +End of this Project Gutenberg Etext of A Hazard of New Fortunes, v5 +by William Dean Howells + diff --git a/old/wh5nf11.zip b/old/wh5nf11.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..51d4667 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/wh5nf11.zip |
